3^ !^^^M: ^oV' 
 
 
On the Green Trail 
 
CAMP AND OUTING 
 ACTIVITIES 
 
 BY 
 F. H. ^HELEY 
 
 Author of "Told by the Camp Fire" 
 
 G. Cornelius Baker 
 
 Author of "Indoor Games and Socials for Boys' 
 
 New York: 124 East 28th Street 
 
 London: 47 Paternoster Row, E.G. 
 
 1915 
 
c,"^^ 
 
 
 Copyright, iqis, by 
 
 The International Committee of Young Men's 
 
 Christian Associations 
 
 ^. 
 
 JUL -6 19(5 
 
 ©a. 
 
 4406598 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 Play forms a very large part in the social adjustment 
 of boyhood. Play teaches a boy loyalty, team work, co- 
 operation, the philosophy of sacrifice, humility, respect 
 for the rights of others, promptness, self-mastery, subor- 
 dination to leadership, courage, and many other virtues 
 necessary to make him a useful and worthy member of 
 society. Lessons learned on the campus prepare for the 
 seriousness of the greater game of life itself; therefore 
 the play life of a camp is most important and should be 
 carefully directed. 
 
 Every camp director and leader is confronted with the 
 task of keeping the life of the camp free from monotony 
 and "grouchiness." This book is calculated to make the 
 task lighter. It is crammed with suggestions so that no 
 two days of the camping season ne»d be alike. "Some- 
 thing doing" all the time is the best testimony a boy 
 can give of a camp. He may only see the fun side of 
 the doing, but the leader must always see the character- 
 building value in every activity if th» camp is to be a 
 vital factor in making manhood. 
 
 Misdirected energy results in a misspent summer, and 
 a weakened character. Harnessed energy brings joy of 
 achievement, cooperation, opportunity, and a happy vaca- 
 tion. A boys' camp is no longer looked upon as a loaf- 
 ers' paradise or a school for rough-house. It is now 
 regarded as an educational agency where, under the in- 
 
 V 
 
vi INTRODUCTION 
 
 spiration of the greatest of teachers, nature, boys may 
 learn the great lessons of life and its relationships. 
 
 This book may be heartily recommended for its practi- 
 cability, its logical arrangement of games and activities 
 and its freedom from everything that would suggest un- 
 necessary danger. 
 
 H. W. Gibson, 
 Boys' Work Secretary, Young Men's 
 Christian Association, Mass. and R. I. 
 June I, 1915. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 Preface ix 
 
 I. Games and Activities Around the Camp 
 
 Fire i 
 
 II. Games for the Campus 33 
 
 III. General Camp and Outing Games . . 75 
 
 IV. Stormy-day Activities 102 
 
 V. Quiet Games 132 
 
 VI. Aquatic Events i43 
 
 VII. Songs for the Camp I55 
 
 VIII. Suggestive Events and Ideas .... 187 
 
 IX. Pageants and Plays 225 
 
 X. Honor Systems, Awards, and Clues . . 258 
 
 XI. Nature Education 302 
 
 XII. Bible Study and Religious Activities . 338 
 
PREFACE 
 
 It has not been our aim to prepare a book on Camp 
 technique, but rather to bring together from many 
 sources all available material dealing entirely with activi- 
 ties that have a positive all-round character developing 
 value. 
 
 The authors wish to make grateful acknowledgment 
 to the many workers among boys who have contributed 
 to this volume by word, paragraph, or suggestion. It 
 would have been impossible to have done all the work 
 necessary in preparing this volume if it had not been 
 for the friendly and willing assistance given us. 
 
 Special acknowledgment is gladly made for the use of 
 quotations from the following publications: Dan C. 
 Beard's "The Outdoor Handy Book" and "The Boy Pio- 
 neers," Charles Scribner's Sons; Official . Handbook of 
 The Boy Scouts of America; Jessie H. Bancroft's 
 "Games for the Playground and Gymnasium," Macmillan 
 & Co.; A. M. Chesley's "Social Activities for Men and 
 Boys," Association Press; Champlin's "Encyclopedia of 
 Games and Sports," Henry Holt & Co. ; "Outdoor Games," 
 A. G. Spalding; Sir Baden Powell's "Scouting Games," 
 A. Pearson & Co. ; Ernest Seton Thompson's "The Birch- 
 bark Roll of the Woodcraft Indians" and article from 
 Country Life in America, Doubleday, Page & Co. ; Report 
 of the National Museum; Emmett D. Angell's "Play," 
 Little, Brown & Co.; Mind and Body; and The Scout. 
 
 F. H. C. 
 
 G. C. B. 
 June I, 1915. 
 
After supper we got started 
 On a featur uv the camp 
 That desarves tew hev its rankin' 
 
 With the boat-ride an' the tramp; 
 Thet wuz when we got the Camp Fire 
 
 Fer tew burnin' warm an' light, 
 An' hatched up impromptoo progrums 
 Fer tew make the evenin's bright. 
 Singin', speakin', tellin' stories, 
 
 Spinnin' yarns, an' stories read 
 Out uv books, made time fly swiftly, 
 Till 'twuz time tew git tew bed. 
 Thun we'd finish up our evenin' 
 
 By a gratitudeful prayer, 
 Givin' up our souls an' bodies 
 Tew a lovin' Father's care. 
 Ah ! them days wuz days uv blessin' ! 
 After hours uv climbs an' walks, 
 Comin' back around the Camp Fire 
 Fer the restful songs an' talks. 
 An' fin'ly, the peaceful sleepin'. 
 
 Free from shut-in walls an' floors, 
 On our pine-bough-springy ground-beds 
 In God's healthful out-uv-doors ! 
 
 W. M. VORIES, 
 
 Reuben Strazvstack's Diary, Camp Tecumseh. 
 
CAMP AND OUTING 
 ACTIVITIES 
 
 CHAPTER I 
 
 GAMES AND ACTIVITIES AROUND THE 
 CAMP FIRE 
 
 The merry camp fire, brightly glowing on "Mother 
 Nature's Hearth," has always been the school of a boy's 
 imagination. Perhaps it is because it speaks to the long 
 ago in his make-up, or perhaps because his sturdy fore- 
 fathers loved its hour of fellowship after strenuous days 
 of work. At any rate, undoubtedly it is the real gate- 
 way to the inner heart of almost every healthy boy. 
 
 When the fire roars and crackles, then the fellows 
 dance about it and yell the wild yells of the Indian, as 
 they add log after log to the blaze until the pile is ex- 
 hausted. Then when the flames die down and nothing 
 remains but the heap of brightly glowing embers, they 
 crowd close together, slip their arms about one anoth- 
 er's shoulders, and sit and look into its mysterious ever- 
 changing light, fascinated. 
 
 "In chariots of flame drawn by tiny spark steeds," or 
 in swiftly curling wreaths of smoke, their thoughts are 
 carried off into strange riots of fancy until every burn- 
 
 I 
 
2 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 ing stump and dying ember is alive with sprightly imps 
 and goblins. It has ever been the story hour, since the 
 world began ; the abiding place of fellowship and brother- 
 hood. Campers, grown old, looking backward remem- 
 ber with remarkable distinctness even parts of camp fire 
 conversation, and who shall ever undertake to estimate 
 the number of changed lives that are at least an indirect 
 result of the evening talks and fun about the camp fire? 
 
 In the Boys' Camp it is a well-established institution, 
 and the events hereinafter stated are merely suggestions 
 to help the Camp Leader, as he endeavors to keep the 
 programs fresh and new and different) adding now and 
 then a bit of originality or local color. 
 
 See that the fire is not too large, and conduct your 
 evening after the manner of an Indian council, having 
 two circles, the inner one for campers having won their 
 emblems, the outer one for untried braves. Have a dif- 
 ferent committee in charge of your program each week, 
 in order to insure interest and variety. Be very sure 
 the program has been prepared, and that it is not so long 
 that everybody is completely tired out before the end. 
 
 Every camp fire gathering should be closed with some 
 simple devotion, if it is only all standing, forming a 
 rough circle with arms on one another's shoulders and 
 repeating a brief prayer of thanksgiving for the day. 
 
 STUNTS 
 
 Auction (i) 
 
 Announce to the boys that on a certain night there will 
 be an auction sale and the currency used will be black- 
 berries, strawberries, blueberries, or any fruit that hap- 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 3 
 
 pens to be quite plentiful around camp. Each boy is to 
 furnish something wrapped up in paper, to be auctioned 
 off. 
 
 On the appointed day have the boys go out and pick 
 as many berries as they can, for currency. Select some 
 one with a glib tongue and ready wit as auctioneer, to 
 auction the articles off in the usual way, the boys bidding 
 a certain number of berries for the articles. 
 
 This will afford much fun for the boys. The berries 
 can be used for pies the next day, when all can enjoy 
 the "cooked money" together. 
 
 Auction (2) 
 
 A very lively evening may be had about a camp fire 
 by picking up a great lot of trinkets about the camp, 
 wrapping each one in paper so as to conceal its identity 
 and shape, and tagging it with a misleading title. Then 
 issue to each camper common beans or grains of corn, to 
 be used as money. The auctioneer puts up the package 
 and reads the tag — "A Diamond Pin" (a ten-cent piece 
 and a large safety pin). "A Bunch of Dates" (an old 
 calendar). "A Pair of Kids" (two kid curlers). "A 
 Rubber-tired Perambulator" (a wornout sneaker). "A 
 Gift Meet for a King" (a wienerwurst). "An Easy 
 Slipper" (a banana peeling). "A Pair of Bats" (two 
 brick bats or two tiny whittled baseball bats). The bid- 
 ding begins and finally the package is sold to the highest 
 bidder. But before he opens the package he must guess 
 what is in it. If he guesses he will not have to pay, but 
 if he fails he must pay. The game is to see who can 
 buy the most packages and still have the most money 
 left. It creates a great deal of excitement and many a 
 good laugh. 
 
CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Paper Balloons 
 
 A friendly battle that is no end of fun may be had in 
 camp at a very little expense. Divide the camp into 
 two equal sides, each with a chosen leader. Inflate and 
 release at the same instant two hot-air balloons, one to 
 represent each side, and allow the opponents to throw 
 any sort of a given missile at the rising balloons. A lake 
 shore, or the bank of a river, is the best place for the 
 fight. The balloon that rises out of reach first in spite 
 of its holes and tears, wins the fight. 
 
 This is very exciting, as the action of the balloons is 
 very uncertain. To make the stunt a real success the 
 balloons should be very full of warm air before being 
 released, and an umpire should be appointed to give the 
 signal to "Fire." The balloons should be given a chance 
 to get a good start. Cat-tail heads, pine cones, green 
 walnuts, green apples, and the like, make good ammuni- 
 tion. Limit the number of missiles each camper may 
 throw. 
 
 A Camp Fire Band 
 
 The leader announces that he will give each camper 
 the name of a band instrument and that upon a given 
 signal each is to imitate to the best of his ability the 
 instrument given him, the camper making the best repre- 
 sentation to be chosen leader for the second selection. 
 He then whispers to all campers but two to keep still, 
 and one of these he names a bass drum and the other a 
 piccolo. He then announces the name of the song to be 
 "rendered" and signals to start. The effect is very comi- 
 cal and causes a merry laugh. 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 5 
 
 Burning a Dummy 
 
 In some camps, one evening each season is turned over 
 to a very interesting ceremony. A week previous to the 
 
 The Burning of Grouch 
 
 occasion a committee is appointed to discover, if they 
 can, just what is the worst spirit in the camp, such as 
 Selfishness, Grouchiness, Crabbedness, Carelessness, or 
 
6 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 some such concrete fault. The committee reports, and a 
 dummy is carefully built to represent this fault. 
 
 Every camper is enlisted to gather wood for the huge 
 fire that is to be built. A case is made out against the 
 offender, a jury sworn in, lawyers and a judge chosen, 
 and on the fateful night the dummy is tried for his 
 crimes and, after due consideration, is condemned to be 
 burned at the stake. The fuel should be well oiled and 
 the dummy should be loaded with fireworks if possible. 
 It is desirable to place the form on a high pole above 
 the fire and lead the fire up to the dummy by means of an 
 oiled rope. 
 
 This stunt can be made very impressive and can be 
 used to bring home many helpful lessons. One boy 
 writes : "The burning of 'Doc. Grouch' cured me all right. 
 I never thought how mean ^ grouch was before. I pever 
 see one now that I don't think of that night and the 
 crowd yelling — 'Down with the Grouch !' I try to never 
 be grouchy any more." 
 
 Another boy said, "I was always a 'crabber' until that 
 night. No more for me ! It's the 'crabber' that spoils 
 everything. I used to be awfully unpopular with the 
 gang, but I'm not now, 'cause I've quit crabbing. Say, 
 that old dummy sure did look 'crabbie' that night, with 
 the flames roaring up around him. But it served him 
 right.'^ 
 
 A Barnyard Convention 
 
 The entire company sit in a great circle about the 
 camp fire. The leader then announces that they are go- 
 ing to have a barnyard convention and that he will whis- 
 per to each camper the animal or bird that he is to repre- 
 sent at the convention. This done, the leader calls in a 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 7 
 
 \;ud voice, "This convention is now open!" Every 
 camper is to rise up and mimic the animal or bird that 
 has been given him. But the leader, in making his round, 
 tells every camper but one to sit perfectly still and not 
 make a sound. To this one he whispers "You are a don- 
 key." When all is ready, he calls in a loud voice, "This 
 convention is now open !" whereupon this one lonely 
 camper promptly jumps to his feet and brays as loudly as 
 he can. The effect is marvelous. If you have a camp 
 fire program that lacks life, try this stunt impromptu. It 
 works like a charm. 
 
 Deeds of Bravery 
 
 A really helpful camp fire stunt is to set an evening 
 when every camper will briefly tell of the bravest deed 
 he ever saw, read about, or heard of. Many very inter- 
 esting stories will be told, and a helpful discussion may 
 be had at the close as to the real difference between 
 bravery and courage. * . 
 
 Digging Up and Burying the Camp Ghost 
 
 The camp director, unknown to others, puts a skeleton 
 of some animal in a box and buries it at the camp fire_ 
 place. When the boys are gathered at the camp fire it 
 is announced that the camp ghost is to be dug up. Two 
 or three of the older fellows are called upon to help, and 
 with shovel and pickaxe they uncover the box. Then 
 pallbearers are selected and the cofiin is carefully lifted 
 out and an American flag put over it. Then the campers 
 in single file, march, with the bugle playing a dead 
 march, to the recreation tent, where the cofifin is placed 
 on a table and a short address made by the camp direc- 
 tor, winding up with a call for volunteers to watch the 
 
8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 ghost during the night. Two boys watch at a time. The 
 length of the watches depends upon the number of boys. 
 Have the ghost a little way distant from the camp so 
 that the watchers will not disturb the rest of the camp, 
 and so that the boys can sleep until their turn comes 
 when they are awakened by the retiring watch. 
 
 During the day the ghost is left unwatched, but when 
 it comes time for the camp fire the campers are made to 
 put on their pajamas and again march in single file, to 
 a dead march played on a bugle very slowly and sol- 
 emnly to the place where the ghost is, and it is then 
 carried to the camp fire where all is in readiness to bury 
 it. When all are seated in a circle about the fire the 
 director makes a speech on the camp ghost, substituting 
 the word spirit for ghost, and making it a talk on the 
 camp spirit. Then when the talk is finished the dirt is 
 put on the coffin and the camp ghost is buried. The 
 bodily remains of the ghost lie in the ground, but his 
 spirit will be in the hearts and lives of every boy while 
 he is at camp. 
 
 Graduation in Pumpkin Center School 
 
 Have about ten scholars, all attired (half of them as 
 girls) for the occasion. Have one give the valedictory 
 address (a choice collection of big words without saying 
 much). Another, the class essay (a very small boy's 
 description of a day in camp). Another, the class proph- 
 ecy (a look into the future successes of the various 
 campers; a good time to "rub it in" in a helpful way). 
 Another to sing a solo or two (choice camp songs). An- 
 other, the class history (recalling some of the funny 
 camp experiences of years before). Another, the camp 
 poet (using many original jingles or limericks on camp- 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 9 
 
 ers or camp events). Have the whole presided over by a 
 typical schoolmaster, dressed in a bathing suit, sneakers, 
 and a silk hat. This stunt may be elaborated or adapted 
 to meet any occasion. Especially good for a visitors' day 
 camp fire. 
 
 Indian Battle 
 
 Half of the tents are Indians, half are Whites. The 
 Indians "make up," some as squaws. After they are all 
 bedecked in paints, blankets, and feathers, they go to 
 various points at the outskirts of the campus, while the 
 whites are assembling about the camp fire. At a signal, 
 when all is peaceful and the whites are reposing about 
 the fire (village) the Indians swoop down on them. 
 After a "sham battle" they effect the capture. The scene 
 is very picturesque. After the combat is over, Indians 
 and whites gather around the ca!mp fire and listen to In- 
 dian legends and stories of Indian life. 
 
 "Jack's Alive!" 
 
 Having built a bonfire, all the boys squat around it like 
 so many Indians about their camp fire. A cork on the 
 end of a stick is thrust into the blaze. Then by using 
 the stick for a handle one of the boys withdraws the 
 cork and, blowing out the flame but leaving the red glow- 
 ing end of the cork, exclaims "Jack's alive!" and passes 
 it to the next boy to the right. This boy blows the cork 
 to see that the end still glows and repeats the words, 
 "Jack's alive !" as he hands it to his companion at his 
 right. 
 
 As the hot end becomes duller the boys pass it with 
 greater haste, each repeating, "Jack's alive," until the 
 time arrives when no amount of blowing will bring to 
 
10 CAMP ANt) OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 life the dead embers on the cork. Then "J^ck is dead," 
 and the boy holding the dead Jack must submit to having 
 the score marked on his face. One black mark only can 
 be made for one dead Jack. The first mark may be on 
 one side of the player's upper lip representing one-half 
 of a mustache. 
 
 The cork is than again placed in the fire while the boys 
 sit around and wait for Jack to come to life again. 
 Then the cork is again passed around with the same re- 
 marks, until Jack again expires and another lad is deco- 
 rated with the half of a mustache or a big black eye- 
 brow or a round blarck dot on his cheek. 
 
 When Jack shows a ruddy red light he is passed along 
 carelessly, but as his light pales it is laughable to see 
 with what haste the boys shout ''Jack's alive !" and pass 
 the dying ember on to the next player. 
 
 — D. G. Beard, "The Outdoor Handy Book." 
 
 The ifeast Camp Fire 
 
 The last camp fire may be made the very best one of 
 the season if planned for a little in advance. Let every 
 camper tell what the camp has meant to his life. Let 
 the leaders say a helpful word. Mix in a review of the 
 favorite songs and yells, and award the last emblems 
 and honors, or medals, for the season. Close the evening 
 with a devotional period of thanksgiving and some good 
 refreshments. 
 
 A Mock Trial 
 
 With a little originality there is hardly a camp fire 
 stunt that can be made to equal a live mock trial in real 
 "side splitters." It may be held on the spur of the mo- 
 ment and be entirely impromptu, or it may be carefully 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE ii 
 
 worked out a few days ahead. It is always well to have 
 the defendant one O'f the really popular campers, and the 
 charge against him should have very special local sig- 
 nificance. For instance, try your best swimmers for 
 "Going in without a proper bathing suit." Try a quiet, 
 thoughtful fellow for "Creating a disturbance in the 
 night," and try a very bashful camper for "Visiting the 
 girls in the village or across the lake." Try a boy who 
 is awkward and clumsy for "P»rofessionalism in ath- 
 letics," and so forth. The judge should be your camp 
 "wit" and the jury made up of fellows who are sharp 
 witted and full of fun. Don't let it drag. Often it can 
 be made more interesting by involving all the camp offi- 
 cials and by allowing the defendant's wife (a weeping, 
 heartbroken female) to have a prominent seat. A great 
 deal of rivalry can be aroused in securing and working 
 up the best evidence through witnesses. 
 
 The lawyer for the plaintiff opens the case before the 
 jury, followed by the lawyer for the defense; then in- 
 troduce as many witnesses as desired, followed by allow- 
 ing the prisoner to speak for himself. Then let the case 
 go to the jury and the sentence be pronounced without 
 delay. Lots of fun may be had by making the sentence a 
 command to "jump in, clothes on," or tell a story, or go 
 through the spattering machine. 
 
 Camp Minstrel Shows 
 
 Secure a copy of the latest Madison Budget* It is 
 worth the expense in new and original material, and be- 
 ing new the boys will enter into the work heartily. 
 
 A splendid opening chorus can be arranged by making 
 parodies on a few of the best known melodies that most 
 ♦Crest Trading Co., 144 W. 57tb St., New Y«rk City 
 
12 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 boys know, making each song a take-off on some camper 
 or camp event. It is much easier to get boys to learn 
 songs that have a personal "rub" in them than the ordi- 
 nary kind; such songs are harmless and better than the 
 modern ragtime. 
 
 The Budget will give many short monologues and 
 sketches that will add and make variety. The costumes 
 can be made up of material at hand. A box of burnt 
 cork should be in every camp for camp fire stunts in 
 general; it will be found very useful. 
 
 Arrange the stage with a grove or shrubbery for back- 
 ground and light it with lanterns, in front of which a 
 slanting board should be driven to serve as reflector. 
 Japanese lanterns hung about in the trees help a great 
 deal. Then a large camp fire some little way from the 
 stage adds the last touch. Many jokes of camp life can 
 be worked up with very little effort that will cause untold 
 merriment among the campers. Close the performance 
 by suddenly unfurling a big American flag from some 
 hidden limb, sing "America," all standing, followed by 
 the camp yells. 
 
 A Ghost Minstrel 
 
 Use no lights. Have the stage dark and all the clowns 
 with sheets thrown over them. Have some noiseless 
 dances and a number of pantomimes. Wind up the act 
 by having the clowns sing "John Brown's Body," leaving 
 off a word each time it is repeated, and likewise one 
 ghost disappearing with the left off word. If done with 
 snap, it is an excellent stunt. When nearly all the ghosts 
 have left the stage have the rest suddenly take off their 
 sheets and uncover a great juicy pie and enjoy it with 
 much silent laughter. 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 
 
 13 
 
 Minstrel Show at Camp Iola 
 
 Pat and Rub 
 
 Divide the campers into two squads by numbering 
 around the circle, one, two, one, two. Have the "ones" 
 stand in a circle, put one hand on their heads and the 
 
14 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 other on their stomachs, then at a signal from the leader 
 all are to pat their heads and rub their stomachs while 
 he counts twenty, when they are to reverse and pat their 
 stomachs and rub their heads. Count is kept of the num- 
 ber that succeed in doing the trick, and then the "twos" 
 stand up and go through the same performance. The 
 side having the larger number of boys who accomplish 
 the trick is declared winner, and prescribe a stunt that 
 the losers must do for the enjoyment of the entire crowd. 
 
 Pole Boxing 
 
 Choose a spot near the camp fire where the grass is 
 soft. Then lash a stout green sapling, about four inches 
 in diameter, which has previously been padded with an 
 old blanket, to a larger tree just high enough from the 
 ground so the contestants cannot touch the ground when 
 straddling the sapling. The other end of the sapling 
 may be held up with a crotch, or may be suspended by 
 means of a rope from a nearby limb. At any rate, be 
 certain it is solid. 
 
 Give each contestant one boxing glove and allow both 
 to mount the sapling, holding on with the ungloved hand. 
 Each time a contestant loses his balance so that he must 
 use his gloved hand to keep him from falling, is counted 
 a round. 
 
 Each contestant might represent some school or col- 
 lege. 
 
 Pillow Fights 
 
 This is a splendid substitute for the old and more com- 
 mon blanket toss, and has all of its fun and none of its 
 dangers. 
 
 Suspend a smooth, peeled pole six inches in diameter 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 
 
 15 
 
 and free from sharp places, at least four feet above the 
 ground, in a perfectly rigid position and so arranged that 
 the pole cannot turn ; suspend over sand or sod if pos- 
 sible. 
 
 Each contestant is given a feather pillow in a stout 
 
 --♦ 
 
 ••^w 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 ::;■ 
 
 
 » l^^S r -%^iB^ ^VHkJi ~ ' ''*^mI ^l^'l 
 
 Pillow Fight 
 
 case, straddles the pole, and the fight is on. As soon as 
 one boy drops his pillow or falls off, it is counted an 
 out. Fight for best two out of three. It is great fun 
 to run right through the camp — eliminate to a final win- 
 ner each week. There will be great competition to hold 
 the leather medal and be the Pillow King. 
 
i6 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 A Surgical Operation 
 
 The patient, suffering untold misery, is brought in on 
 a stretcher and a doctor called. After a careful examina- 
 tion Doctor No. I diagnoses the trouble as appendi- 
 citis and declares that all that can save the man is a 
 speedy operation, but as he has come without his instru- 
 ments he hurries back to get them. But in his absence 
 the sick man's friends question among themselves if 
 Doctor No. I knows what he is talking about. Finally 
 they decide to call another doctor and have another 
 examination. Doctor No. 2 comes, and after smelling 
 the patient's feet, feeling his head, and insisting on count- 
 ing the patient's ribs, he declares the trouble to be cancer. 
 
 About this time Doctor No. i returns, bringing his 
 tools in a great box, or basket — a hammer, saw, ax, 
 shovel, etc., etc., and prepares to go to work, when he 
 sees Doctor No. 2. There follows a lively argument; 
 Doctor No. I declares it is appendicitis, but Doctor No. 
 2 begs his pardon and says, "My dear doctor, it's not 
 appendicitis, but a cancer." At this point the patient 
 rises and orders Doctor No. i to commence the opera- 
 tion, which he does with all haste, using all his tools, 
 much to the discomfort of the patient. When the in- 
 cision is made he brings out all sorts of astonishing 
 things, holding each one up for view — a loaf of bread, a 
 string of wieners, a half dozen roasting ears, a head 
 of cabbage, a small ham, and a long piece of rope. Satis- 
 fied with his work, he sews up the sick man and assures 
 him he will soon be better. But he gets worse, and 
 Doctor No. 2 is sent for. He again makes an opening 
 and after fishing around a long while draws out a shin- 
 ing tin can and holds it up to view, crying, "You see, 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 17 
 
 sir, it was a can — sir!" The sick man is so surprised 
 that he jumps from the stretcher and walks away. 
 
 Story Telling Contest 
 
 It is surprising the great variety and number of new 
 stories about Mike and Pat and Oley and Ikey that can 
 be told by a group of boys about the camp fire. Give 
 some reward for the best story told and keep a careful 
 watch for anything that is off color. A whole evening 
 may be spent in this way with many laughs. Every camp 
 has a natural story teller and he should be encouraged 
 to lead off. One story reminds someone of another, and 
 so on. This is a splendid time for the leaders to relate 
 helpful anecdotes with obvious points. 
 
 In one camp they start Mike and Pat in Dublin, bring 
 them across the ocean, and then start them across the 
 country by telling stories of their adventures. Start 
 Oley and Pete in Minnesota, Ikey and Jakey in New 
 York, and Rastus in New Orleans. These make very 
 jolly evenings. 
 
 Camp Fire Tag 
 
 To liven things up there is nothing like it. 3uild a 
 big fire, then choose the man that is to be It. Upon a 
 given signal the game begins, and he who is It must step 
 on the head of the shadow of some other camper, where- 
 upon the one "stepped on" becomes It. It can easily 
 be seen that if the campers run directly away from the 
 fire far enough their shadows disappear and they are safe 
 until they again get in range of the light. It is a strenu- 
 ous game, and should not be indulged in for too long 
 a period. 
 
i8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Camp Take-offs 
 
 The most popular stunts of all for a camp fire are no 
 doubt "take-offs" on various phases of the camp life, 
 and on special events, incidents, or happenings. Every 
 camp has its fellow that is always "getting in wrong," 
 or a "loquacious encyclopedia," or a "sleepy lazy boy," 
 or a "heavy eater," or a "dude," a "grouch," and so 
 on. All of these offer material for take-offs that are 
 lots of fun and incidentally teach some lessons. It does 
 us all good sometimes "to see ourselves as others see 
 us." The following may give some suggestions: 
 
 I. Have a number of boys come in one at a time, each 
 one representing a week at camp. For instance — 
 
 First Week: A boy all dressed in nice clean camp 
 clothes, a suitcase in one hand, a fishing pole, tennis 
 racket, etc., in the other. He comes in very eager and 
 enthusiastic. 
 
 Second Week: A boy in gymnasium shirt and khaki 
 trousers, very busy swatting a cloud of mosquitoes that 
 have been attracted by his fresh, pink skin. Let him 
 rub on salves and ointments, and release numerous 
 "stout" perfumes from various bottles in his efforts to 
 secure peace. 
 
 Third Week: A fellow that moves with great pain and 
 that evidently has a grouch. His neck is stiff and his 
 shoulders are all sunburned. Perhaps, a friend might 
 enter and slap him good naturedly on his shoulders and 
 then wonders why "Sonnie" loses his temper. 
 
 Fourth Week: A real homesick boy. 
 
 Fifth Week: A brown healthy lad, fairly running 
 over with life and good spirits. 
 
 Sixth Week: Going home; clothes all too small, an 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 19 
 
 armful of things that wouldn't go in the trunk under 
 each arm, and so forth. 
 
 2. Take-off on the arrival of the daily mail. 
 
 3. Take-off the camp store, its clerks, customers, and 
 stock of goods. 
 
 4. Take-off the morning setting up drill, closing with 
 a little tumbling of some sort. 
 
 5. Take-off the chef serving up a meal, using as many 
 of his mannerisms as possible. 
 
 6. Have a mock nature study class. Take-off the learned 
 teacher and have each camper bring in a specimen he 
 has found. Have the teacher examine it carefully and 
 then explain to the pupil what his specimen really is, — 
 such as a turtle in a box (a Norwegian bedbug). A 
 pair of cat-tails (pussy willows). A sweet iris (an 
 American flag). A garter snake (a sea serpent). A 
 cabbage (a prehistoric head), and so forth. This stunt 
 is great fun if carefully worked up. 
 
 7. Take-off the camp doctor, by having campers come 
 in with all sorts of ills and pains, each case to be care- 
 fully diagnosed by the doctor and then prescribed for. 
 Let him prescribe a large dose of castor oil for a sore 
 toe, a hot bandage on the head for stomach-ache, ice 
 packs on the feet for sun burn, nasty pills for sore eyes, 
 a bitter gargle for a sprained ankle, and so forth. It 
 will make one continuous roar of laughter. 
 
 8. Almost every camp has a friendly initiation for 
 all newcomers. This initiation makes a good take-off. 
 In one camp it takes this form: As soon as a new fel- 
 lows arrives all the old campers make it a point to ask 
 many questions about the "Doodle-bug," until the new 
 camper is led to ask about it himself. Someone promptly 
 volunteers to call up a doodle-bug for him. He is led 
 
20 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 off to a doodle-bug's home and persuaded to bend over 
 to more closely observe the tiny hole, while the boys 
 call "Doodle-bug! Doodle-bug!" in the sweetest voices 
 they can muster. When the observer is completely en- 
 grossed, all the other campers quickly rise and slap the 
 newcomer on his tightly stretched trousers. Some 
 campers can be led into the little game a half dozen 
 times before they catch on. It makes a splendid take-off. 
 
 Scouts' War Dance 
 
 Scouts form up in one line with leader in front, each 
 holding his staff in the right hand, and resting his left 
 on the next man's shoulder. 
 
 Leader sings the Eengonyama song. Scouts sing 
 chorus, and advance to their front a few steps at a 
 time, stamping in unison on the long notes. 
 
 At the second time of singing, they step backward. 
 
 At the third, they turn to the left, still holding each 
 other's shoulders, and move round in a large circle, re- 
 peating the chorus until they have completed the circle. 
 
 They then form into a wide circle, and one steps into 
 the center and carries out a war dance, representing how 
 he tracked and fought with one of his enemies. He 
 goes through the whole fight in dumb show, until he 
 finally kills his foe; the scouts meantime still singing 
 the Eengonyama chorus and dancing on their own 
 ground. As soon as he finishes the fight, the leader 
 starts the "Be Prepared" chorus, which they repeat 
 three times in honor of the scout who has just danced. 
 
 Then they recommence the Eengonyama chorus, and 
 another scout steps into the ring, and describes in dumb 
 show how he stalked and killed a wild buffalo. While 
 he does the creeping up and stalking the animal, the 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 21 
 
 scouts all crouch and sing their chorus very softly, and 
 as he gets more into the light with the beast, they simul- 
 taneously spring up and dance and shout the chorus 
 loudly. When he has slain the beast, the leader again 
 gives the "Be Prepared" chorus in his honor and it is 
 repeated three times, the scouts banging their staffs on 
 the ground at the same time as they stamp "Bom ! Bom !" 
 
 At the end of the third repetition, "Bom ! Bom !" is 
 repeated the second time. 
 
 The circle then close together turn to the left again, 
 grasping shoulders with the left hand, and move off, 
 singing the Eengonyama. 
 
 — "Scouting for Boys.'' 
 
 EDUCATIONAL CAMP FIRE FEATURES 
 
 First Aid Talks 
 
 Use the demonstration method. It interests the boys 
 and they enjoy seeing actually how it is done. It is 
 a splendid idea to alternate a first aid talk with a health 
 talk. Here again a reflectoscope or stereopticon is al- 
 most indispensable. There are many very excellent illus- 
 trations for such talks to be found in the "Boy Scout 
 Manual." 
 
 The best book for a simple course is "The American 
 National Red Cross First Aid Text Book," abridged edi- 
 tion. 
 
 The work should give some information on — 
 
 1. Body structure and functions. 
 
 2. Bandages, splints, stimulants, and emetics. 
 
 3. Common accidents — how to care for them and to 
 
 prevent them. 
 
22 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 4. Common emergencies. 
 
 5. Camp diseases and their care. 
 
 6. Injuries from indoor and outdoor sports. 
 
 7. Care and transportation of wounded. 
 
 Health Talks 
 
 The camp affords a rare opportunity to give a group 
 of growing boys suggestions as to their living. These 
 health talks should be given at the camp fire by either 
 the physical director or the camp doctor, — should be 
 brief, to the point, and constructive, with a very prac- 
 tical application to camp life. 
 
 Some suggested topics are: — 
 
 1. Eating — (Food: its digestion and assimilation; 
 
 how to eat, what to eat, and when to eat.) 
 
 2. Sleeping — (How we grow; when to sleep, where 
 
 to sleep, and how much to sleep.) 
 
 3. Exercise — (Its value and effects in development.) 
 
 4. Teeth — (Care of teeth and effects of careless- 
 
 ness.) 
 
 5. Ears, eyes, and nose — (Dangers of carelessness.) 
 
 6. Posture — (Its relation to health and character.) 
 
 7. Sex Hygiene — (Positive information, based on 
 
 Hall's book "Youth into Manhood.") 
 If the camp is fortunate enough to possess a stereopti- 
 con or a reflectoscope, these talks can be made doubly 
 effective. Often a microscope and a small selection of 
 slides can be used to great advantage to develop health- 
 ful living. 
 
 Indian Folklore 
 
 Fortunately there are a number of excellent volumes 
 of Indian Folklore that may be secured at any good 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 23 
 
 public library. Every good camper should know the 
 Indian, not as he has been painted in the past by preju- 
 diced historians, but as he was before the white man 
 corrupted and abnormally developed his baser nature. 
 
 He is almost an ideal in many ways, and there is no 
 better way to bring this ideal to a boy than by relating the 
 traditions and folklore of the Indian. 
 
 Some of the best books for this purpose are: 
 
 "Rolf in the Woods," Ernest Thompson Seton. 
 
 "Myths and Legends of California and the Old South- 
 west," Katharine B. Judson. 
 
 "Myths and Legends of the Pacific Northwest," Kath- 
 arine B. Judson. 
 
 "Algonquin Legends of New England," C. G. Leland. 
 
 "Pawnee Hero Stories and Folk-tales," Geo. Bird 
 Grinnell. 
 
 "Childhood of Ji Shib the Ojibwa," A. E. Jenks. 
 
 "Blackfoot Lodge Tales," Geo. Bird Grinnell. 
 
 "Legends of the Red Children," Mary Pratt-Chadwick. 
 
 "Flying Plover," Theo. Roberts. 
 
 "Book of Woodcraft and Indian Lore," Ernest Thomp- 
 son Seton. 
 
 One wise camp leader asked one of his assistants to 
 prepare himself through the winter with just this sort of 
 material, looking forward to the next season. So popular 
 were these stories that if the story-teller sat down with a 
 group of the campers an Indian story was promptly de- 
 manded. 
 
 The Missing Words 
 
 Have the boys seated around the camp fire. The leader 
 reads from a familiar story and leaves out a word at 
 various places and the boys in turn try to tell the missing 
 
24 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 words. The boys who miss drop out, as in a spelling 
 match. The boy who is the last to place a missing word 
 wins. 
 
 The Camp Paper 
 
 Many leaders have felt the camp paper was too much 
 trouble, but the vast majority that have given it a fair 
 trial think it fills a great place in the activities. 
 , The papers of various camps vary from typewritten or 
 mimeographed papers to bound magazines with numer- 
 ous cuts for illustration. One camp has the work di- 
 vided so that one boy writes athletic news, one aquatic 
 news, one general news items, one jokes and stories, one 
 nature study, and so forth. Other camps leave the job 
 entirely to a committee of leaders, or even to one man, 
 but in some way arrange to provide a camp paper, for it 
 has a permanent value as a record of events. 
 
 Kamp Kiamesha issues a weekly paper known as the 
 Kiamesha Knocker. Camp Couchiching issues The 
 Couchiching Camper. Dayton Camp, The Camp FireHy. 
 Minneapolis Camp, The Evening Whang-Doodle. Kineo 
 Camp, The Kineo Camper. Some of the other better 
 known ones are, Doin's of John Doe, The Dope Sheet, 
 The Twilight Express, and many others. Camp Te- 
 cumseh, in 1900, kept a diary written by "Reuben Straw- 
 stack," which was a history of events in verse and read 
 every night at the camp fire. 
 
 Question Match 
 
 While the boys are seated around the camp fire, start 
 a. question match, on the same line as the old spelling 
 match, but instead of using words, ask various ques- 
 
' GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 25 
 
 tions about our country, states, cities, etc. The boy who 
 is the last to be questioned down wins. This can be 
 used in various ways by describing trees, fish, birds, ani- 
 mals, etc., and having the boys guess the answers. 
 
 Suggested Books for Reading Around Camp Fire 
 
 ''Parables from Nature," M. S. Gatty. 
 
 *The Heroes," Chas. Kingsley. 
 
 *'Dr. Grenfell's Parish," Norman Duncan. 
 
 "Chapel Talks," George W. Hinckley. 
 
 *'Young Men Who Overcame," Robert Speer. 
 
 "The Rival Campers Ashore," Ruel Perley Smith. 
 
 "Poems of Action," David Porter. 
 
 "The Fight for Character," H. C. King. 
 
 "The Joys of Living," "Talks with Great Workers," 
 Orison Swett Marden. 
 
 "School Stories," No. 592; "Hunting Stories," No. 593; 
 "A Boy in Congress and Other Stories," No. 595; 
 "Turning Points in a Boy's Life," No. 596; The Ameri- 
 can Boy Books. 
 
 "Roughing It with Boys," George W. Hinckley. 
 
 "Sequil," H.'a. Shute.' 
 
 "Penrod," Booth Tarkington, 
 
 "Boys of the Bible," Norma B. Carson. 
 
 "Around the Fire," H. M. Burr. 
 
 "Man Without a Country," E. E. Hale. 
 
 "Rolf in the Woods," Ernest Thompson Seton. 
 
 "Arizona Nights," Stewart Edward White. 
 
 "Watchers of the Camp-fire," C. G. D. Roberts. 
 
 "Around the Camp Fire," C. G. D. Roberts. 
 
 "Campfire Musings," W. C. Gray. 
 
 "Watchers of the Trails," C. G. D. Roberts. 
 
 "The Story of Dan McDonald," G. W. Hinckley. 
 
26 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 "Indian Story and Song from North America," Alice 
 C. Fletcher. 
 
 "Secrets of the Woods," W. J. Long. 
 
 "Wilderness Ways," W. J. Long. 
 
 "Northern Trails," W. J. Long. 
 
 "Told by the Camp Fire," F. H. Cheley. 
 
 "The Call of the Wild," Jack London. 
 
 "Crooked Trails," Frederick Remington. 
 
 "Wells Brothers : The Young Cattle Kings," A. Adams. 
 
 "On the Trail of the Sioux," D. Lange. 
 
 "Ungava Bob," D. Wallace. 
 
 Traditions and Early History 
 
 There is hardly a camp site in the country but that 
 is located directly on or near a historic point, or that has 
 any quantity of interesting tradition and Indian history 
 connected with it. There is nothing so interesting to the 
 boys. Take pains to acquaint yourself with the history 
 of early settlers, of the Indians, of your immediate lo- 
 cality. In many places the geological history is also very 
 interesting. Develop the friendship of your oldest neigh- 
 bor and have him come often to chat by the camp fire. 
 Perhaps he is a farmer and has seen the country de- 
 velop marvelously; perhaps a country store dealer and 
 knows of the commercial developments, the coming of 
 the first railroad, and so forth; perhaps he is a game 
 warden, full of experiences, or a forest ranger, or an old 
 prospector. Make use of him. There are no stories so 
 interesting as true stories told by quaint characters. 
 
 Hunt up a county history. It will give you much to 
 build upon in this regard. Make one leader responsible 
 for this sort of information. It makes each hike and 
 side trip have a special significance to the boy. 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 27 
 
 EATS 
 
 A Camp Fire Apple Bake 
 
 Cut two substantial crotches and a long green pole 
 about two inches in diameter. Set this up over the fire 
 in such a way that a long row of apples may be sus- 
 pended from small wires over the hot coals. It is better 
 to have the apples all fixed before the fire is lighted. 
 Have the rest of the evening's fun while the fire is 
 burning down. 
 
 The apples should have a hollow cut in the top and 
 this cavity filled with butter and brown sugar. Let the 
 apples cook slowly. When done, remove the entire cross 
 pole and pass a wire to each camper.^ Fresh soda crack- 
 ers go very well with the baked apples. 
 
 Corn Roasts 
 
 There are corn roasts and corn roasts. This one is 
 some work, but such corn can be secured in no other 
 way. It is an Indian trick and will be thoroughly en- 
 joyed by every camper. If any quantity is to be roasted 
 at once, such as sixty or one hundred ears, a wire basket 
 made of heavy large-meshed iron wire is almost a neces- 
 sity. There should be attached to each end of this basket 
 a very stout wire with which to pull it out when the corn 
 is done. 
 
 Dig a hole eight inches larger each way than your 
 basket and at least thirty inches deep, in clay if possible. 
 Then build a good fire and put into it enough medium 
 sized bowlders to make a good layer under, over, and 
 around the basket. These stones should not be taken 
 from the lake shore, as they explode and crumble when 
 
28 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 the water is poured on them. The stones should heat 
 at least forty minutes in a rousing fire. Meanwhile the 
 corn left in the shucks should be soaked in water, then 
 laid in the basket which has in it a thick layer of either 
 sassafras, tulip, or hickory leaves also wet. When the 
 corn is all carefully laid in the basket it should be cov- 
 ered with six inches of wet leaves. 
 
 Corn Roast by the Dying Embers 
 
 The first layer of hot rocks are then put into the pit, 
 then the basket is laid in and the balance of hot rocks 
 put in around and on top of the basket. You will then 
 need four stout sticks three feet long and two inches in 
 diameter. These are placed at each corner of the basket 
 and the dirt is shoveled in about them. When all is cov- 
 ered securely, these corner sticks are carefully pulled out, 
 one at a time, and a half bucket of water poured in 
 the hole they create, and then promptly filled up with 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 29 
 
 a shovel of dirt to keep in the volume of steam generated 
 by the water coming in contact with the hot stones. Care 
 must be taken to have the earth covering thick enough, 
 or a miniature volcano will result and someone will get 
 badly burned. 
 
 After this fireless cooker is completed the corn should 
 stay in the ground at least two hours and a half, when 
 it may be dug out. 
 
 The leaves keep the corn clean, and if the basket is 
 turned over quickly the corn will come out on top steam- 
 ing hot and ready to eat. Each camper should have a 
 sharp stick ready to hold his corn on and swabs should 
 be provided with which to put melted butter on the corn. 
 
 The corn is best when it is just slightly browned, and 
 tulip leaves give the best results. Corn is delicious 
 cooked in this manner, and as many as two hundred ears 
 have been cooked successfully at one time. Let every 
 camper help, and a very enjoyable evening may be had. 
 Serve a picnic supper with the corn as a last course. 
 
 The corn may also be cooked using clay instead of 
 leaves and rocks. This is more work and the results less 
 satisfactory. 
 
 A simpler way is to merely wet the corn in the shucks, 
 tie the loose end with a bit of wire, and throw the ear 
 in the coals and cook. However, half-cooked corn is not 
 healthful, and care should be exercised in allowing the 
 boys to have it. 
 
 Marshmallows a la Cookie 
 
 Have each camper secure a long, slender, green, forked 
 
 switch upon which to toast his marshmallows. They 
 
 should be toasted by coals and. not in the flame. Pass 
 
 to each camper a half dozen square saltine wafers, and 
 
30 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 when his marshmallow is cooked let him place it between 
 two wafers and eat. If nuts are easily secured, they 
 make the treat still better. 
 
 A Sweet Potato Bake 
 
 There are two ways, both very good. 
 
 1. Wash the potatoes, wrap them in at least a dozen 
 thicknesses of wet paper and cook in the ashes. A pleas- 
 ant flavor may be cooked into the potato by wrapping 
 them first in clean, fresh sassafras leaves. Eggs, white 
 Bermuda onions, and sour apples are also very excellent 
 cooked in this manner and eaten with butter, pepper, 
 and salt. 
 
 2. Boil the sweet potatoes, peel and slice them, then 
 put on to cook in a large kettle or bucket, adding a gen- 
 erous lump of butter and enough brown sugar to make 
 a thick butterscotch over them. Serve to be eaten be- 
 tween slices of plain bread. This is a very inexpensive 
 treat and a delicious one. You will find it very popular 
 with the boys. 
 
 A Special Tent Supper 
 
 Once or twice a week dispense with the regular even- 
 ing meal and at five o'clock serve the boys with rations 
 from the commissary, including beefsteak, potatoes, etc. 
 Then have each group cook their own meal around a lit- 
 tle fireplace which they have previously prepared near 
 their tent. Let each tent then, under the leadership of 
 their own leader, have a helpful program, such as stories, 
 quiet talks, etc. Make these evenings the most helpful 
 and long-to-be-remembered ones of the camping season. 
 They incidentally give each leader a much needed touch 
 with his own group and get the boys more intimately ac- 
 
GAMES AROUND THE CAMP FIRE 31 
 
 quainted with him. This plan also tends to break the 
 possible monotony of the regular camp fire evenings. 
 
 A Camp Fire Taffy-Pull 
 
 Have each camper take his plate to the fire with him. 
 Upon gathering at the fire they will find a large kettle 
 or pot of plain taffy bubbling over the coals. When the 
 taffy is cooked have the campers line up and pass by the 
 kettle, where they will each one be served a ladle of 
 taffy. When cool enough, the taffy is to be pulled, — 
 an eatable prize to be given for the best pulled candy. 
 
 H a short hike can be taken into a nearby woods, and 
 then make the taffy, it will add to the evening. 
 
 The stunt can also be made attractive by securing 
 maple syrup and boiling it down to sugar, the maple 
 sugar to be eaten at the close of the evening's program. 
 
 A Good Recipe for Camp Fire Taffy 
 
 Equal parts of granulated sugar and corn syrup; cook 
 until it forms a soft ball in cold water. Flavor, and add 
 nut meats. Pour on greased pie pans to cool. Pull until 
 hard. 
 
 A Treasure Hunt for Eats 
 
 This stunt can be worked up with great interest by 
 telling, about the fire, a story of a treasure that is sup- 
 posed to be hidden at a certain place. When the desired 
 interest has been created, let one leader suggest that they 
 go and see about it. Then follows a short hike through 
 the woods with lanterns or torches to help find the way. 
 When the exact spot is located some campers are set 
 busy digging, while the rest gather wood for a fire. 
 
 The camp leader has previously buried (unknown to 
 
32 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 the camp) any sort of a treasure he desires, such as a 
 half dozen watermelons, a big sack of apples, a sack of 
 nuts, or whatever he may have been able to secure. 
 
 The treasure is dug up with great gusto and eaten 
 about the fire. Then come the songs, yells, and the 
 tramp back to camp. It has in it all the elements that a 
 boy loves, if carefully prepared for. Have a neigh- 
 boring farmer plant the treasure, so it will be a total 
 surprise to all, even the tent leaders. 
 
CHAPTER II 
 GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 
 
 All Run 
 
 Draw a circle on the ground, and place all the players 
 in it. One boy takes the basketball and throws it up 
 in the air. The players all run in different directions, 
 and when the thrower catches the ball he shouts "Hold !" 
 and all players stop. The thrower chooses one boy to 
 throw the ball at, and if he hits him, they exchange 
 places. If he misses twice, he stands twenty feet away 
 with his back to the players and each has one chance to 
 hit him with the ball. 
 
 A diversion of this is for one player to drop the 
 ball and call out the name of one of the boys, or a num- 
 ber — if you prefer numbering the players; the boy whose 
 name is called grabs the ball and tries to hit one of 
 the players, who in turn tries to hit another until some- 
 one misses. The person who misses continues the game 
 in the center. 
 
 Bear and His Master 
 
 One boy is selected to be the bear and one to be the 
 master. A strong rope about eight or ten feet long is 
 needed. The bear takes the rope by one end and the 
 master the other. The boys gather around the bear. 
 Then the master cries out, "One, two, three, my bear is 
 
 33 
 
34 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 free," and rushes up to the bear to protect him. The 
 fun of the game is to slap the bear with the open hand 
 when running away from the master, he only being able 
 to run the distance of the rope. If the master tags one 
 of the boys before he gets away, he becomes the bear, 
 and the boy that was the bear becomes the master. 
 
 Ball Tossing Game 
 
 Have the boys form a circle facing the center, about 
 six feet apart, with one player in the center. The ball 
 is tossed from one to the other, left or right, over. the 
 head of one player only to the player beyond. The 
 boy in the center tries to knock it to the ground and if 
 he succeeds, they exchange places. 
 
 To vary the game, have them close up the circle with 
 space enough between the players to permit the escape 
 of the center boy. The center boy tosses the ball to 
 any boy in the circle, who tosses it back to him. The 
 center boy then tries to escape with it through one of 
 the openings before he is caught by the bo)/ who tosses 
 the ball to him. If he is caught, places are exchanged. 
 
 Bang the Bear 
 
 One big boy is Bear, and has three bases in which 
 he can take refuge and be safe. He carries a small 
 air balloon on his back. The other boys are armed with 
 clubs of straw rope twisted, with which they try to burst 
 his balloon while he is outside the base. The bear has 
 a similar club, with which he knocks off the hunters' 
 hats. The hat represents the hunter's life. A good game 
 for introducing strange or shy boys to each other. 
 — Ernest Thompson Seton, "Birchbark Roll of the Wood- 
 craft Indians." 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 35 
 
 Ball Passing Games and Diversions 
 
 For Basketball ; also to be played with Oat Bags. 
 
 I. The players are divided into two parties. Each 
 party then arranges itself into two ranks facing each 
 other. The ranks are from two to five paces apart, as 
 space will permit, and the two parties are two or three 
 paces apart. The ranks in each party are numbered i 
 and 2. 
 
 Party i— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 First Rank... 
 
 .0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 •0 
 
 
 
 Second Rank. 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Party 2— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 First Rank... 
 
 .0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Second Rank. 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 All being ready, a ball is given to the first member of 
 Rank i in each party. He throws to the member of Rank 
 
 2 just opposite him, who throws it to the second member 
 of Rank i, and so on. When the ball gets to the last 
 member by the same zigzag path, the party which returns 
 the ball to the first member first, wins the game. (See 
 diagram.) 
 
 2. The players are arranged in four ranks, numbered 
 I, 2, 3, and 4. (See diagram.) Ranks i and 2 face ranks 
 
 3 and 4. Ranks i and 3 constitute one party and 2 and 
 
 4 the other. Hence the ball must be thrown over one 
 rank each time. Otherwise the game is like No. i. 
 
 First Rank....o 0000000000 
 Second Rank. .00000000000 
 Third Rank...o 0000000000 
 Fourth Rank. .00000000000 
 
36 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 3. The players form a circle* facing inward. Each 
 half of the circle constitutes a party, as shown in the 
 diagram. Otherwise the game is the same as before. 
 
 O 
 
 o o 
 
 o o 
 
 o ^ o 
 
 4. The two parties form separate circles, the one within 
 the other. The inner party faces outward, the other 
 party faces inward. Two balls are used by each party. 
 
 O 
 
 o ^ o 
 
 o ^ o 
 
 o o 
 
 o o 
 
 o - o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 5. The parties form separate circles and the ball must 
 pass around the circle three times. The party which 
 first accomplishes this wins. 
 
 — Mind and Body, Vol. IV. 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 37 
 
 Bean Bag Tag 
 
 Bean Bag Tag is a splendid after-supper game. The 
 player who is It counts five as slowly or as rapidly as 
 he may choose, and may be moving all the time until 
 he calls "Five." At that instant he must stop (while 
 the others keep moving) and throw the bean bag. If he 
 hits a camper he becomes It. If he misses he must pick 
 up the bag and repeat the count. If the number of 
 players is large enough it is better to have three or 
 four Its. 
 
 Brick Skittles 
 
 Ordinary bricks make good skittles, and cobblestones 
 will make very fair bowls for a game. On a vacant lot 
 
 FRAME OF FOUR BRICKS 
 
 or open space, draw a diamond-shaped figure and set up 
 three rows of bricks at equal distances from each other. 
 
38 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 At a distance agreed upon from this ''frame" draw the 
 scratch or taw-line, and with your cobblestones or small 
 bowlders bowl the bricks down as you would the pins in 
 a bowling-alley. Count a point for every brick fairly 
 upset. Make the game as many points as you wish, and 
 take turns in bowling. 
 
 Fours 
 This is played in the same way as nine-pins or skit- 
 tles, with the exception that bricks are used for nine- 
 pins, and that only four bricks are set up in the frame, 
 one at each of the four corners of the diamond. 
 
 Dutch Pins 
 
 In the real game of Dutch pins the skittles are larger 
 and taller than in the other games here described, but 
 as bricks are made of one size you will use the same 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 p 
 
 D 
 
 -J 
 
 D 
 
 _ 
 
 Q 
 
 bUTCH PINS 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 39 
 
 bricks for Dutch pins that you do for nine-pins, but a 
 square is used in place of a diamond for the frame, and 
 nine bricks are set up in three lines. 
 
 — D. C. Beard, "The Outdoor Handy Book.'* 
 
 Black Baby 
 
 A much noisier and more active game is that of Black 
 Baby. It is a game of ball and is played in a part of 
 the campus where there is bare earth, level and soft 
 enough for the series of shallow holes necessary for 
 the game. 
 
 There must be a hole for each player, and a common, 
 hollow India-rubber ball or a soft yarn ball covered with 
 leather. On no account use a hard ball, as the game is 
 too rough for the use of a missile that can do injury 
 when thrown with force. 
 
 First, with your heel make a number of holes about 
 three feet apart and all in a line, one hole for each boy 
 in the game. Every boy stands by to guard his particular 
 hollow, while the boy at one end attempts to roll the 
 ball slowly over the line of holes, so that it will rest in 
 the hole in front of the lad at the opposite end. In 
 case the ball passes safely over, the player at the other 
 end rolls it back again in the same manner. 
 
 This cannot go on long before the ball stops in one of 
 the holes. As soon as this happens all the players except 
 the one at the hole where the ball stops scamper away, 
 shouting, "Black baby ! Black baby!" while the remain- 
 ing lad seizes the ball as quickly as possible and throws 
 it at his nearest playmate. If he fails to hit the fleeing 
 mark all return to their places, and a little piece of coal, 
 a "black baby," is put in the hole lately occupied by 
 the ball ; but if he strikes the mark, the boy hit must 
 
40 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 quickly pick up the ball and throw it at his nearest play- 
 mate, and a game of "crackabout" ensues until someone 
 misses. Then all return to their places, and a black 
 baby is placed in the hole belonging to the lad who failed, 
 and the game of rolling the ball is continued by the 
 boys at the end holes. As soon as a boy receives two 
 black babies he is called "black baby half whitewashed." 
 
 The game goes on until some one player receives 
 three black babies. As soon as this occurs the culprit 
 takes the ball, retires to a wall, fence, or tree, and with 
 his left hand and right foot resting against the tree, wall, 
 or fence, which he must face, he throws the ball over 
 his shoulder as far as he can. The spot where it strikes 
 the ground is marked by the other boys with a taw-line, 
 and from this line each player in turn has the privilege 
 of throwing the ball at the unfortunate owner of three 
 black babies, who stands with his back bent and his 
 head resting against the wall. 
 
 This may appear hard on the unlucky black baby boy, 
 but every miss entitles the black baby to throw at the 
 bad marksman. After each thrower has had three shots 
 at the culprit, the misses are called, and each in turn 
 takes his place at the stake and receives his punishment 
 until all debts are paid. 
 
 — D. C. Beard, "The Outdoor Handy Book." 
 
 The Bull Fight 
 
 Twelve players are needed for the game, which is in- 
 teresting to watch and makes a good spectacle for a 
 display. 
 
 The players — i Bull, i Matador, 4 Chulos, 6 Scarf- 
 bearers. 
 
 Part I. — The bull enters the arena — which may be 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 41 
 
 made by the other boys "forming fence" — with four or 
 five six-inch strips of paper pinned to his back. The 
 chulos try to tear off these without being touched by 
 the bull, but if the bull touches them twice they are 
 dead. The scarf-bearers, who carry their scarves in their 
 hand, run in between the bull and a chulo if he is hard 
 pressed, and by waving their scarves in the bull's face, 
 make him follow them. If a chulo is once touched by the 
 bull he is dead. Only one strip may be taken at a time. 
 
 Part II. — When all the strips are off, or all the chulos 
 killed, the arena is cleared and the bull blindfolded, with 
 a scarf tied round his neck so that one pull at an end 
 brings it off. 
 
 The matador then enters and has to remove the scarf 
 without being touched by the bull. If he succeeds, the 
 bull is dead. 
 
 — Sir Baden Powell, ''Scouting Games." 
 
 Can-Can 
 
 Can-Can is somewhat on the order of cricket. Two 
 small holes are dug in the ground twenty-five to thirty 
 paces apart. The boys use indoor baseball bats and a 
 playground ball. There are two batters and two bowlers 
 and as many fielders as choose to play. Back of the 
 two holes are two cans set up on the ground and the 
 object of the bowler is to knock over these cans. When 
 the batter hits the ball, the two batters may run from 
 base to base until the ball is played in. Whenever either 
 can is knocked over, however, the batting side is out and 
 the two bowlers go to bat. It doesn't require many 
 fellows to play the game; in fact, four can have a very 
 good time at it. 
 
42 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Chinese Wall 
 
 The Chinese Wall is marked off by two parallel lines 
 straight across the center of the playground, leaving a 
 space between them of about ten feet in width, which 
 represents the wall. On each side of the wall, at a dis- 
 tance of from fifteen to thirty feet, a parallel line is 
 drawn on the ground. This marks the safety point or 
 home goal for the besiegers. 
 
 1 
 
 
 . 1 
 
 
 
 
 ^Sjp^Ojft^ 
 
 ••• 
 
 > 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 • 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 • 
 • • 
 
 One player is chosen to defend the wall, and takes his 
 place upon it. All of the other players stand in one of 
 the home goals. The defender calls "Start !" when all of 
 the players must cross the wall to the goal beyond, the 
 defender trying to tag as many as he can as they cross; 
 but he may not overstep the boundaries of the wall him- 
 self. All so tagged join the defender in trying to secure 
 the rest of the players during future sorties. The game 
 ends when all have been caught, the last player taken 
 being defender for the next game. 
 
 — Jessie H. Bancroft, "Games for the Playground." 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 43 
 
 Centipede Race 
 
 This is a very amusing race. Divide the boys into 
 groups of six, each being supplied with a long pole. 
 When all is ready, the boys straddle their pole, and at a 
 given signal proceed that v^^ay over the campus to a 
 given mark. It will create much rivalry to pit the boys 
 of one tent against another. 
 
 Club Snatch 
 
 This is one of the best competitive chasing games. 
 
 A goal is marked off across each end of the campus. 
 Midway between the goals an Indian club is placed; a 
 handkerchief or other similar object may be used, placed 
 on some support — on a stake driven into the ground, 
 laid over a rock or stool, or hung on the end of a branch. 
 
 A stone or dumbbell laid on the ground may be sub- 
 stituted. In line with the club a starting base is marked 
 on each goal line. 
 
44 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The players are divided into two equal parties, each 
 having a captain. Each party takes its place in one of 
 the goals. The object of the game is for one of the 
 runners to snatch the club and return to his goal before 
 a runner from the opposite goal tags him, both leaving 
 their starting bases at the same time on a signal. The 
 players on each team run in turn, the captains naming 
 who shall run each time. 
 
 The captains toss for first choice of runners; the one 
 who wins names his first runner, who steps to the run- 
 ning base, whereupon the competing captain names a 
 runner to go out against him, trying to select one of 
 equal or superior ability. Thereafter the captains take 
 turns as to who shall first designate a runner. 
 
 When there is a large number of players, or very lim- 
 ited time, a different method may be used for selecting 
 the runners. All of the players should then line up ac- 
 cording to size, and number consecutively by couples. 
 That is, the first couple would be number one, the sec- 
 ond number two, the third number three, etc. The couples 
 then divide, one file going to one team and the other to 
 the opposite team. The players run thereafter according 
 to number, the numbers one competing, and so on. Each 
 player may run but once until all on the team have run, 
 when each may be called a second time, etc. To avoid 
 confusion, the players who have run should stand on 
 one side of the starting base, say the right, and those 
 who have not run to the left. 
 
 The first runners, having been called by their respec- 
 tive captains to the starting bases, run on a signal; the 
 players may reach the club together and go through many 
 false moves and dodges before one snatches the club and 
 turns back to his goal, Should he succeed in reaching 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 45 
 
 the goal before the other player can tag him, his team 
 scores one point. Should he be tagged before he can 
 return with his trophy, the opponent scores one point. 
 The club is replaced after each run. In either case 
 both players return to their original teams. 
 
 When each runner has run once, the teams exchange 
 goals and run a second time. The team wins which has 
 the highest score at the end of the second round. 
 
 For large numbers of players there may be several 
 clubs, each having corresponding starting bases on the 
 goals, so that several pairs of runners may compete at 
 once. One club for twenty players, ten on each side, is a 
 good proportion. For young players the club may be 
 placed nearer one goal than the other at first, as shown in 
 the diagram. 
 
 This is a capital game as here developed with the 
 feature of scoring and may be made very popular. 
 — Jessie H. Bancroft, "Games for the Playground." 
 
 Corner Ball 
 
 A space about thirty feet long and twenty feet wide 
 is needed for the game, (See diagram.) A line divides 
 this into two equal parts. At each corner is a base. 
 Each party forms in a straight line about eight feet from 
 the line. Two members of each party take positions in 
 the bases on the other side. Number one of the first 
 party then throws the ball over the heads of the second 
 party, to one of his fellows on either of the bases. If 
 he catches it, he throws it back. The opposing party tries 
 to intercept the ball and if successful gains one point. 
 The play then continues, the other side throwing the 
 ball. 
 
 The rules of the game are; 
 
46 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 • 
 
 O) 
 
 o) 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 O) 
 
 
 
 
 O) 
 
 
 
 
 O) 
 
 
 
 
 O) 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 o) 
 
 o) 
 
 
 : O 
 
 1. The members of each party may move about freely 
 in their space. 
 
 2. No member may cross the line. 
 
 — Mind mid Body, Vol. V. 
 
 Chain Tug-of-War 
 
 Divide the group into two even sides. Each group 
 forms a chain, by grasping the boy in front of him 
 around the waist. The leaders of each side grasp a 
 stout stick and at a given signal the two teams try to 
 pull the other over a line on the floor. 
 
 Day and Night 
 
 Divide the group into two sides, who line up back to 
 back about five feet apart in the center of the campus. 
 Each side has a home square at either end of the campus. 
 The leader tosses up a penny, and if it comes head, he 
 calls out "Day," if it comes tail, he calls out "Night." 
 The side whose name is called rushes to their home 
 square, the other side pursuing them, trying to tag as 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 47 
 
 many as possible. Those tagged are out of the game. 
 This continues until one side wins. 
 
 Dressing Race 
 
 Measure off a course of three hundred yards for the 
 race track, having a starting line and a very distinct 
 line at the first seventy-five yards, drawn across the 
 track, another line at the next seventy-five yards. Be- 
 fore the race starts each contestant is required to put 
 his shoes at the first line, his shirt at the second line 
 and his hat at the third line. The fourth line is the 
 finish. The racers start at the report of a pistol. When 
 they reach their shoes, they put them on, lace them up, 
 before they can start for the next line. The first 
 one crossing the line, with everything on, shoes laced, 
 shirt buttoned, and hat on properly, wins the race. This 
 can be run in relays. It is foul to interfere with each 
 other while running or dressing, or to kick or misplace 
 one's opponent's articles. There must be a judge at the 
 start, one at each line, and one at the finish to see that 
 the race is conducted fairly. 
 
 The Fagots 
 
 The players, leaving out one couple, arrange them- 
 selves in pairs, one starting before the other so as to 
 form a double circle, each pair thus arranged forming 
 a Fagot. These fagots must stand at some little dis- 
 tance apart from each other, so as to allow the other 
 couple — respectively styled the Hare and the Hound — 
 to pass easily between them. When the hare is in danger 
 of being caught, or finds himself in need of rest, he 
 takes refuge within the circle, placing himself in front 
 of one of the fagots, which is then composed of three 
 
48 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 persons. This being contrary to the rules of the game, 
 the one standing outside the circle immediately leaves 
 his place, and takes his stand before another of the 
 fagots, which obliges the outside player, in his turn, to 
 seek another position. Should he be caught before the 
 change is effected, he becomes the hound. 
 
 Fish Net 
 
 A line is drawn across each end of the campus, be- 
 yond which the players stand in two equal groups. The 
 group on one side represents the Fish and the other 
 the Net. The group representing the net clasp hands 
 and at a given signal both sides advance toward the 
 center, which represents the stream. The fish try to 
 swim the stream without being caught in the net. Those 
 caught are out of the game. If the net breaks at any 
 point, the fish escape and the game starts over again. 
 The groups change sides after each try. To win, one 
 side must catch all the players on the other side. 
 
 Find the Whistler 
 
 Take a group of boys on the campus and give whistles 
 to about six of them. Blindfold about six others and 
 place them in the center of the campus; scatter the boys 
 with the whistles to different parts of the campus. 
 
 At a given signal the whistles are blown and the 
 blindfolded boys are to find the whistlers. The whistlers 
 are not to move after they blow the whistle. When 
 one is caught he is blindfolded and the game proceeds. 
 
 Fortress 
 
 This is one of the very strenuous games based on the 
 idea of warfare, The underlying idea is exactly op- 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 
 
 49 
 
 posite to that of Robbers and Soldiers, being a game of 
 attack and defense, rather than of chase and capture. 
 
 A Fortress is marked on the ground, in the shape of 
 a large square or oblong, the size differing with the 
 area at disposal and the number of players. It should 
 be not less than twenty-five by forty feet in dimensions. 
 One or more sides of this may be situated so as to be 
 inclosed by a wall or fence. A line should be drawn 
 
 r 
 
 _. I 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 Tri-i^^f 
 
 
 ^/;k 
 
 n 
 
 five feet inside of the fortress boundaries and another 
 five feet outside of it; these mark the guard lines or 
 limits for making prisoners. Each party should also have 
 its prison — a small square marked in the center of the 
 fortress for the defenders, and another at some distant 
 point for the besiegers. 
 
 The players are divided into two equal parties, each 
 under the command of a general, who may order his men 
 at any time to any part of the battlefield. One party 
 of players are defenders of the fortress, and should scat- 
 ter over it at the beginning of the attack and keep a 
 sharp lookout for unguarded parts, The other players, 
 
50 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 forming the attacking party, scatter under the direction 
 of their general to approach the fortress from different 
 directions. This may be done in a sudden rush, or de- 
 liberately before attacking. At a signal from their gen- 
 eral, the besiegers attack the fortress. 
 
 The method of combat is entirely confined to engage- 
 ments between any two of the opposing players, and 
 is in general of the nature of a "tug of war." They 
 may push, pull, or carry each other so long as they re- 
 main upright; but wrestling or dragging on the ground 
 is not allowed. Any player so forced over the guard 
 line becomes a prisoner to his opponent and is thereafter 
 out of the game. If he be a besieger, captured by a de- 
 fender, he is placed within the prison in the center of 
 the fortress, and may not thereafter escape or be freed 
 unless the general should make an exchange of prisoners. 
 Should he be a defender, pulled over the outer guard 
 line by a besieger, he is taken to the prison of the at- 
 tacking party. Players of equal strength should compete, 
 the strong players with strong ones, and vice versa. The 
 commanders should each give general directions for this 
 to their men before the engagement opens. 
 
 The battle is won by either party making prisoners of 
 all of the opponents. Or it may be won by the besiegers 
 if one of their men enters within the guard line inside 
 the fortress without being touched by a defender. Should 
 a player accomplish this, he shouts "Hole's won!" 
 whereupon the defenders must yield the fortress, and the 
 two parties change places, defenders becoming besiegers, 
 and vice versa. The possibility of taking the fortress 
 in this way should lead to great alertness on the part of 
 the defenders, as they should leave no point unguarded, 
 especially a fence or wall which the enemy might scale. 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 51 
 
 The guard line should be drawn inside any such bound- 
 aries, and a player entering in this way must of course 
 get inside the guard line as well as over the fence. The 
 attacking party on its part will use all possible devices 
 for dashing into the fortress unexpectedly, such as en- 
 gaging the players on one side of the fort to leave an 
 unguarded loophole for entering at another. 
 
 The attacking general may withdraw his forces at any 
 time for a rest or for conference; either general may 
 run up a flag of truce at any time for similar purposes. 
 Under such conditions the generals may arrange for an 
 exchange of prisoners ; otherwise there is no means of 
 freeing prisoners. 
 
 — Jessie H. Bancroft, "Games for the Playground." 
 
 Fox Trail 
 
 A large diagram is drawn on the ground, resembling 
 a wheel with two rims. The outer rim should measure 
 from thirty to forty feet in diameter; the inner rim 
 should be ten feet from this. Across the circles are 
 drawn straight lines resembling the spokes of a wheel, 
 the number being governed by the number of players. 
 Where these spokes touch the outer rim, a den or goal is 
 marked for the foxes, there being one goal less than the 
 number of foxes. 
 
 A player, who is chosen as Hunter, stands at his goal 
 in the center or hub of the wheel. The balance of the 
 players, who are Foxes, take each a place in a den or 
 the outer rim, with the exception of the odd fox, who 
 stands elsewhere on the rim, trying to get a den when- 
 ever he can. The object of the game is for the foxes 
 to run from den to den without being caught by the 
 hunter. The method of running, however, is restricted. 
 
52 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Both foxes and hunter are obliged, to keep to the trails, 
 running only on the lines of the diagram. 
 
 It is considered poor play to run from den to den 
 around the outer rim, as there is practically no risk in 
 this. The foxes may run in any direction on any trail. 
 
 on the spokes of the wheel, or on either of the rims. 
 They may turn off on the intersecting trail at any point, 
 not being obliged to run entirely across to the opposite 
 side of the rim, as in the simpler diagram given for the 
 other game of this name. No fox, however, may turn 
 back on a trail ; having once started, he must keep on 
 to the next intersecting point. Whenever the hunter 
 succeeds in tagging a fox, the two players change places, 
 the fox becoming the hunter and the hunter a fox. 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 53 
 
 This game is excellent sport, and is one of the most 
 interesting and popular of chasing games. 
 
 — Jessie H. Bancroft, "Games for the Playground." 
 
 The Game of Goose 
 
 Mark off the campus into a space about as large as 
 a football field, and erect two gander poles (five feet 
 high), one at each end of the field, each having two 
 forks at the top opposite each other. 
 
 The goose is a good stout cloth bag, such as a ham 
 cover, stuffed, leaving ends to form the legs and neck. 
 Midway between the gander poles mark a large ring, its 
 size according to the number of boys playing. Mark 
 a circle six feet in diameter around each gander pole 
 to mark the safety limit. 
 
 To start the game, let the two teams with the men 
 placed alternately gather at the throw-ring around the 
 Gander-man. The gander-man stands in the center of 
 the circle with the goose in hand. At a given signal he 
 swings around and tosses the goose in the air, to be 
 received into the arms of some lucky player who imme- 
 diately dashes off with it for the goal. The goal judges 
 speed for their positions at their respective gander poles, 
 and the rest of the game is like cross tag, with this dif- 
 ference, that when a player is liable to lose the goose 
 he tosses it to one of his own side if he can, and the boy 
 who catches the bird is It until he gives it up or reaches 
 the goal and swings it safely into the crotch. Each goal 
 counts one goose, and five geese make a gander or game. 
 
 Rules of the game. — The gander-man is field umpire, 
 and the other judges keep order at the goals and decide 
 disputes arising at their posts. The instant a player's 
 two feet are inside the safety circle, he must not be mo- 
 
54 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 lested unless he fails to hang the goose or allows it to 
 slip from his hands, then anyone of the opposing team 
 may seize the bird and dash away with it or toss it to 
 one of his own side. 
 
 There must be no scrimmage over the possession of 
 the bird, for as soon as an opponent gets hold of the 
 goose in a player's hands the latter must let go his hold. 
 One must not trip an opponent or interfere by body, arm, 
 or leg contact without forfeiting one "honk" ; three honks 
 count one goose (or goal) for the opposite side. 
 
 Hat-Ball 
 
 The players — about a dozen — put their hats (hol- 
 lows up) in a row near a house, fence, or log. A dead 
 line is drawn ten feet from the hats; all must stand 
 outside of that. The one who is It begins by throwing 
 a soft ball into one of the hats. If he misses the hat, 
 a chip is put into his own, and he tries over. As soon 
 as he drops the ball into a hat, the owner runs to get 
 the ball; all the rest run away. The owner must not 
 follow beyond the dead line, but must throw the ball at 
 someone. If he hits him, a chip goes into that boy's 
 hat; if not, a chip goes into his own. 
 
 As soon as someone has five chips, he wins the booby 
 prize; that is, he must hold his hand out steady against 
 the wall, and each player has five shots at it with the 
 ball as he stands on the dead-line. 
 
 — Chepewyan Indian Game. 
 
 The Hunters 
 
 Mark off goals at both ends of the campus. The play- 
 ers are named in groups of various animals; thus there 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 55 
 
 will be tigers, lions, etc., and part are asked to get in 
 one goal, and part in the other. One hunter is placed 
 in the center, and he calls for one animal, who runs and 
 tries to get to the other goal. If he is caught he is also 
 a hunter and tries to catch the other animals. The game 
 ends when all are caught. 
 
 Ham-Ham-Chicken-Ham-Bacon 
 
 Mark off two lines on either side of the campus. All 
 the boys but one get on one side, and then the boy in 
 the center shouts "Ham-ham-chicken-ham-bacon," the 
 word bacon being the signal for all to cross over to the, 
 other side, while he endeavors to catch one of them. The 
 one caught helps him to catch the others. 
 
 Hawk-Eye Test 
 
 The contestants line up at a given point. One boy 
 stands about one hundred yards away; he has concealed 
 about him some disks about five inches in diameter, con- 
 sisting of circular pieces of pasteboard or tin, on which 
 have been pasted bright colored paper. Thus he may 
 have a red, yellow, blue, green, black and a white disk. 
 He also may have some small objects, such as an orange, 
 an apple, a potato, a banana, etc. When the signal is 
 given the boy produces an object, holds it aloft, being 
 careful to hold it perfectly steady for about one second, 
 then returns it. He goes through the entire list the 
 same way. Then the boys make their report. One point 
 is allowed for each object guessed correctly. The one 
 guessing the greatest number wins. 
 
 — D. C. Beard, "The Boy Pioneers." 
 
56 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Hide the Switch 
 
 Divide the group into camps, making a definite 
 boundary of play, each side having a goal. A switch 
 is given one side and one of their number hides it. The 
 game now starts. As soon as the switch hider thinks the 
 switch is about to be found, he seizes it and tries to go 
 to his goal before he is caught. If he succeeds, then 
 his side takes one of the opponents; if he is caught, the 
 other side gets one of his players. 
 
 Indian Saddlebags 
 
 The game is played with a pair of bags four by seven 
 inches (filled with beans or corn), sewed on either end 
 of a stout rope or a strap twenty inches long. 
 
 Choose sides and let each side choose a chief. Each 
 player should be equipped with a stout stick, preferably 
 with a slight hook to the end of it — green branches may 
 be selected. At either end of the field, which should be 
 at least one hundred feet square and reasonably smooth, 
 should be erected a simple goal-post like a capital let- 
 ter H. 
 
 The kick-off is made from the center of the field by 
 the chief and is accomplished by raising the bags into 
 the air and throwing them with the stick, for no player 
 is ever allowed to touch with his hands or his feet the 
 moving bags. The bags may be carried on the sticks, 
 thrown or passed from player to player in an effort to 
 reach the goal post. Of course no "poor sport" will be 
 tolerated, and if a brave loses his temper he should be 
 promptly removed from the game. Each goal counts five 
 scalps. 
 
 Encourage as open a game as possible. It is much 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 57 
 
 more satisfactory to all concerned and accidents are 
 much less liable to happen. Be sure to have a second 
 pair of bags handy in case one set is damaged in play. 
 The umpire may penalize for rough play, or remove 
 players who, in his opinion, are making the game dan- 
 gerous. The game should be played in two halves, the 
 length of each half to be determined before each game. 
 
 Jump the Shot 
 
 Have the boys form a circle, and the leader in the 
 center swings a rope with a ball attached to the end close 
 to the ground and each player jumps over it as it passes. 
 If a player stops the moving rope, he is required to drop 
 out of the game. The leader increases the rapidity of 
 the rope, and continually raises it a little higher from 
 the ground. 
 
 To fasten the ball on the end of the rope, place the ball 
 in a towel and then tie. 
 
 Knapsack Race 
 
 Have the boys pair off, one to be the Runner and the 
 other the Knapsack. When this has been done, the boys 
 selected as the knapsacks get astride the shoulders of 
 the runners, and thus they proceed over a course of 
 fifty feet. There they change places, the knapsack be- 
 coming the runner and the runner the knapsack. The 
 team crossing the starting line first wins. 
 
 Knights, or Horseback Wrestling 
 
 Sides are chosen, and the big boys take the smaller 
 ones upon their backs. The one who carries the boy is 
 called the Horse, and the other the Rider. The horses 
 upon one side charge and jostle the horses of the other 
 
58 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 side, while the riders try to pull each other down. The 
 game continues until only a single horse and rider re- 
 main. This side wins the game. 
 
 Lame Fox and Chickens 
 
 One player is appointed Fox, and stands in a den 
 marked off at one end of the campus. The other players 
 are called Chickens, and have a chicken yard at the other 
 end of the campus. The chickens advance as near the 
 fox's den as they dare, and try to get him to come out. 
 When the fox thinks they are close enough he darts out, 
 only being allowed to take three steps, when he is 
 obliged to hop after the chickens who are also com- 
 pelled to hop. If he touches one before he reaches the 
 chicken yard, the one touched becomes a fox and helps 
 in catching the other chickens. The last chicken caught 
 is the fox for the next game. 
 
 Last Couple Out 
 
 The boys form in a double file, each couple clasping 
 hands. The odd player who is called It stands at the 
 head of the double column. He calls "Last couple out," 
 and the last two players in the column run on his own 
 side of the column and try to reclasp hands somewhere 
 in front of It before being tagged by him. If It tags 
 one of the boys before this is done, he takes that boy as 
 his partner and the other boy is It. Each couple, after 
 having their run, take places at the head of the line. 
 
 Leap-Frog Race 
 
 This race is run by groups from three to ten on a 
 side. A course is chosen, from one hundred to two 
 hundred yards, according to the number of boys in a 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 59 
 
 group. The boys are placed fifteen feet apart. At the 
 signal "Go" the racers who have lined up give a "back" 
 as in leap-frog and the last man proceeds as quickly as 
 possible to jump over the backs of the others. When he 
 alights on the last jump, he gives a back. Then the next 
 follows, etc., until the mark is reached at the finish. The 
 group wins who first has a player reach the goal. 
 
 Monkey Tag 
 
 Each boy secures a base, such as a tree, stone, or fence 
 post, and one is called the Hunter. The boys keep in 
 constant motion, running from base to base, while the 
 hunter endeavors to catch a bey off a base. No two 
 boys can occupy one base at the same time. The Mon- 
 kies repeat this rhyme, 
 
 "Monkey, monkey, bottle of beer, 
 You can't catch a monkey here !" 
 
 The boy who is caught is hunter and the hunter be- 
 comes a monkey. 
 
 Mount Ball 
 
 This ancient game is played under difficult but very 
 amusing conditions. The players "pair off" according to 
 height, strength, and agility, and f@rm a double circle, 
 faces to the center, with from two to six paces interval 
 between pairs, according to the number of players tak- 
 ing part. A coin or other article tossed in the air de- 
 cides which boy of each pair shall become Pack-mule 
 or Pony and which shall be Rider. Those designated 
 as ponies take a stride position sideward and brace 
 themselves by placing both hands on the knees, which 
 should be kept extended, the body being forward in order 
 
6o CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 that the riders in the rear, outer circle, may readily 
 mount by straddling their shoulders, upon the command 
 of the leader of the game to ''Mount." The riders hav- 
 ing mounted, play "catch ball," the ponies (as the play 
 becomes better understood) growing restive, turning 
 right, left, or about in order to make the ball catching 
 as difficult as possible. When the ball has been missed 
 by a rider, all immediately dismount and flee, the pony 
 of the rider who missed the ball quickly picking it up 
 and commanding all to "Stand" or "Halt." All riders 
 stand still and the pony endeavors to hit a rider who may 
 jump upward, or drop, but not otherwise leave his place. 
 The other ponies remain in position in order that the 
 riders may be readily distinguished. If the player who 
 aims to hit a rider is successful in properly hitting him, 
 places are exchanged, riders becoming ponies and ponies 
 riders. If not successful, the game is continued as at 
 first. The ball must at no time be held by a player but 
 tossed as quickly as caught, no matter in what position 
 the rider may find himself. The play may also be so 
 directed that any pony can pick up the ball and aim it at 
 the nearest rider. The leader of the game gives the 
 command to mount and dismount, and determines the 
 "misses" and "hits." 
 
 — Mind and Body, Vol. I. 
 
 Observation Race 
 
 The contestants for this race are all blindfolded, 
 placed with their heels to the line, with their backs to 
 the direction in which they are to run and before the 
 bandages are removed from their eyes, small articles are 
 placed at short intervals upon each side of the course 
 to the finish line. The length of the course should be 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 6i 
 
 adapted to the average age of the contestants. When 
 the tomato cans, handkerchiefs, hats, etc., have been 
 placed along the line, the starter cries, "Attention !" "Are 
 you ready?" Then at the report of the pistol each lad 
 tears the bandage from his own eyes and races down 
 the track, using great care to mentally note every object 
 he sees on either side during the run. When he crosses 
 the finish line, he must stand with his back to the course, 
 until he has made his report to the judges. The boy 
 making the most points wins. 
 
 — D. C. Beard, "The Boy Pioneers." 
 
 Pass and Toss Relay (Double Line) 
 
 The players are divided into two equal groups which 
 compete against each other. Each group is divided into 
 two lines or ranks which stand facing each other. There 
 should be from ten to twenty feet of space between the 
 two ranks. The game consists of passing a bean bag 
 up one of these lines to the end, when the last player 
 runs across to the opposite line, tossing the bag as he 
 goes to the end man in that line, who catches it and 
 passes it down the line. The same play is performed at 
 the other end, the last player running across to the op- 
 posite line, tossing the bag as he goes to the last player 
 there. The lines move up or down one place each time 
 a player runs across to the opposite rank. The game in 
 detail will be as follows: 
 
 No. I has a bag, and at a signal passes it down the line 
 to No. 8, who runs across toward No. 9, tossing the 
 bag to No. 9 as he does so. It must be tossed before 
 he has gone halfway across the space. No. 9 immedi- 
 ately passes the bag to No. 10, and so on up the line to 
 the last player, No. 16. The moment that he receives 
 
62 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 the bag, he runs across toward No. i, in the opposite 
 rank, making a running toss as he does so. At the same 
 time the entire line from 9 to 15 move up one place to 
 make room for No. 8, who should take his place at the 
 foot of the line next to No. 9. As soon as No. i re- 
 ceives the bag, he passes it down the line to his neigh- 
 bor, No. 2, and so on till it reaches the end of the line, 
 which at the same time should be moving down one 
 place to make room for No. 16, who should take his 
 place at the head of the line next beyond No. i. 
 
 This play is repeated until No. i reaches his original 
 position again, and the bag is passed to him there. Im- 
 mediately on receiving it, he should lift it high as a 
 signal that the play is completed in his group. The 
 group wins whose first player is first to do this. 
 
 The game may be made a little more definite by No. 
 I having some distinguishing mark, as a handkerchief, 
 tied on his arm. When players have some proficiency 
 in the game as prescribed, they may play with two bags 
 instead of one, keeping both in play at once. In this 
 form of the game the diagonal opposites start each a 
 bag at the same time, that is No. i and No. 9. The 
 game becomes thus just twice as rapid. The team wins 
 whose Nos. I and 9 first succeed in both returning to 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 63 
 
 their original positions, where they should hold the bags 
 aloft. A score should be kept, each team scoring two 
 points for winning a game and one point for every time 
 that its opponents' bags touch the floor, either through 
 poor throwing or bad catching. 
 
 — Jessie H. Bancroft, "Games for the Playground." 
 
 Peg Placing 
 
 This game can be played by any number of boys in 
 competition one against the other. Each boy secures a 
 peg, and from a given line, give one hop; then stoops 
 over, reaching out with one hand and sticks his peg into 
 the ground as far as he can reach. This continues until 
 one boy is considered the winner. 
 
 Poison 
 
 This is another splendid after-supper game and is 
 played in many ways, one of the best of which is the 
 following : 
 
 Form the players in a circle by holding wrists. Then 
 in the center place an Indian club, a tall bottle, .or some- 
 thing similar, and by it lay a soft playground or indoor 
 ball. The circle begins to rotate about the club, the 
 game being to keep from knocking the club or bottle over 
 on the one hand, but on the other hand to force some- 
 one in the circle to knock it over. 
 
 The instant it falls the circle dissolves and all the play- 
 ers, except the one who knocked over the club, runs 
 while he picks up the ball and throws it at the running 
 players. If he succeeds in hitting someone, the one hit 
 is out of the game. If he fails, he is out. So the game 
 goes on until there are but two players. 
 
64 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 It can be made more lively by using three or five 
 clubs or bottles. 
 
 Prisoners' Base (i) 
 
 Prepare the ground as shown in the diagram. The 
 corners represent the four bases and prisons and the 
 space in the center forms the home for the most im- 
 portant performer, who is technically known as Chivy. 
 
 Two captains are chosen. The captain of the reds 
 
 
 
 WMTJS 
 
 
 
 CHI VY 
 
 
 
 
 \a/tsc 
 \Reo 
 
 sends one of his men into the center of the square to act 
 as chivy, and virtually serve as the signal for hostilities 
 to commence. A member of the opposite side pursues 
 him; if he is caught he is placed in prison. The side that 
 puts all its opponents in prison first wins the game. 
 
 Prisoners' Base (2) 
 
 Played by any number of persons, though the best 
 number is from twelve to sixteen. Two enclosures are 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 
 
 65 
 
 marked off, each large enough to hold half the players, 
 and two prisons, a little smaller, some distance from 
 the bases, according to convenience. Two methods of 
 laying out ground are shown in the diagrams. 
 
 The players are divided into two sides, each of which 
 occupies one of the bases. A player from one side be- 
 gins the game by running beyond the bounds of his base 
 
 @ 
 
 
 
 
 Prioorv Pri,30i\ 
 
 A;. 
 
 
 Bo 
 Baoe 
 
 
 
 X v<> v7- 
 
 
 A* 
 
 
 
 and one on the opposite side pursues him. A second 
 man from the first party chases the pursuer, and so on, 
 each party sending out as many men as they choose. If 
 any one is touched while out of bounds, by a player on 
 the opposite side who left bounds after him, he must 
 go to the prison belonging to the enemy, and stay there 
 until he is released by one of his own side. The prison 
 of each side is opposite the base of the other side, as 
 shown in the diagrams. No one is allowed to touch 
 the catcher as he returns to his base, which he must do 
 at once. A prisoner can be released by any one of his 
 friends who can run from his base to the prison without 
 being caught. When more than one player is in prison 
 they may link hands, and reach out into the playing 
 space, the man touched being the only one released. The 
 
66 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 prisoner and his friend may then return to their base in 
 safety. But if a player is caught while attempting a 
 release he must himself go into prison. The game is 
 won by the party that succeeds in getting all its enemies 
 into prison at the same time. It is necessary for a player 
 to remember which of his opponents left their base be- 
 fore him and who after him, so that he may know 
 whom to chase and whom to avoid. When a large num- 
 ber are out of bound this complicates the game. 
 
 — Champlin's "Cyclopedia of Games and Sports.'* 
 Copyright, 1890, by Henry Holt & Co. 
 
 Rounders 
 
 Form the ground into a pentagon, each of the five 
 sides constituting one of the five bases, which are num- 
 bered from one to five. These bases form the spots or 
 "homes" which the different players have to reach, if 
 they wish to continue participation in the game. When 
 practicable, these bases should be about fifteen or twenty 
 yards apart; this is about right to prevent a "rounder" 
 or entire circuit of the bases being too easily accom- 
 plished. 
 
 In the center of the grounds, marked by the letter 
 F, is the spot where the "feeder" stands to deliver the 
 ball to the "striker" (i) and this position is technically 
 known as the "seat." It is the duty of this feeder to 
 give or toss the ball to the various players who con- 
 stitute the in side, as they come; and as on him depends 
 much of the success which attends those who are in the 
 field, he should not be lightly chosen, but be a respon- 
 sible person always on the alert and up to every kind 
 of ruse and artifice to secure the retirement of those 
 who are in. 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS (>7 
 
 Choose up two sides, twelve or so on each side, toss 
 for choice of innings. 
 
 The in side then appoints a feeder, and distributes the 
 remaining members of the side around the pentagon, 
 so as to cover as much ground as possible, and prevent 
 
 the ball from passing beyond the bounds of this belt 
 of investment. 
 
 The object of the striker is to hit the ball, and per- 
 form the circuit of the five bases without bemg hit or 
 touched by the ball while between bases, or before it 
 has been thrown to the feeder and grounded home. 
 
 The counting is the same as American baseball. 
 
 Rolling Target 
 
 This game consists in shooting or hurling through a 
 rolling hoop a stick or gymnasium wand. The hoop 
 
68 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 may be from six inches to two feet in diameter. The 
 smaller hoop is adapted only to expert players; it is 
 well to begin with a hoop the size of a barrel hoop. 
 
 Where there are numerous players, they are divided 
 into opposing teams, which alternate in throwing at the 
 target (hoop). These* players take places at intervals 
 of about five feet along one side of the playground, each 
 holding a spear (stick) to hurl at the hoop as it passes 
 him. Another player stands at one end of the ground 
 and sends the hoop rolling the full length of the space 
 covered by the playing team; its course should be from 
 ten to twenty feet distant from the line-up of the team 
 and parallel to the latter. 
 
 As the hoop passes him, each player in turn hurls his 
 spear at it. This is best done with the spear held hori- 
 zontally at a height of about the middle of the hoop. 
 Each spear that successfully goes through the hoop 
 scores one point for its team. Each team has three 
 rounds, and then gives place to its opponents. The team 
 first scoring one hundred points wins the game. 
 
 When there are not enough players to put into teams, 
 each player scores independently, the first to make 
 twenty points winning. 
 
 To insure safety, no player should be allowed on the 
 side toward which the spears are hurled. This game 
 may be played capitally with bean bags instead of sticks. 
 — Jessie H. Bancroft, ''Games for the Playground." 
 
 Shoot Out 
 
 Divide the boys into two groups, and draw them up 
 in a line about twenty-five or thirty yards from the tar- 
 gets, which are old bottles, bricks, cans, etc. At the 
 word "Fire," stones are thrown at these targets. When 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 69 
 
 a target falls, the umpire directs the corresponding man 
 of the other group to sit down. He is supposed to be 
 killed. The game goes on until the whole of one group 
 is killed. A limited number of stones can be given to 
 each group or a time limit placed upon the attack. 
 
 Spud 
 
 Spud is played ordinarily with an old indoor baseball 
 somewhat soft from use. A basketball or volley ball 
 may be used. All gather around one of the players who 
 drops the ball, at the same time giving one of the names 
 or numbers. The person called immediately obtains pos- 
 session of the ball and throws from where he stands at 
 one of the players, who scatter. If he hits a player, that 
 man strives to hit another, and so on until someone 
 misses. One miss counts one spud. The person who 
 misses continues the game in the center. Three misses 
 or spuds make the guilty party liable to punishment as in 
 "All Run." 
 
 — Spalding's "Book of Outdoor Games." 
 
 Shooting 
 
 Mark a large circle on the ground and place all but 
 one boy within it. This boy has a football and endeavors 
 to hit those within the circle. If one is hit, he takes a 
 position outside the circle and assists in shooting the 
 others. Only one ball is used. 
 
 To vary this game one boy gets into the circle with 
 the football and all of the other boys outside. He rolls 
 the ball out of the circle and tries to tag a boy. If he" 
 tags a boy before the ball is kicked back into the circle 
 that boy assists him to catch the others. As soon as 
 
70 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 the ball is kicked back into the circle, the circle tender 
 must return and kick it out before he "can tag another 
 boy. 
 
 The Staff Run 
 
 Two tent groups play this game against two other 
 tent groups. We will call them A and B, C and D. A 
 and B groups are partners and form into two columns, 
 the boys standing one behind the other, the first boys 
 in the columns facing each other about fifty feet apart. 
 C and D groups do the same, forming beside the other 
 columns and about fifteen feet distant. 
 
 The leader stands in the center of the space after 
 handing a staff to the first boy of each of the opposing 
 columns in front of him. 
 
 Upon a given signal the boys with the staffs run across 
 as quickly as possible to the head boys of their partner 
 columns, hand them the staffs and retire from the game. 
 The boys now holding the staffs run across and hand 
 them to the first of the remaining boys of their partner 
 columns, and retire; and so on back and forth until the 
 last boys carry the staffs to the leader. 
 
 — Sir Baden Powell, "Scouting Games." 
 
 Three Deep 
 
 The boys form a circle, two deep, one behind the 
 other. One player is selected as Runner and another as 
 It, or Chaser. The chaser tries to tag the runner before 
 he can get in front of a couple. If the runner gets 
 there, the third boy becomes the runner and the chaser 
 tries to tag him. This goes on until one is caught. He 
 then becomes the chaser, and the game goes on. 
 
 This game is also good for indoors. 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 71 
 
 Wheelbarrow Race 
 
 This race is run by several teams of two. Distance, 
 one hundred yards. One boy is the wheelbarrow, who 
 proceeds on both hands, while his legs are held by his 
 partner. 
 
 Whip Tag 
 
 Have the boys form a large circle, with hands behind 
 them, and facing the center. One player runs around 
 the outside of the circle and places a "beetle" (a towel 
 with a knot in the end) in the hands of one of the 
 players. This player chases the other and has the oppor- 
 tunity to hit him with the beetle until he gets back to 
 the place he has left. The holder of the beetle now 
 continues the game. 
 
 Yale Lock Tag 
 
 This game originated at Yale University. The players 
 form in pairs with arms locked and scatter over the 
 campus. One player is selected for Runner and another 
 for Chaser. The chaser tries to tag the runner, who 
 may save himself by locking arms with any one of a 
 couple. This compels the third player to leave his part- 
 ner and take the place of the runner and the player 
 tagged becomes the chaser. 
 
 Suggestions 
 
 The following familiar games that need no explana- 
 tion can be played to good advantage. 
 
 Follow the Leader, Leap Frog, Duck on the Rock, 
 Cross-Tag,^ Squat-Tag, Crack the Whip, Obstacle Race, 
 
^2 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 CM 
 
 
 
 _c 
 
 ^c 
 
 
 
 ^C 
 
 p 
 
 ::?i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 
 CM 
 
 On 
 
 ^ 
 
 _J2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 l-H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .§ 
 
 •^s> 
 
 
 r^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 IX 
 
 _^ 
 
 -J 
 
 ,^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 ' 
 
 «-M 
 
 
 
 
 MH 
 
 MH 
 
 
 MH 
 
 l-H 
 
 
 Id 
 
 00 
 
 \o 
 
 MH 
 
 en 
 
 «+H 
 
 tx 
 
 Tt-CK 
 
 to 
 
 
 CD 
 
 o 
 
 4-> 
 
 O 
 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 8 
 
 00 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 2 O 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 H-l 
 
 en 
 
 .s 
 
 .s 
 
 o 
 
 en 
 
 c 
 
 _d 
 
 ■" O 
 
 
 
 Crt 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 01 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 -<-' 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 ON 
 
 lO 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 '-' 
 
 
 MH 
 
 O 
 
 lO 
 
 
 00^' 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 4_J 
 
 -M 
 
 »+-( 
 
 -M 
 
 ^ 
 
 J ' 
 
 
 
 -l-j 
 
 ) * 
 
 j_3 
 
 
 
 
 <-M 
 
 »+H 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 "^H 
 
 M-l 
 
 8 
 
 ro 
 
 «-M 
 
 <-« 
 
 
 
 
 rx 
 
 ro 
 
 lO 
 
 rx 
 
 
 CO 
 
 tx 
 
 
 
 ^ 00 
 
 <N ^ 
 
 O -f ^ § ^O § § VO 
 
 ^ ^^ rrt t.1— I (4-1 M-^ f#> (.l_l 14^ d_l rf\ 14.4 
 
 ^ 00>^OO i-hVOCMO TfVOcO^O 
 
 e 
 
 C c. ^ 
 
 > g 
 
 lO l-H _•' 00 
 
 fOfOCO MfOfOfO MfOfOCOCO 
 
 IgI--^ oI^I^ ^^i|;sl 
 
 00 ON 
 
GAMES FOR THE CAMPUS 73 
 
 
 
 
 
 .s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 >» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^C 
 
 .s 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 .ti 
 
 
 
 l-l 
 
 -4-J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0< 
 
 MH 
 
 -IH 
 
 
 •S 
 
 vo 
 
 MH 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 M-l 
 
 LO 
 
 
 MH 
 
 
 
 
 o\ 
 
 MH 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 tn 
 
 C 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 "4-1 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 § 
 
 MH 
 
 On 
 
 
 
 in 
 
 -i-j 
 
 MH 
 
 
 
 tX 
 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
 
 i* 
 
 .s 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 _ 
 
 VO 
 
 "•"* 
 
 
 * 
 
 q 
 
 
 (U 
 
 
 
 
 0^ 
 
 
 
 <u 
 
 ■M 
 
 c 
 
 5:3 
 
 C^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 H-l 
 
 .B 
 
 3 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 en 
 ro 
 
 _d 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 .B 
 
 
 «5 
 
 
 
 
 hH 
 
 
 •— ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 ro 
 
 -1-j 
 
 
 
 ■^ en tn 
 
 H- » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 «+-< 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 4-^ 
 
 
 MH 
 
 .-'-' 
 
 
 
 
 ■4-> 
 
 ^_I 
 
 ) * 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 MH 
 
 
 
 J t 
 
 MH 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 MH 
 
 
 *S c C 
 
 d" 
 
 
 
 M-l 
 
 "-M 
 
 <-M 
 
 UO 
 
 
 
 
 MH 
 
 
 MH 
 
 
 
 
 
 2'- -5 
 
 J 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 Tj- 
 
 IX 
 
 
 1— 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 VO 
 
 01 
 
 
 ^2 g • 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 On 
 
 <N 
 
 
 
 
 l-l 
 
 vn 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 01 
 
 
 en ^^5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■M C 
 
 i2pg 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C ►-I o-S 
 
 C*^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■y^^lai 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .. 
 
 81€^2 
 
 8T 
 
 
 
 
 CJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 •4H 
 
 
 CO 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 
 
 _d 
 
 
 
 C/3 
 
 03 
 
 bjo 
 
 ossible I 
 t of a po 
 of a pos; 
 of a pos; 
 possible 
 ossible I 
 
 
 Cfi 
 
 MH 
 
 M-l 
 
 MH 
 
 <+H 
 
 MH 
 
 
 Cfl 
 
 MH 
 
 Mh 
 
 MH 
 
 MH 
 
 MH 
 
 C 
 
 a ;3 H-. H-. , 
 
 a 
 
 
 CO 
 
 tX 
 
 ^ 
 
 -t 
 
 u-i 
 
 
 
 
 <N 
 
 l>s 
 
 IJ-3 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 "? 
 
 ,033=^ 
 
 =^ ^ 0<*H 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ON 
 
 t-l 
 
 CO 
 
 
 •"^ 
 
 
 •"• 
 
 
 01 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 out of 
 I poini 
 point 
 point ' 
 t out 
 
 "o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '0 
 
 MH 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (U 
 
 _en cfl I-" '-' .g 
 
 4J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 '^'ci ^ en '0 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■(-' 
 
 •S =! rt"rf Oh 
 
 
 
 fO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 M 
 
 fO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 ual ID pc 
 2 inch eq 
 inch equ 
 inch equi 
 equals i 
 
 fci. 
 
 M 
 
 en 
 
 cr 
 
 1 
 
 
 a. 
 
 a 
 
 ^3 
 
 1 
 
 S 
 
 :3 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oh 
 
 s 
 
 Oh 
 S 
 
 Oh 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 <u 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 •a 
 
 -a 
 
 >% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 -3 
 c 
 
 03 
 
 a 
 
 
 "S 
 
 
 
 S-c 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 bjo 
 
 .s 
 
 "5 
 
 C/3 
 
 03 
 G 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 bJO 
 
 03 
 
 X3 
 
 g 
 
 bJO 
 (-< 
 
 C 
 
 ^3 
 
 b^ 
 
 "c 
 
 C 
 
 :3 
 
 
 
 o3 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 bJO 
 .S 
 
 "2 
 
 on 
 en 
 C 
 
 1 
 
 11 dashes — Vs secoi 
 Landing broad jum 
 unning broad jum 
 unning high jump 
 aseball throws — i 
 
 CJ 
 
 •S 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 .s 
 
 "3 
 
 c^ 
 
 f^ 
 
 p^ 
 
 m 
 
 Ph 
 
 's 
 
 C^ 
 
 P^ 
 
 P^ 
 
 PQ 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 <c/2p^MMP^ 
 
 l-l 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Potato Race, Relay Races, Tug--of-War, Hopping Race, 
 Wheelbarrow Race, Chariot Race, Skin the Snake, Run 
 Sheep Run, Sack Race, Hop-Scotch, Line Tug-of-War, 
 and Three-Legged Race. 
 For more games, refer to the following books: 
 
 Potato Race 
 
 "Games for the Playground, Home, School and Gym- 
 nasium," by Jessie H. Bancroft; *Tlay," by Emmett D. 
 Angell; "Handbook of Boy Scouts of America." 
 
 Many leaders state that they have had success in 
 promoting Tether Ball, Javelin Throwing, Croquet, and 
 Volley Ball on the campus. 
 
CHAPTER III 
 GENERAL CAMP AND OUTING GAMES 
 
 Ambushing 
 
 The main body advances along a road, with Scouts 
 thrown out on either side to prevent any danger of sur- 
 prise. 
 
 Two groups (the enemy) are following them behind, 
 and attempt to ambush them by one group getting in 
 front and the other attacking in the rear. They shadow the 
 main body, as it advances until a suitable part of the country 
 is reached, when one group attempts to get ahead by going 
 around in a semi-circle and joining the road again fur- 
 ther on. If they can do it, they hide in an ambush and 
 attack the main body when it comes up ; the other 
 group, which has been following behind, should then 
 immediately attack in the rear. For a successful am- 
 bush, the group in the rear should be able to attack 
 immediately the ambush is reached; and so should follow 
 closely behind. If the group making the semi-circle is 
 seen, it should be followed and the ambush discovered; 
 the members of this group and of the other group be- 
 hind can be captured by merely be4ng touched. 
 
 — Sir Baden-Powell, "Scouting Games." 
 
 Attack on Camp (i) 
 
 The campers should be divided into two companies or 
 battalions, one company guarding the camp by placing 
 
 75 
 
ye CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 their men on the guard line completely encircling the 
 tent grounds. The attacking party should be outside the 
 guard lines in the woods trying to get through the line 
 of the defense. If the attacking party succeeds in get- 
 ting through the lines and in carrying off a hat placed 
 on one of the tables in the mess tent and in safely re- 
 turning outside the guard line, the camp is captured. 
 
 Attack on Camp (2) 
 
 Divide the boys into two groups, one called the de- 
 fenders, the other the attackers. All the boys wear on 
 their hats numbers, three inches high, printed in black 
 on a white background, decipherable at a distance of 
 one hundred yards. 
 
 When all is ready, the attackers are marched into the 
 woods near camp, and are requested to advance upon 
 the defenders under cover. 
 
 If the defenders are able to read the numbers on a 
 boy's hat correctly, he calls out the number to the um- 
 pire and writes it down ; also the same thing applies to 
 the attackers. When only fifty yards separate the two 
 parties the umpires call out the names of those who are 
 supposed to be shot, and they drop out of the game. 
 When the attackers are near enough they charge. The 
 side having the most left wins. 
 
 Barrel Boxing 
 
 The boys will declare this the very best ever. Take 
 two sugar barrels, knock the bottom out of each and 
 nail the hoops securely all round with small nails. Be 
 very certain there are no sharp nails or splinters, and, if 
 convenient, pad the top of the barrels. The game should 
 be played on sand or sod, so as to avoid hard bumps. 
 
GENERAL GAMES ^y 
 
 Each boxer is placed in a barrel and the referee calls 
 the game. The contestants each pick up their barrel and 
 move toward the approaching player. When they get 
 near enough to box the game is to see who can knock the 
 other over first. Each down is a round. Avoid over- 
 doing it. If barrels are carefully prepared there is no 
 danger of accident. Be sure the barrels are large 
 enough so as to allow the contestants free movement on 
 the inside. 
 
 Cowboys, or Cattle Rustling 
 
 Choose sides in the usual manner; let each player pro- 
 vide himself with some object to represent a cow, such 
 as a stick or a stone. 
 
 Lines should be fixed on opposite sides of an open 
 space to indicate the ranches of the two factions. The 
 space between is the battleground. Each side must place 
 its cattle in a line in its own ranch. 
 
 The object of each player is to guard the cattle on his 
 side from the rustlers opposite and to watch his oppor- 
 tunity to rustle or capture a cow from the boys on the 
 other side. Any boy found in your ranch or in the cen- 
 tral space may be made prisoner by slapping him on the 
 back three times, or holding him long enough to repeat 
 "one, two, three." Every prisoner captured takes sides 
 with his captors and tries to rob his late friends. The 
 game lasts until all the cows or all the cowboys, or both, 
 of one side are captured by the other. 
 
 As a rule, this game is played in the twilight, and 
 there are great opportunities for slyly creeping into the 
 enemy's ranch, when they are all busy defending a united 
 attack, or when they are all busy in a raid and leave 
 their own cattle unguarded. Your ranch is home for 
 
78 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 your own side, and no one can capture a rustler on his 
 own ranch, or on his own side of a line drawn in the 
 middle of the open space. 
 
 — D. C. Beard, "The Outdoor Handy Book/' 
 
 Catch the Fox 
 
 One boy is called the Fox, who starts out from camp 
 and hides himself in the woods. When about fifteen min- 
 utes elapse the boys or hunters start out to find him. 
 
 The object of this game is for the fox to get back to 
 the camp before the hunters catch him. When he is 
 spotted, a run ensues. The boy who catches the fox 
 becomes the fox, and the game goes on. 
 
 A Compass Game 
 
 Here is a game which the Shanghai Scouts play. Com- 
 peting scouts start from a base line, each with a different 
 compass-bearing given him, to a flag some distance away 
 — not necessarily straight in front of the scout. 
 
 Each competitor has a basket over his head, or a broad- 
 brimmed hat with paper or linen hanging down all round, 
 so that he can see only the ground at his feet and the 
 compass in his hand, but cannot look ahead. 
 
 By walking exactly on the given bearing, he will reach 
 the allotted point — it may be flagpole, or a mark or stone, 
 or a coin on the ground. 
 
 Deer-Hunting 
 
 The deer hunt has proved to be a most successful game. 
 
 The deer is a dummy, best made with a wire frame, on 
 which soft hay is wrapped till it is of praper size and 
 shape, then all is covered with open burlap. A few 
 touches of white and black make it very realistic. 
 
GENERAL GAMES 79 
 
 If time does not admit of a well-finished deer, one 
 can be made of a sack stuffed with hay, decorated at one 
 end with a smaller sack for head and neck, and set on 
 four thin sticks. The side of the deer is marked with a 
 large oval, and over the heart is a smaller one. Bows 
 and arrows only are used to shoot the deer. 
 
 A pocketful of corn, peas, or other large grain is now 
 needed for scent. The boy who is the deer for the first 
 hunt takes the dummy under his arm and runs off, get- 
 ting ten minutes' start, or until he comes back and shouts 
 "Ready !" He leaves a trail of corn, dropping two or 
 three grains for every yard and making the trail as 
 crooked as he likes, playing such tricks as a deer would 
 to baffle his pursuers. Then he hides the deer in any 
 place he fancies, but not among rocks or on the top of a 
 ridge, because in one case many arrows bould be broken, 
 and in the other, lost. 
 
 The hunters now hunt for this deer just as for a real 
 deer, either following the trail, or watching the woods 
 ahead; the best hunters combine the two. If at any time 
 the trail is quite lost, the one in charge shouts "Lost 
 Trail!" After that the one who finds the trail scores 
 two. Any one giving a false alarm by shouting "Deer!'' 
 is fined five. 
 
 Thus they go till some one finds the deer. He shouts 
 "Deer !" and scores ten for finding it. The others shout 
 "Second!" "Third!" etc., in order of seeing it, but they 
 do not score. 
 
 The finder must shoot at the deer with his bow and 
 arrow from the very spot whence he saw it. If he 
 misses, the second hunter may step up five paces, and 
 have his shot. If he misses, the third one goes five, and 
 so on till some one hits the deer, or until the ten-yard 
 
8o CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 limit is reached. If the finder is within ten yards on 
 sighting the deer, and misses his shot, the other hunters 
 go back to the ten-yard limit. Once the deer is hit, all 
 the shooting must be from the exact spot whence the 
 successful shot was fired. 
 
 A shot in the big oval is a body wound; that scores 
 five. A shot outside that is a scratch; that scores two. 
 A shot in the small oval, or heart, is a heart wound; it 
 scores ten, and ends the hunt. Arrows which do not 
 stick do not count, unless it can be proved that they 
 passed right through, in which case they take the biggest 
 score that they pierced. 
 
 If all the arrows are used, and none in the heart, the 
 deer escapes, and the boy who was deer scores twenty- 
 five. 
 
 The one who found the dummy is deer for the next 
 hunt. A clever deer can add greatly to the excitement 
 of the game. 
 
 Originally paper was used for scent, but it is bad. It 
 littered the woods, yesterday's trail was confused with 
 that of to-day, etc. Corn proved better, because the birds 
 and the squirrels kept it cleaned up from day to day, and 
 thus the ground was always ready for a fresh start. 
 But the best of all is the hoof-mark for the shoe. These 
 iron hoof-marks are fastened to the shoes, and leave a 
 trail much like a real deer. This has several advantages. 
 It gives the hunter a chance to tell where the trail dou- 
 bled, and which way the deer was going. It is more 
 realistic, and a boy who can follow this skilfully can 
 follow a living deer. In actual practice it is found well 
 to use a little corn with this on the hard places — a plan 
 quite consistent with realism, as every hunter will recall. 
 
 It is strictly forbidden to any hunter to stand in front 
 
GENERAL GAMES 8i 
 
 of the firing-line; all must be back of the line on which 
 the shooter stands. 
 
 There is no limit to the situations and curious combi- 
 nations in this hunt. The deer may be left standing or 
 lying. There is no law why it should not be hidden 
 behind a solid tree trunk. The game develops as one fol- 
 lows it. After it has been played for some time with 
 the iron hoof-mark, as above, the boys grow so skilful 
 on the trail that we can dispense with even the corn. 
 The iron mark like a deer hoof leaves a very realistic 
 "slot" or track, which the more skilful boys readily fol- 
 low. — Reprinted from "Boy Scout Manual" 
 
 by special permission of Ernest Thompson Seton. 
 
 The Den of Wild Beasts 
 
 Each player represents some wild and ferocious ani- 
 mal, and each one chooses a convenient tree, post, or 
 stone for his particular den. All then make a terrible 
 noise, the Lion roars, the Panther screams, and the Wolf 
 howls as a signal for the game to commence. 
 
 The most venturesome and alert lad leaves his den, 
 keeping a close watch upon his neighbors. He dances 
 around to entice them from their dens and soon succeeds 
 in drawing a crowd to the center of the field. 
 
 The fun then begins. No animal can be captured while 
 at its own den, and no animal can be captured while 
 bringing home a captive. Any animal which leaves its 
 den last may capture any one of those already in the 
 field. If the lion is away from his den and the tiger is 
 not, the tiger may leave his den and give chase to the 
 lion, and if the wolf from his den sees them, he may 
 give chase to both. But if the lion in the meantime 
 
82 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 touches his own den, he may start out in pursuit of both 
 tiger and wolf. 
 
 Captures are made by tags or touches with the hand. 
 The animal tagged deserts his former den and joins with 
 his captor in pursuit of the others. Often a den will 
 contain a lot of animals, and a few moments later it will 
 be cleaned out by the skill and dexterity of some wolf, 
 panther or lynx. The game ends only when all the ani- 
 mals are collected in one den and there are none left to 
 capture. — D. C. Beard, "The Outdoor Handy Book." 
 
 Deer Stalking 
 
 The leader of a group is the Deer. He is not allowed 
 to hide, but stands erect and is permitted to move occa- 
 sionally. 
 
 After the leader has been away for about ten minutes 
 the Hunters start out to find the deer, each being careful 
 not to be seen by the deer. If'the deer sees the hunter, 
 he directs him to drop out of the game. After a given 
 time, the leader blows a whistle, all the hunters stand up 
 on the spot, and the one nearest the deer wins the game. 
 
 Moonlight Excursions 
 
 Moonlight evenings can be turned into profitable social 
 stunts, by taking small groups out through the woods, or 
 in boats down the river, or on the lake, holding a mock 
 trial around a fire, or having light refreshments served. 
 A straw ride also creates much sociability. 
 
 Far and Near 
 
 An umpire goes along a given road or line of country 
 with a group. He carries a scoring card with the name 
 of each boy on it. 
 
GENERAL GAMES 83 
 
 Each boy looks out for the details required, and di- 
 rectly he notices one, he runs to the umpire and informs 
 him or hands in the article, if it is an article he finds. 
 The umpire enters a mark accordingly against his name. 
 The boy who gains most marks in the walk wins. 
 
 Details like the following should be chosen, to develop 
 the boy's observation and to encourage him to look far 
 and near, up and down, etc. 
 
 The details should be varied every time the game is 
 played; and about eight or ten should be given at a time. 
 
 Points. 
 
 Every match found i 
 
 Every button found i 
 
 Birds' foot-tracks 2 
 
 Patch noticed on stranger's clothing or boots 2 
 
 Gray horse seen 2 
 
 Pigeon flying 2 
 
 ^Sparrow sitting . . . .' i 
 
 Ash tree 2 
 
 Broken chimney-pot 2 
 
 Broken window i 
 
 — "Scouting for Boys." 
 
 Find the Flag 
 
 The leader of the camp hides a flag in some remote 
 part of the woods. He carefully writes out on paper a 
 description of the place and hands one to each leader of 
 a tent. At a given time they all set out to find the flag. 
 The tent that secures It keeps It and places it on the front 
 of their tent. 
 
84 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Finding Places 
 
 The leader goes for a walk in the country a day or 
 two before this game is played, taking with him a supply 
 of plain cards. On each card he writes a short descrip- 
 tion of various places he passes, such as "Wooden bridge 
 over stream with three willows near," or "White fiye- 
 barred gate near ruined cottage." 
 
 On the day the game is played, these cards are dis- 
 tributed among the boys, who are allowed a certain time, 
 according to local conditions, to discover the places de- 
 scribed on their cards and report to the leader, who 
 remains at the starting point all the time. The boy who 
 returns giving a full description of the place wins the 
 game. — Sir Baden-Powell, "Scouting Games." 
 
 Flag Game 
 
 The campers are divided into two groups, known as 
 Reds and Blues. Each wears an armband around the 
 left arm, the color of his side. The field of action must 
 be governed by the local conditions. It should be at 
 least one-half mile wide and one-half to three-quarters 
 of a mile long, and consist of such property that the 
 boys would be free to tramp over. A larger territory is 
 even more desirable. A wooded section adds to the in- 
 terest of the game. 
 
 The field of action is equally divided and one-half is 
 given to the red force and one-half to the blues; each 
 force has five large flags, 30 by 30 inches, and ten small 
 flags, 12 by 18 inches, which they place in their own 
 territory; each flag must float to the breeze. The placing 
 of the flags is done by the leader of each side accom- 
 panied by a judge previous to the starting of the game. 
 
GENERAL GAMES 85 
 
 The start is made at a point equally distant from both 
 territories. Each force at once enters its own territory 
 and distributes its men to protect its own flags. The next 
 step is to invade the opponents' territory and capture their 
 flags. Each flag captured counts ten points — each small 
 flag five points. 
 
 A man may be put out of action by being captured and 
 held by two men and his armband taken. However, he 
 must be outnumbered two to one before being placed out 
 of action. He cannot resume the game. Each armband 
 turned in at the close of the game counts three points. 
 A man, when captured, retains any flags or armbands 
 he may have in his possession, but should he be captured 
 when in the act of taking possession of a flag, that flag 
 must be replaced. 
 
 The winner is the side securing the largest number of 
 points from flags and armbands captured. There should 
 be several judges distributed throughout the territory to 
 see that the rules of the game are observed. The time 
 of the game may be from one to three hours, according 
 to conditions. 
 
 Front Duty 
 
 The players select two leaders whose generalship 
 throughout the game can be relied upon. The leaders, 
 in turn, enlist their followers. When the sides are chosen 
 the opposing forces march in opposite directions and fly 
 their respective standards above their camps. The forces 
 bivouacking soon become deeply interested in an engage- 
 ment between the outposts, or pickets, a number of which 
 have been placed on guard by each commander at a short 
 distance from the camps. Finally one of the combatants 
 is overpowered and brought within the enemy's picket 
 
86 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 line. The struggle between the outposts continues until 
 the last on either side returns to his camp to report that 
 the enemy is in sight. Immediately a line of battle is 
 formed, the players in single or double lines in front 
 locking arms, or grasping hands, the command to 
 "Charge !" following. Amidst songs and shouts and the 
 din of battle the hosts meet. The side which is success- 
 ful in forcing its opponents to retreat a given distance 
 wins the battle. — Mind and Body, Vol. I. 
 
 A Message to Garcia 
 
 This is an exciting camp game that can be quickly ad- 
 justed to any sort of local conditions. Prepare a num- 
 ber of flour shells, by tying a spoonful of flour up in a 
 bit of thin tissue paper. Select a spot in as thick a woods 
 as possible. Place all campers anywhere that they see 
 fit within three hundred feet of the chosen spot, arm 
 them with shells, and the game consists in having several 
 boys attempt to get to the center point through the lines 
 without getting hit above the waist with a flour shell. 
 It is an excellent combination of stalking, woodcraft, and 
 careful planning. As soon as a man with a message is 
 shot down, the man throwing the fatal shot becomes 
 messenger in his place, and the game goes on until the 
 "message is carried to Garcia." 
 
 Indian Hunt 
 
 Sides are chosen by two leaders, including every mem- 
 ber in camp, except one leader, who must remain at 
 home and one to go to the neutral zone or the place where 
 all Indians must report. The object of the game is for 
 every boy to go from the starting place and report at the 
 neutral zone and from there return by a different route 
 
GENERAL GAMES 87 
 
 to the starting place without being seen by an Indian of 
 the other side. 
 
 When an Indian sees an opponent, he must call the 
 opponent by name, whereupon the boy whose name has 
 been called must stop, take off his hat, and give it to the 
 boy who called his name, or place it on the ground if 
 the opponent so desires. The person who has thus been 
 scafped must return to camp immediately, and he has no 
 right to aid or abet a tribesman in making known the 
 whereabouts of their opponents. He is to all intents and 
 purposes a dead Indian. 
 
 The neutral zone should be a place in an opening or at 
 a building at which every Indian should report to the 
 leader and be given a fair chance to get under cover be- 
 fore he can be scalped. 
 
 How the points count: 
 
 Indian returning with his own hat, i point. 
 
 Indian returning with his own and other hats, i point 
 for each hat. 
 
 Indian returning scalped, but having first secured scalps 
 from his opponents is credited with ^ point for each 
 scalp. 
 
 No Indian may secure a scalp after having lost his 
 own. 
 
 Wherever it is possible to make a complete tour, by 
 going one way and returning another, the interest in the 
 game is greatly increased. Sometimes the game is suc- 
 cessfully played after it becomes dark, both tribes going 
 in opposite directions and often making detours of four 
 or five miles in order to avoid their opponents. 
 
 The success of this game depends upon the honesty of 
 each boy. 
 
88 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Lion Hunt 
 
 One boy represents the Lion, who starts out one-half 
 hour before the Hunters. His pockets are full of cut-up 
 paper, which he drops at intervals, so the hunters can 
 track him. He also carries six pine cones, or balls of 
 paper, to defend himself. 
 
 When he is tracked to his lair, the hunters, who are 
 each armed with one pine cone, or ball of paper, can 
 throw them at the lion, and if he is hit three times he is 
 killed. If the lion hits any of the hunters they are killed. 
 The lion should have twice as many balls to throw as 
 the hunters. 
 
 If the lion can kill three men before they kill him he 
 is winner. 
 
 Observation 
 
 On a hike, to develop the power of observation in the 
 boys, make out a list of different objects that you are 
 likely to pass and give to each boy, such as cow, house, 
 sheep, goat, dog, cat, horse, hawk, etc., each counting one 
 point. Only the boy seeing the object first gets the point, 
 and the one getting fifteen points first wins. 
 
 This can vary by agreeing upon plants, trees, birds, 
 etc. 
 
 One Tree Away 
 
 For this game a base is marked out, usually by a circle 
 of trees with scarves attached, on fairly level ground 
 free from stumps and loose stones. 
 
 The next ring of trees encircling this base is the de- 
 fense line. 
 
 The party is divided into two sides, Stormers and De- 
 fenders, in alternate games, which may last from ten to 
 twenty minutes each. 
 
GENERAL GAMES 89 
 
 The defenders remain in the base while the stormers 
 retire out of sight. As soon as they have taken up their 
 positions the umpire blows his whistle three times and 
 the attack commences; the defenders leaving the base 
 and sending scouts well forward to obtain all possible 
 information of the enemy's movements. 
 
 The object of the stormers is to get as many men as 
 possible into the base untouched by the defenders before 
 the umpire's whistle finishes the game. 
 
 Each man gaining the base untouched scores a point 
 in favor of the stormers ; he should sit down well within 
 the base line in order not to obstruct his own side. 
 
 No stormer may be touched so long as he has one hand 
 on the trunk of a tree, and should he be unduly crowded 
 by the defenders he may order them "One tree away." 
 A tree affords protection to only one stormer at a time 
 and may not be held by a defender. 
 
 If a stormer is touched, he must at once proceed to 
 the prisoners* camp near the base, where he can watch 
 the game and be out of the way of the combatants. 
 When the game has started no defender may enter the 
 defense line mentioned above except in actual pursuit of 
 a stormer; on missing or touching him he must at once 
 go outside again before attempting to tackle another. 
 Flags tied to small sticks (not poles) may be borne by 
 some of the stormers, and a stormer who carries his 
 flag into the base may demand the release of a prisoner. 
 — Sir Baden-Powell, "Scouting Games." 
 
 Object Hunting 
 
 This is a very interesting game. The one in charge has 
 a sheet of paper; at the head of one column after another 
 he places the name of some object the others are to 
 
90 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 bring. For instance, a piece of mica, a golden rod blos- 
 som, or the bark from a cedar tree. In fact, anything 
 to make the boys think and use their eyes. The objects 
 are announced and at the word "Go !" each one runs as 
 quickly as possible and brings back the required object. 
 They line up and, after examination of the things, they 
 are marked one, two, three, etc., in the order in which 
 they return. The winner is he who has the smallest time 
 score at the end of the contest. This game is even 
 more enjoyable if played at night. 
 
 Protecting the Medicine Scalp 
 
 This is a good game for a quiet day in camp. Hang 
 the Big Medicine Scalp — which may be anything decided 
 upon by the boys — on a flagpole or tree centrally located 
 and in plain sight and well out of reach of the tallest man. 
 Pick a certain number of spies from the campers, who 
 shall endeavor during the twelve hours of a day to get 
 down the scalp and hide it. Just who the spies are 
 should be kept a strict secret until they let the fact be 
 known themselves by being caught in an attempt to secure 
 the scalp. It offers a rare chance for strategy and clev- 
 erness. 
 
 Cross Country Runs 
 
 No boy who has not had a careful heart examination 
 should be allowed to participate in cross-country runs, 
 but for sound, healthy fellows they are great sport, espe- 
 cially if the run can be arranged through big open tim- 
 ber. Let two sides run against each other by having one 
 group make the start and the other group run from 
 the destination back to camp. 
 
 The Hare-and-Hound Race is a form of cross-country 
 
GENERAL GAMES 91 
 
 running, and can be made a very popular camp game 
 by making adequate preparation in advance. 
 
 Take an evening at the camp fire and tear paper for a 
 scent, and lay out two possible courses, either of which 
 the hares may take. Arrange the contest as even as pos- 
 sible. Do not make the mistake of making all your best 
 runners hares, and thereby insuring a losing game for 
 the hounds from the beginning. 
 
 There are dozens of forms of the game of chase, all 
 of which are exciting and worth while. 
 
 Determine. bounds in a piece of timber; choose three 
 Skunks, and give them three minutes to hide. The 
 Hunters must touch the skunk on the back before he is 
 caught. 
 
 Another way is to arm the escaped prisoners with 
 walking sticks pointed at one end; allow them a start and 
 compel them to make an arrow each time they deviate 
 from a straight course, cross a log, stream, or any ob- 
 struction. As soon as any one prisoner is caught the 
 others can scatter and each one make his own trail. 
 
 Roadside Whist 
 
 While the boys are walking along the road let one-half 
 watch one side and the rest the other side. 
 Scoring : 
 
 A baby 2 points 
 
 A black horse i 
 
 A white horse 2 
 
 A ladder against a house 3 " 
 
 Other things can be added from time to time. A given 
 number of points wins the game. 
 
 This can be varied by counting dogs, or guessing the 
 color of horses' tails, or counting wagons that are seen. 
 
92 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Rabbit Hunt (i) 
 
 Three Rabbits (boys) are sent out after breakfast and 
 hide themselves in the thickets, a limit being given as to 
 where they may go. When they have been gone an hour 
 or two, the rest of the boys start out to find them. If 
 they are spotted with field glasses it counts, provided they 
 tell which boy it is. After a certain time all return to 
 camp. 
 
 Rabbit Hunt (2) 
 
 The game of Rabbit Hunting is suited for two hunters 
 in limited grounds. 
 
 Three little sacks of brown burlap, each about eight 
 by twelve inches, are stuffed with hay. 
 
 At any given place in the woods the two Hunters 
 stand in a ten-foot circle, with their bows and arrows. 
 One boy is blindfolded; the other, without leaving the 
 circle, throws the Rabbits into good hiding-places on the 
 ground. Then the second hunter has to find the rabbits 
 and shoot them without leaving the circle. The lowest 
 number of points wins, as in golf. If the hunter has to 
 leave the circle he gets one point for every step he takes 
 outside. After he sees the rabbit he must keep to that 
 spot and shoot till it is hit once. One shot kills it, no 
 matter where struck. For every shot he misses he gets 
 five points. 
 
 After his first shot at each rabbit the hider takes al- 
 ternate shots with him. 
 
 I'f it is the hider who kills the rabbit, the hunter adds 
 ten points to his score. If the hunter hits it, he takes 
 ten off his score. 
 
 If the hunter fails to find all the rabbits, he scores 
 twenty-five for each one he gives up. 
 
GENERAL GAMES 93 
 
 The hider cannot score at all. He can only try to 
 add to the hunter's score. Next time the two change 
 places. 
 
 A match is usually for two brace of rabbits. 
 
 — "Boy Scouts of America." 
 
 Robbers and Soldiers 
 
 This game is best played in the country, where there 
 are woods in which the Robbers may hide. 
 
 The players are divided between Robbers and Soldiers, 
 there being about ten robbers to fifty soldiers. The 
 larger and stronger players are usually selected for the 
 robbers. The soldiers have one general, who directs their 
 movements, and the robbers a captain. The robbers are 
 given five or ten minutes' start from the prison. The 
 soldiers stand at this place marked as their fort or 
 prison until the general gives the command for the search 
 to begin. The object of the robbers is to hide so that 
 the soldiers may not find them, and, when found, to re- 
 sist capture if possible. They may hide by climbing trees, 
 or dodging behind them, conceal themselves in under- 
 brush, under dead leaves, etc. If played right, the game 
 should be a very strenuous one, the resistance offered by 
 the robbers requiring several soldiers to overcome. A 
 robber may resist all the way to prison. A guard is 
 appointed by the general for the prison, and prisoners 
 may run away at any time if not prevented by the guard. 
 The soldiers, in attempting to locate the robbers, will 
 use many devices besides a simple hunt. For instance, 
 they will form a large circle and gradually work in 
 toward the center, thus surrounding any robbers who 
 may be hidden within the territory so covered. The 
 game is won when all of the robbers have been made 
 
94 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 prisoners. Old clothes are quite in order for this game. 
 The soldiers will find whistles of advantage for sig- 
 naling each other for help. 
 
 — Jessie H. Bancroft, "Games for the Playground." 
 
 Game of Renegade 
 
 Choose up and divide into two sides, Indians and Whites. 
 Have a camp for each where all are safe and a field 
 between where captures can be made. Each hat counts 
 a scalp and a boy without a hat is out of the game. 
 
 Before the game begins put a number of pebbles in a 
 hat and one piece of coal or black stone. Let each white 
 man draw a stone, look at it privately, and put it in his 
 pocket. The one drawing the black one is Simon Girty, 
 but he must keep it secret and at first play on the side 
 of the whites, but as soon as a good opportunity comes, 
 he can grab the caps of some whites and desert to the 
 Indians' camp. The side capturing the greatest number 
 of scalps is the winner. 
 
 — D. C. Beard, "The Boy Pioneers." 
 
 Stalking 
 
 A group of fellows gather at some rough spot in the 
 woods where undergrowth is thick. One boy is given a 
 whistle and allowed to run from the group for half a 
 minute (or a minute, if the country is more open) in 
 any direction he chooses. At the end of the stated time 
 he stops and blows his whistle, when the other boys all 
 start after him and try to creep up to the spot where he 
 is standing without being seen. The boy with the whis- 
 tle must remain within ten feet of the spot he has selected 
 and does not hide. He keeps close lookout, and every 
 time he sees one of the approaching stalkers he calls his 
 
GENERAL GAMES 95 
 
 name, indicating where he sees him. The boy so named 
 stands up at the spot where he is seen and keep his posi- 
 tion until time is called. After a certain interval the 
 first boy again blows his whistle, when every fellow 
 stands up and shows himself, and the boy who is closest 
 to the base of the whistle-bearer wins, and is given the 
 whistle and allowed to go out first for the next period. 
 The start each time is made from the former base of 
 the whistle-bearer, so that it gives practically a new terri- 
 tory to work in each time. 
 
 Sham Battles 
 
 Great fun may be had with a sham battle if the ar- 
 rangements are made several days before the real fight. 
 Make a large number of shells by tying a teaspoonful of 
 white flour in a sheet of tissue paper. Divide your camp 
 into two sides in the ratio of four to one, the smaller 
 group to have the advantage of building a fort at any 
 place they may choose. Give each Soldier a certain 
 number of shells, then place a flag so it can be reached 
 from the ground any place on the wall of the fort. 
 Place an umpire inside the fort and one outside the fort, 
 and allow the attacking army to approach the fort from 
 any three sides. 
 
 At a given signal the battle begins. Any man hit above 
 the waist, except on the arms, is dead, and can fight no 
 more. He may be wounded three times on the arms or 
 legs before he is dead. 
 
 The object of the battle is the flag. If a soldier 
 gets the flag in his hands he is immune from shells until 
 ten feet from the fort, when he may be fired upon and 
 killed. The flag must be taken fifty feet from the fort 
 before it is really captured. 
 
96 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 If wisdom is used in the choice of captains, this game 
 will be a great success. Pine cones or green cat-tail 
 heads may be used for ammunition, but if they are chosen 
 the attacking army should be allowed to use shields made 
 of green willow or alder saplings. 
 
 The ammunition left by a dead soldier can be used by 
 his comrades, but not by the opposing side. 
 
 Shadowing 
 
 Divide the group into two sections, one to be the 
 Enemy and the others Shadowers. The enemy proceeds 
 ahead, and the shadowers follow them. If a shadower 
 is seen by the enemy they can give chase and, if caught, 
 is added to their number. If he is not caught before 
 he gets back to his group, the boy who chased him stays 
 with the shadowers. After several miles have been cov- 
 ered this way, a count is made, and the side having the 
 larger number wins. Then the shadowers act as the 
 enemy and the game goes on. 
 
 Spelling 
 
 In this game the players each contribute a letter toward 
 the spelling of a word, their object being never to be the 
 one to complete it, but to force the next player to do so; 
 thus, one player may say T, the next E, the next N, and 
 if no other letter can be added to form another word, the 
 last speaker loses. 
 
 Spider and Fly 
 
 A bit of country or section of the town about a mile 
 square is selected as the web, and its boundaries de- 
 scribed, and an hour is fixed at which operations are to 
 cease. 
 
GENERAL GAMES 97 
 
 One group of boys is the Spider, which goes out and 
 selects a place to hide itself. 
 
 Another group of boys goes a quarter of an hour later 
 as the Fly to look for the spider. They can spread them- 
 selves about as they like, but must tell their leader any- 
 thing they discover. An umpire goes with each party. 
 
 If within the given time (say about two hours) the 
 fly has not discovered the spider, the spider wins. The 
 spiders write down the names of any of the flies that 
 they may see; similarly the flies write down the names 
 of any spiders that they may see, and their exact hiding 
 places. Marks will be awarded by the umpires for each 
 such report. 
 
 The two sides should wear different colors or be dis- 
 tinguishable from each other in some manner. 
 
 — Sir Baden-Powell, "Scouting Games." 
 
 Spot Your Staves 
 
 This game is played in the same way as an ordinary 
 paper chase, except that the hares are provided with a 
 number of small circular gummed labels, such as are 
 used by shopkeepers for marking the price on goods. 
 
 Every time the trail is dropped not more than two 
 labels should be dropped with it. As soon as the trail is 
 picked up by a hound he blows his whistle. The other 
 hounds immediately proceed to the spot and search for 
 the two labels. When found they should be stuck onto 
 the finder's staff and at the end of the chase the scout 
 with the most labels wins. 
 
 This tends to keep up the interest of the smaller scouts, 
 who otherwise would soon be inclined to lag behind. 
 
 — The Scout. 
 
98 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The Torn Directions 
 
 The leader should write a description of the way to 
 find a lost treasure that was buried years ago, and then 
 tear it in half and give one part to one division of the 
 camp and the other part to the other division. By the 
 description on the part held, each division is to try to 
 find the treasure, which is a basket of apples, or some 
 other eatable article. 
 
 The Traitor 
 
 Divide the boys into two groups. One group is called 
 Cowboys and the other Indians. Select a nearby woods 
 for this game and divide it equally between the two 
 groups. In the cowboy camp is a traitor who promised 
 the Indians to place a letter containing details of the 
 cowboy camp in a tree which he will mark in a certain 
 way. 
 
 This tree should be near the center of the camp. The 
 traitor leaves the camp and places the letter in the tree 
 and returns. He is then arrested, but will not divulge 
 the hiding-place. Then the cowboys set out to recover 
 the letter before the Indians get it. Each boy is armed 
 with fir-cones, and when an opponent is hit by a fir-cone 
 he drops out of the game. This continues until the letter 
 is found. A count is made and the side losing the great- 
 est number of men is defeated. The side obtaining the 
 letter counts it as four live men. 
 
 Wolf and Sheep 
 
 The boy who is to play the part of Wolf is selected 
 by one of the numerous methods of counting out. The 
 Sheep select one of their number for a shepherd-boy. 
 
GENERAL GAMES 99 
 
 When this is arranged, the wolf departs to some place 
 of concealment, a short distance from the spot selected 
 for the fold. 
 
 When the wolf has concealed himself, he sets up a 
 most dismal howling, and the shepherd-boy, followed by 
 his sheep, seeks to discover the wolf, and all the sheep 
 cry "Bah ! Bah !" As soon as the shepherd-boy dis- 
 covers the wolf he announces the fact with these words, 
 "I spy a wolf !" Immediately he and all his sheep take 
 to their heels, closely pursued by the wolf. If the wolf 
 catches or tags a sheep or the shepherd before he reaches 
 the fold, the one caught is wolf for the next game. 
 
 In Brooklyn the shepherd, or any one of the sheep 
 who spies the wolf, cries "Stand !" At the cry of "Stand" 
 all — wolf, sheep and shepherd — remain stationary until 
 the shepherd counts ten. As the word "ten" is pro- 
 nounced the spell is broken, and there is a wild race for 
 the fold. 
 
 — D. C. Beard, "The Outdoor Handy Book." 
 
 Wool Collecting 
 
 Cut up in equal lengths some cheap skeins of wool 
 (not bright colors) and lay a trail through the woods or 
 over the fields, dropping some on the ground and tying 
 on trees or fences. When all is ready start the boys out 
 to pick it up. The boy returning with the most pieces 
 wins the prize. 
 
 War Game (i) 
 
 This game is very popular in the camp where it origi- 
 nated. The boys are divided into two Armies, each hav- 
 ing their own general and captains. If a camp has six 
 tents there could be three tents on each side and the 
 
100 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 leaders of the tents could be the captains, while some 
 extra leader might act as general. The boys on one side 
 wear handkerchiefs suspended from their necks by a 
 light cord and left hanging down their backs. The 
 boys on the other side wear a different colored hand- 
 kerchief or a necktie fastened in the same way. Each 
 side has its headquarters to defend, one side possibly 
 taking the campus and the other side a building at some 
 distance from the opposite party, between which there 
 is plenty of room for scouting and secret movements. 
 There ought to be at least a quarter or half a mile dis- 
 tance between the two headquarters. At a signal by a 
 cannon or bell the war commences. The generals usually 
 divide their armies into three parties, one a small scout- 
 ing party, second, a defensive party, and the third an 
 offensive party to locate the enemy and to bring back 
 word of their movements. The offensive party then at- 
 tempts to get to the enemy's headquarters and capture 
 it. When the offensive forces meet the fighting takes 
 place in the following manner : Each side tries to se- 
 cure the largest number of the enemy's scalps, as the 
 handkerchiefs and ties are called. When a warrior loses 
 his scalp he may be declared dead, if it has been so 
 agreed upon at the beginning of the encounter, or, if not, 
 he is sent to a neutral place, where an exchange of 
 prisoners is effected. Whenever there are five pris- 
 oners from each side, an exchange is made by five 
 being returned under a flag of truce to their own gen- 
 eral. The neutral zone is taken charge of by someone 
 who is not fighting, and usually consists of a large 
 circle or some building conveniently situated between 
 both headquarters. By this exchange of prisoners it is 
 possible to prolong the War indefinitely unless one side 
 
GENERAL GAMES loi 
 
 is very much superior to the other. The game may 
 commence in the early afternoon, and last until supper- 
 time. Shortly before supper the cannon signal or the 
 ringing of a bell indicates that no further exchange of 
 prisoners will be allowed and then the fight proceeds to 
 an end, either one side or the other being annihilated. 
 This war game furnishes many of the actual conditions 
 of war. There is opportunity of ambuscades, individual 
 feats of prowess," skirmishes, or battles which take in all 
 of the forces. It always proves immensely exciting, both 
 to the boys and the leaders, and never fails to interest 
 them. 
 
 This can be effectively worked in small towns as 
 well as in camps, the principal thing being sufficient space 
 and woods. The hand-to-hand fighting is very interest- 
 ing in itself and aft'ords many exciting contests between 
 individual boys to defend their scalps. 
 
 The War Game (2) 
 
 Divide the camp into opposing Armies. Tents may 
 oppose one another if the camp is large. One army shall 
 be the defenders and the other shall attack. Assign to 
 the defenders a territory, placing in the center of this an 
 Am-erican flag. It shall be the duty of the attackers to 
 get a man through the lines of the defenders and at least 
 touch the flag within a given time limit. A field sur- 
 rounded with woods is a good place to play. If an at- 
 tacker be touched by a defender, he is out of the game. 
 Boys always enjoy this game, as it gives a chance to 
 exhibit skill in getting through the lines. There is al- 
 ways excitement in the defense and attack for all partici- 
 pants. 
 
CHAPTER IV 
 
 STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 
 
 "Variety is the spice of life," and so in most camps 
 a stormy day is welcomed occasionally, especially if it 
 has been prepared for in advance. If you are fortunate 
 enough to have a fireplace, so much the better; if not, 
 by all means keep a wood fire burning. It is a great cure 
 
 A Stormy Afternoon 
 
 for "grouchiness" and drives many a little demon of 
 home-sickness out of a camp on a stormy day. 
 
 Nearly every camp has its story-teller, and it is now 
 
 102 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 103 
 
 that he is much in demand. Choice books of short sto- 
 ries are taken from the leader's box, and the big dining 
 tent is cleared for action, for, as the weather changes, so 
 changes a boy's desires; after a few good stories must 
 come games and stunts, with much variety. Short, 
 snappy events are welcomed best; events in which all can 
 take part. 
 
 The old graphophone is wound up and forced to tell for 
 the thousandth time that season how Uncle Josh visited 
 New York, followed by the Victor minstrels with their 
 jokes that were long ago learned by heart. Perhaps a pot of 
 taffy cools on the kitchen stove, or a bag of fresh 
 roasted peanuts, that have been in the country store since 
 last Fourth of July, surprise the energetic campers; but 
 at any rate new and unheard-of things must appear on 
 the program one after another, until every camper will 
 remember that stormy day as one of the jolliest and best 
 of all his outing. 
 
 The following simple games and stunts are suggestive, 
 and can be conducted with practically no preparation or 
 equipment. 
 
 Animal Blind Man's Buff 
 
 The players form a circle, and one player Is placed in 
 the center, blindfolded, with a stick or cane in his hand. 
 The players dance around him, until he taps three times 
 on the floor with his cane, when all must stand still. The 
 "blind man" then points his cane at a player, who takes 
 the other end in his hand and is commanded to make 
 a noise like an animal, such as a dog, donkey, cat, etc. 
 The blind man tries to guess by this who the boy is. 
 If he guesses right, they change places. 
 
104 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Bear Fight 
 
 A circle about ten feet in diameter is drawn upon the 
 floor. The two Bears, or contestants, step into the ring, 
 fold their arms, and at a given signal hop toward each 
 Other on one leg. The object is for one to push the 
 other out of the circle. The butting is done with the 
 shoulders and upper arms. 
 
 Belmont Park 
 
 This game originated in a Young Men's Christian As- 
 sociation camp, when a tent leader, who wished to punish 
 
 Belmont Park 
 
 his boys mildly, made them sit down on the floor and 
 hunch themselves around their trunks so many times. 
 This is good to use in the dining-room, the boys making 
 so many laps around a table, thus called Belmont Park. 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 105 
 
 Books for Rainy Days 
 
 "Days Off," Henry Van Dyke. 
 
 "Fisherman's Luck," Henry Van Dyke. 
 
 "Freckles," G. Stratton Porter. 
 
 "Laddie," G. Stratton Porter. 
 
 "Buffalo Roost," F. H. Cheley. 
 
 "Rolf in the Woods," Ernest Thompson Seton. 
 
 "Pecks in Camp," A. T. Dudley. 
 
 "The Blazed Trail," Stewart Edward White. 
 
 "Kindred of the Wild," C. G. D. Roberts. 
 
 "The Three Rivers Kids," F. H. Cheley. 
 
 "Four in Camp," Ralph Henry Barbour. 
 
 "Crooked Trails," Frederick Remington. 
 
 "Cattle-ranch to College," Russell Doubleday. 
 
 "The Horsemen of the Plains," Joseph A. Altsheler. 
 
 "Tom Strong, Washington's Scout," A. B. Mason. 
 
 "Wells Brothers : The Young Cattle Kings," A. Adams. 
 
 "The Cruise of the Cachalot," F. T. Bullen. 
 
 "Rhymes of a Rolling Stone," Robert W. Service. 
 
 "The Man from Glengarry," Ralph Connor. 
 
 "The Doctor," Ralph Connor. 
 
 "Camp Venture," G. C. Eggleston. 
 
 "The Alan Without a Country," E. E. Hale. 
 
 "Around the Fire," H. M. Burr. 
 
 "Poems of Action," David R. Porter. 
 
 "The Adventures of Billy Topsail," N. Duncan. 
 
 "Four Afoot," R. H. Barbour. 
 
 "Kim," R. Kipling. 
 
 "Lure of the Labrador Wild," D. Wallace. 
 
 "Ungava Bob," D. Wallace. 
 
 "Beach Patrol," W. Drysdale. 
 
 "Held for Orders," F. H. Spearman. 
 
io6 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 'The Humming Bird," O. Johnson. 
 
 "The Varmint," O. Johnson. 
 
 ''On the Old Kearsarge," C. T. Brady. 
 
 'The Oregon Trail," F. Parkman. 
 
 "Along the Mohawk Trail," P. K. Fitzhugh. 
 
 "Boy Scouts in the Maine Woods," J. Otis. 
 
 "Campmates," Kirk Munroe. 
 
 "The Kidnapped Campers," F. A. Canfield. 
 
 Blindfolded Boxing Match 
 
 This is an excellent fun maker, but must be carefully 
 watched. Choose the boxers, then draw a great circle 
 around them and inform them that the first man that 
 steps outside the circle is out. Blindfold them securely 
 and put on the gloves. Turn each combatant around 
 several times until he has lost his sense of direction, and 
 then declare the fight on. Incidentally the two blind- 
 folded boys are widely separated, and two other boys are 
 used as "teasers," to make them think they have found 
 each other. When the fight has gone on long enough 
 declare both winners. 
 
 Bull in the Ring 
 The boys form a circle, all joining hands. One boy is 
 requested to be the Bull in the ring. He attempts to 
 escape, by passing under or over the arms of the players, 
 or by breaking through. If he succeeds, the player who 
 is most responsible takes his place in the ring. 
 
 Boston 
 
 Arrange chairs in a circle and number the players. 
 One boy is blindfolded and placed in the center. He calls 
 out two numbers; the bearers of these numbers are re- 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 107 
 
 quired to change seats, while he tries to catch one. If 
 he does, they change places and the game proceeds. 
 
 Botanical Puzzle 
 
 Write the following questions on cards cut in the shape 
 of apples or pumpkins. A cabbage or squash hollowed 
 out and filled with bonbons makes a suitable prize. 
 
 1. What vegetable may be found in a boat? Leeks. 
 
 2. What flower appears on the face of a clock twice 
 
 in twenty-four hours? Four o'clock. 
 
 3. What plant does a shepherd watch ? Flocks (phlox). 
 
 4. A traveling Israelite? Wandering Jew. 
 
 5. A body of water? Bay. 
 
 6. Found in historical works? Dates. 
 
 7. Found on a ship? Ragged sailor. 
 
 8. In royalty's cap? Prince's feather. 
 
 9. In my watch? Thyme. 
 
 10. What opens at dawn? Daisy (day's eye). 
 
 11. In the alphabet? L M (elm), U (yew). 
 
 12. In a book? Leaves. 
 
 13. In the water? Currants. 
 
 14. How does a dandy look? Spruce. 
 
 Balloon Volley Ball 
 
 Stretch a string across the hall, and divide the boys 
 into halves, placing them on either side of the string. 
 Throw a small air balloon into the center. Each side 
 tries to keep the ball from touching the floor on their 
 side. When a side allows this, the other side scores a 
 point. Ten points is game. The boys should be cau- 
 tioned not to use their hands. Only the head can be 
 used to bounce the ball. 
 
io8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Balloon Blowing 
 
 Place the boys on opposite sides of a wide table and 
 put a balloon in the center. At a given signal, one side 
 tries to blow the balloon over the heads of their oppo- 
 nents. If this is done, it scores one point. Ten points is 
 game. 
 
 The Chewing-Gum Contest 
 
 Tie a stick of gum in the middle of a piece of string. 
 Supply as many as you think will take part. 
 
 Each of a pair of contestants takes an end of a string 
 in his mouth, and at a signal begin to chew. The one 
 that arrives at the gum first gets it. 
 
 Celebrities 
 
 Cut out of papers and magazines pictures of noted ath- 
 letes, statesmen, preachers, soldiers, and authors, and 
 paste them on numbered cards for the boys to guess. 
 The boy who makes out the largest correct list wins a 
 prize. 
 
 This game can be varied by using pictures of fish, ani- 
 mals, trees, flowers, birds, snakes, and insects. 
 
 Cock Fighting (i) 
 
 The group form a circle and two boys enter the ring. 
 They take a squatting position with their hands clasped 
 around their knees, and a broomstick is placed over the 
 wrists, passing under the knees. The Cocks hop around 
 in this fashion, trying to upset each other, while the boys 
 in the circle cheer for their favorite cock. 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 109 
 
 Cock Fighting (2) 
 
 Although only two boys can play at one time, they will 
 keep the rest of the company in roars of laughter. The 
 tw^o who are to represent the Cocks having been chosen, 
 both are seated upon the floor. Each boy has his wrists 
 tied together with a handkerchief, his legs being secured 
 just above the ankles in like manner; his arms are then 
 passed over his knees, and a broomstick is pushed over 
 one arm, under both knees, and out on the other side 
 over the other arm. They are carried into the center of 
 the room and placed opposite each other with their toes 
 just touching. Each cock tries with the aid of his toes 
 to turn his opponent over on his back or side. The one 
 who can succeed in doing this first wins the game. It 
 often happens that both cocks turn over at the same time, 
 when the fight begins over again. 
 
 Cat and Mouse 
 
 Have the boys form a circle and select one player to 
 be the Mouse, who takes his place inside the circle. An- 
 other player is selected as Cat, and he takes his place out- 
 side the circle. The object of the game is for the cat 
 to catch the mouse. The boys forming the circle can 
 assist the mouse, by letting it out or in the circle at any 
 time, but the progress of the cat should be hindered. 
 The introduction of another cat makes it more interest- 
 ing. When a mouse is caught, he becomes the cat and 
 then chooses the mouse from the circle. 
 
 Ditch Tug-of-War 
 
 Draw two parallel lines on the floor, about five feet 
 apart, and line up even sides facing each other, toes 
 
no CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 against the lines. The object of the game is for one side 
 to try and pull the other over on their side. If this is 
 done, that boy drops out of the game. Only one boy is 
 allowed to pull another. 
 
 Dog Fight 
 
 Two players place themselves on their hands and knees, 
 facing each other, about three feet apart. Put over their 
 heads a band of leather or canvas, or of anything that 
 will not hurt the heads, which must be kept up and back. 
 At the word "Go !" the players pull against each other 
 until one of them is pulled off the mat, or his head pulled 
 forward, thereby releasing the strap. The other is the 
 victor. 
 
 Eskimo Race 
 
 The boys taking part in this race, stand with hands and 
 feet on the floor, the knees stiff, the hands clinched and 
 resting on the knuckles. The elbows should be stiff. 
 In this position a race is run, or rather "hitched" over a 
 course long enough to thoroughly test the performers. 
 
 Foot Pushing Contest 
 
 This game is for two boys at a time. Have them sit 
 down facing each other, clasping their knees with their 
 hands, and lifting their feet until they touch. At a given 
 signal they push each other in that position. The boy 
 who is overbalanced two out of three times loses. 
 
 First Aid Spelling Down 
 
 Two leaders are selected and they choose sides. Every- 
 body is in it. Sides line up. Scoutmaster announces the 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES in 
 
 first-aid subject and one leader gives first symptom, second 
 leader next point. It goes back and forth as in the old- 
 fashioned spelling bee. When case is finished, another 
 is named. A scout missing a point sits down. 
 
 — The Scout. 
 
 Falling Stars 
 
 Paint a dozen peanuts with ink or paint, then place 
 them in a large bag of nuts and suspend the bag over 
 the boys' heads. Then choose two captains, each of 
 whom should have a stout stick. They shinney off, just 
 as in a shinney game, and then strike the bag, which, of 
 course, breaks and sends the peanuts in every direction 
 to be scrambled for by the boys. Each plain nut counts 
 one and the painted ones ten each. It is a strenuous 
 game, but great fun. 
 
 Grab the Hat 
 
 This game is for two boys at a time. They step for- 
 ward, place a hat on the floor and lean over it, each plac- 
 ing his right hand under the arm-pit of the other. With 
 the left hand they try to pick up the hat. If one suc- 
 ceeds the other tries to hit him on the back before he 
 comes to an upright position. If he fails, the other boy 
 wins. 
 
 Guessing the Spot 
 
 Show a series of photos or sketches of objects in the 
 neighborhood, such as would be known to all the boys 
 if they kept their eyes open; for instance, cross-roads, 
 curious window, gargoyle or weathercock, tree, reflection 
 in the water (guess the building causing it), and so on. 
 
112 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Hog Tying 
 
 Hog Tying is a strenuous camp game, but one that 
 campers enter into with great zest. 
 
 Choose five Hogs to represent each side. Equip each 
 one with one yard of stout manila rope. At a given 
 signal turn all ten players loose, the game being to see 
 which side can tie the feet of the other side first. The 
 game will need an umpire who will impose fair play and 
 properly deal with ill temper. There are no rules except 
 fight hard, play fair, and be a man. Soft earth or a 
 good grass plot and old clothes are most desirable. 
 
 Hit the Whistler 
 
 Take a rope about twenty-five feet long and secure the 
 center to the floor. Two boys are blindfolded, one having 
 a whistle and the other a pillow, and take hold of the 
 ends of the rope. The boy blows the whistle and the 
 other boy tries to find him and hit him with the pillow. 
 This affords a lot of fun. 
 
 Hunt the Coon 
 
 This is an indoor game, founded on the familiar Hunt 
 the Thimble. 
 
 Use a little dummy Coon ; either make it or turn a 
 ready-made toy rabbit into one by adding tail and black 
 mask, and cropping the ears. 
 
 All the players but one go out of the room. That one 
 places the coon anywhere in sight, high or low, but in 
 plain view; all come in and seek. The first to find it 
 sits down silently, and scores one. Each sits down, on 
 seeing it, giving no clew to the others. 
 
 The first to score three coons is winner, usually. 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 113 
 
 Sometimes it is played until every one but one has a 
 coon; that one is the booby. The others are first, second, 
 etc. 
 
 Sometimes each is given his number in order of finding 
 it. Then, after seven or eight coons, these numbers are 
 added up, and the lozvcst is winner. 
 
 — "Boy Scouts of America." 
 
 Hot Hand or Hot Cockles 
 
 One player stoops over and covers his eyes with his 
 hands. The rest of the group gather around and one hits 
 him a slap with open hand. The object of the game is for 
 the boy who is down to guess who struck him. If he 
 guesses right, that boy takes his place. 
 
 Huntsmafi 
 
 This game is one of the liveliest evening pastimes. 
 It may be played by any number of persons above four. 
 One of the players is styled the Huntsman and the 
 others must be called after different parts of the dresa 
 or accouterments of the sportsman. Thus, the coat, hat, 
 shot, shot-belt, powder, dog, gun, and everything belong- 
 ing to a huntsman has its representative. As many chairs 
 as there are players, not counting the Huntsman, should 
 now be arranged in two rows, back to back, and all play- 
 ers must seat themselves. 
 
 The huntsman walks round the chairs and calls out 
 the assumed name of one of them — for instance, "Gun." 
 The player immediately gets up and takes hold of the 
 coat-skirts of the huntsman, who continues his walk, and 
 calls out the others one by one. Each must take hold of 
 the skirt of the player before him, and when they are all 
 summoned the huntsman sets off running round the chairs 
 
114 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 as fast as he can, the other players holding on and run- 
 ning after him. When he has run round two or three 
 times, he shouts "Bang!" and immediately sits down in 
 one of the chairs, leaving his followers to scramble to 
 the other seats as best they can. One will be left stand- 
 ing, there being one chair less than the number of play- 
 ers; the player so left must pay a forfeit. The hunts- 
 man is not changed throughout the game unless he gets 
 tired of his post. 
 
 The Hidden Object 
 
 Send the boys out of the tent or dining-hall. 
 
 Take a thimble, ring, coin, bit of paper, or any small 
 article, and place it where it is perfectly visible but in a 
 spot where it is not likely to be noticed. Let the boys 
 come in and look for it. When one of them sees it he 
 should go and quietly sit down without indicating to the 
 others where it is. 
 
 After a fair time he should be told to point it out to 
 those who have not succeeded in finding it, to ensure his 
 having really seen it. 
 
 Hidden Birds 
 
 Slips of paper containing the following sentences are 
 passed to the boys. They are to find the hidden birds. 
 I. The path through the meadow leads to the mill 
 (Owl). 
 
 2. Are all arks built alike (Lark). 
 
 3. How rents have advanced (Wren) ! 
 
 4. Oh ! awkward boy, how could you be so careless 
 
 (Hawk) ? 
 
 5. Did they rob in daylight (Robin) ? 
 
 6. Have you read Gulliver's Travels (Gull) ? 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 115 
 
 7. She looks wan and pale (Swan). 
 
 8. They both rushed away in silence (Thrush). 
 
 9. The crown and glory of life is character (Crow). 
 
 10. He broke the reed in half-inch lengths (Finch). 
 
 11. He swallowed the medicine easily (Swallow). 
 
 12. I made known to her a venerable friend of mine 
 
 (Raven). 
 
 13. Do venture a little farther (Dove). 
 
 14. I met her on the beach (Heron). 
 
 15. Does the pup love Ruth (Plover) ? 
 
 16. This song will be a glee (Eagle). 
 
 17. Maj. Ayers is a handsome man (Jay). 
 
 18. The celebration began at dawn (Daw). 
 
 19. He found in grammar tiny words for great uses 
 
 (Martin). 
 
 20. Can a rye field produce such sorrow (Canary) ? 
 
 Hidden Flowers 
 Pencil and paper are provided for each boy, also a 
 list of the following questions, the answers to which are 
 flowers : 
 
 1. Flowers often sought in vain by young gentlemen 
 
 (Tulips). 
 
 2. A fashionably dressed man and a beast of prey 
 
 (Dandelion). 
 
 3. A flower much used by cooks (Buttercup). 
 
 4. What a lover called his rival (A Coxcomb). 
 
 5. A boy's delight in winter (Snowball). 
 
 6. A warm-weather friend (Palm). 
 
 7. What young women are said to be anxious to wear 
 
 (Orange Blossoms). 
 
 8. What women tread under foot (Lady's Slipper). 
 
 9. A token of remembrance (Forget-me-not). 
 
ii6 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 10. A way for a poor man to get rich quick (Mari- 
 
 gold). 
 
 11. Late afternoon (Four-o'clock). 
 
 12. A balm for sorrow (Heart's Ease). 
 
 13. What a father said to his son early in the morning 
 
 (Johnny Jump-up). 
 
 Indoor Races 
 
 Various sorts of races are often popular with boys if 
 the number of contestants is not too great. The fol- 
 lowing have been found attractive: 
 
 1. Forward hop race. 
 
 2. Backward hop race. 
 
 3. Forward', holding one ankle in hand. 
 
 4. Backward, same. 
 
 5. Rolling race — over and over. 
 
 6. Three-legged race (two men). 
 
 7. Sack race. 
 
 8. Hobbled race (tie feet with rope). 
 
 9. Blindfold race — very funny. 
 
 10. Forward jump race. 
 
 11. Backward jump race. 
 
 12. Obstacle race. 
 
 13. Rider race (two boys). 
 
 14. Elephant race (two boys). 
 , 15. Potato race. 
 
 16. Peanut relay — carry peanut in spoon. 
 
 17. C«rab race — forward. 
 
 18. Crab race — backward. 
 
 Indoor Meet 
 
 Various forms of the indoor meet have been used for 
 all occasions with great success. The list of events given 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 117 
 
 below are especially good for camp on a stormy day: 
 
 1. Shot Put — Use a small dry sponge for shot. 
 
 2. Hammer Throw — Use paper bags blown up with air 
 and a yard of string attached. 
 
 3. Twenty-yard Dash — Carry an t^g twenty yards in 
 a teaspoon held in the extended right arm. 
 
 4. Running Broad Grin — Have all grin as "loudly" as 
 possible. The judges measure the grin with a strip of 
 paper. 
 
 5. Running High Whistle — The boy who can hold a 
 whistled note the longest with one breath. 
 
 6. Light Weight Race — Carry lighted candle in one 
 hand and a pail of water in the other. If water is 
 slopped over, or the candle goes out, the contestant is out. 
 
 7. One Hundred-Yard Dash — On the end of one hun- 
 dred inches of string tie a loaf of sugar or a marshmal- 
 low. The race is to gather the string and marshmallow 
 into the mouth without the aid of the hands. 
 
 8. Obstacle Race — Place nickels in pans of white flour 
 to see who can first dig them out with their teeth, their 
 hands tied behind them. 
 
 9. Shot Put — Throwing pebbles into the mouth of a jug. 
 
 10. Endurance Race — See who can eat four plain, dry 
 soda crackers first and swallow them sufficiently to whis- 
 tle at the end. 
 
 11. Shot Put — Throw bean bags, sticks, stones — any- 
 thing, through a rolling hoop. 
 
 12. One-mile Run — Add a column of figures the total 
 of which will be 5,280. 
 
 13. Mile Walk — Walk 100 feet with hobbles on, made 
 by tying a rope loosely about both ankles. 
 
 14. Long Glum — The player that can keep from smil- 
 ing longest while all the others jeer and laugh, wins. 
 
ii8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 15. Discus Throw — Lie flat on back and throw a slip- 
 per over your head with your two feet. 
 
 16. Obstacle race — Make a large number of chalk 
 marks on the floor at stated distances. Give each runner 
 a damp rag about four inches square with which to rub 
 out the chalk marks. 
 
 17. One Hundred-yard Dash — Blow Race — Stretch two 
 wires or strong strings, running through paper cones, 
 across the entire width of the room, parallel to each other 
 and some distance apart. The object is to blow the cones 
 from one end of the string to the other. 
 
 18. Tug of War — One-leg Tug of War — Obtain a rope 
 about fifteen feet in length, with a padded loop at each 
 end. One foot of each competitor should be inserted in 
 a loop, their backs turned toward each other, the center 
 of the rope placed over the winning line, and the signal 
 given. Whoever pulls the other over the line is the 
 victor; the act of lying down, also is an acknowledg- 
 ment of defeat. 
 
 19. High Jump — Jumping Through Fingers — Hold a 
 stick of wood by placing a forefinger on each end and, 
 without letting it go, try to jump over it both forward 
 and backward. You may also jump over your middle 
 fingers, placed together, without touching or separating 
 them with your feet. 
 
 20. Relay Race — Peanut Relay Race — Boys are lined 
 up in two columns, as in the ordinary relay race. For 
 each column two chairs are placed a convenient distance 
 apart, facing each other, with a knife and a bowl half 
 full of peanuts on one and an empty bowl on the other. 
 At the word of command the first boy on each side takes 
 the knife, picks up a peanut with it, and carries the pea- 
 nut on the knife to the farther bowl. Upon his return 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 119 
 
 the second boy does the same, and so on. The second 
 boy cannot leave until the first has deposited his peanut 
 in the empty bowl, and has returned with the knife. A 
 peanut dropped must be picked up with the knife. Fin- 
 gers must not be used, either in putting the peanut on 
 the knife, or in holding it there. The side which makes 
 the round wins. 
 
 21. Hammer Throw — Throw Disc — Have a boy mount 
 a small table or stool, and throw a quoit, ball or bean- 
 bag the greatest possible distance without losing his bal- 
 ance. The object may be thrown backward over the 
 shoulder, if preferred. Another method is to hold the 
 object firmly between the ankles and throw it over the 
 head from behind. 
 
 22. Wrestling — Hand Wrestling — Two players face 
 each other, feet planted firmly, full stride position, left 
 and right hands grasped. Each tries to displace the other. 
 One foot moved displaces the player. 
 
 27). Shot Put — Ring the Bell — Take a hoop about 
 eighteen inches in diameter, a barrel hoop will do, and 
 hang a bell so that it swings through the center. Suspend 
 the hoop from the ceiling or door casing, so that it will 
 be five feet from the floor. Divide the company into two 
 groups. Have three bean-bags ready. The object is to 
 throw the bean-bags through the hoop, at a distance of 
 ten feet, without ringing the bell. The side getting the 
 largest count wins. 
 
 24. Twenty-yard Dash — Horsemen — This is a rough- 
 and-tumble game for the boys, and must be played either 
 outdoor or in a large, bare room. Sides are chosen, the 
 big boys taking the small boys on their backs, carrying 
 them "pick-a-back." The one carrying the boy is called 
 the Horse and the other the Rider. At a given signal the 
 
120 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 sides rush toward each other, the horses trying to knock 
 down the opposing horses, and the riders trying to un- 
 horse each other. The game continues until a single 
 horse and rider remain, and the side to which they be- 
 long wins the game. 
 
 Land Tilting 
 
 The canoe jousts can be used to good advantage indoors 
 in the following manner: 
 
 Place two chairs the proper distance apart; have a 
 boy mount each chair, stand on one leg, and endeavor to 
 push or frighten his opponent off his chair with his 
 joust. Dropping the joust, or putting your other foot 
 down, is the same as being forced off the chair. 
 
 It is also great fun to divide the camp into two squads 
 and as fast as one boy is declared out let another take 
 his place until all of one side have been put out. It is 
 one of the best stormy-day stunts. 
 
 Leg Wrestle 
 
 Lie down on the back, side by side, the feet of each 
 boy being beside the other boy's head. At the word "Go !" 
 each brings the leg nearest his opponent at right angles 
 with his body and then lowers it. This may be done 
 two or three times, but the last time the leg is raised each 
 tries to catch his opponent's leg and to roll him over, 
 which is a defeat. 
 
 Club the Monkey 
 
 Every camp should own a pair of stuffed clubs, for 
 there is no end to the good stunts in which they can be 
 used. Club the Monkey is one of the best. 
 
 Two boys are chosen, and to one is given a bell or any 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 121 
 
 instrument with which he can make his position known. 
 The camper who holds the stuffed club is blindfolded. 
 When the monkey rings his bell the blindfolded boy seeks 
 to hit him with the stuffed club. 
 
 When the pair are tired, let them exchange, and the 
 monkey becomes the man with the club. The monkey is 
 then secretly instructed to lie flat on the ground, give his 
 signal, then quietly roll over. The club man, having pre- 
 viously been monkey, thinks he knows just how the mon- 
 key will act, and the situation becomes screamingly 
 funny. 
 
 Another way to play the game is to form a great circle, 
 all facing in, then choose a monkey and have him go 
 around the outside and place the club in some other boy's 
 hands, then run around the circle until he comes to the 
 place made vacant by the new monkey. The new mon- 
 key does the same, and so on. The game is to get around 
 the circle and into the opening with just as little club- 
 bing as possible. 
 
 Monkey Tag 
 
 Monkey Tag is another form of the above game. The 
 player that is It tags with the stuffed club, drops it and 
 runs. The one tagged must pick up the club and tag 
 some one else, and so forth. A tag on the head or below 
 the waist does not count. 
 
 Nut Race 
 
 Lay out nuts just as you would for a potato race, pro- 
 viding a pan to put them in at the head of the row. Then 
 have the contestants get down on all fours, stomach up. 
 Upon the upturned stomach place anything large and 
 round, such as a basket ball, or an empty bucket turned 
 
122 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 on its side. The contestant must travel on all fours and 
 carry the obstacle with him. The nuts when picked up 
 are carried in the hand until dropped into the receptacle 
 placed for them. 
 
 The game may be complicated and made more diffi- 
 cult by having contestant One gather contestant Two's 
 nuts and place them in his own pail, and vice versa. 
 
 This is an excellent game for fat campers. 
 
 A Nail-Driving Contest 
 
 Give each of a number of boys a board, a certain num- 
 ber of small nails and a tack hammer, to see who can 
 drive the most nails in a given period. Usually it is a 
 practical demonstration of the tortoise and the hare. 
 
 Another way that adds to the competitive feature is to 
 use one hammer and allow one boy to use it thirty sec- 
 onds at a time, when he must pass it to his neighbor. 
 This is very exciting. 
 
 Not I, Sir 
 
 The boys sit in chairs in a circle and are numbered in 
 order. One is chosen to be teacher. He turns to some 
 member of his class, and this conversation takes place: 
 
 Teacher — 'T heard something about you, No. 2, sir." 
 
 Pupil — "What, sir, me, sir?" 
 
 Teacher — "Yes, sir, you, sir." 
 
 Pupil— 'Not I, sir." 
 
 Teacher— ''Who then, sir?" 
 
 Pupil— "No. 5, sir." 
 
 No. 5 then attempts to ask, "What, sir, me, sir?" before 
 the teacher can say, "No. 5 to the foot." If he fails, he 
 goes to the foot of the class, but continues the dialogue 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 123 
 
 with the teacher. The player at the head of the class 
 when the game ends is declared winner. 
 
 Observation 
 
 Send each boy in turn into a room for half a minute; 
 when he comes out take down a list of furniture and 
 articles which he notices. The boy who notices most 
 wins. 
 
 The simplest way of scoring is to make a list of the 
 articles in the room on your scoring paper with a column 
 for marks for each boy, which can then easily be to- 
 taled. 
 
 Paper Race 
 
 Cut up different colored tissue paper into squares about 
 four inches in diameter. The players are lined up at 
 one end of the room, each with a square of paper, and at 
 a given signal they try to fan this paper to the other 
 end with a hat, fan or book. The papers can be num- 
 bered, so if they get mixed the boys can distinguish 
 theirs. 
 
 To vary this game, the papers cam be blown by each 
 boy. 
 
 Pass Ball 
 
 Have the boys divide and form two parallel columns, 
 the boys in each column standing one behind the other. 
 At a given signal a ball is passed between the outspread 
 legs of each column. The last boy in line pic!ks it up, 
 runs to the head of the line, and passes it through the 
 line again, and so on over the course. The line that 
 makes the greatest speed wins. 
 
124 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 This game can be varied by having the boys pass the 
 ball over their heads, or from hand to hand. 
 
 It is also a good game to be played on the campus. 
 
 Tht Rat Hunt 
 
 All the boys seat themselves in a circle on the floor, 
 and one is supplied with a piece of steel, or other article 
 with which to make a scratching noise on the floor. One 
 of the players is appointed Cat, who stands up in the cen- 
 ter of the ring. The holder of the Rat watches an op- 
 portunity to scratch on the floor when the cat is not 
 looking in his direction. The latter turns quickly around 
 to detect and if possible to seize the rat from the boy. 
 The boy, however, passes the rat to another, and so on, 
 the boy holding it scratching whenever the cat's attention 
 is turned in an opposite direction. If the cat succeeds in 
 detecting a boy, and seizes the rat from him, they change 
 places and the game goes on. 
 
 Skunk 
 
 Form a long straight line, each camper standing as 
 close to his neighbor as he can. The leader then shows 
 them how to stand, by bending over just as far forward 
 as possible and still keep the knees stiff and the heels on 
 the floor. Place the left hand on top of the head and ex- 
 tend the index finger of the right hand as far toward the 
 floor as possible. 
 
 The leader calls "Attention ! Take Position !" The 
 end man is tipped off before, so that just as soon as all 
 are in that awkward position he suddenly calls out — 
 "Oh, my, I smell a skunk !" Everybody giggles just 
 enough to make their balance the more insecure, when 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 125 
 
 suddenly the leader gives the man next to him a good 
 shove and the v^^hole line topples over like tenpins. 
 
 Skin the Snake 
 
 Any number of players stand in line at "front dress." 
 Each player stoops over, putting his right hand between 
 his legs and grasping the left hand of the player behind 
 him. At a given signal, the last man in line lies down 
 on his back, putting his feet first between the legs of the 
 player in front of him. The line walks backward, strid- 
 ing the bodies of those behind, and immediately lying 
 down upon having no more to stride. Upon completing 
 the transformation, all are lying on their backs. Then 
 the last man who lay down rises to his feet and strides 
 forward up the line, the rest following as fast as their 
 turn comes. During all these maneuvers the grasp of the 
 hands has not been broken. When performed rapidly 
 this presents a peculiar spectacle, yet it is very simple. 
 — Spalding's "Indoor Games." 
 
 Swatting Flies 
 
 One boy is chosen It, and must bend over so as to draw 
 his trousers tight across the seat. A light slipper is then 
 used as a swatter. The game is to swat the boy bent over 
 without letting him catch you with the slipper in your 
 hands. When he bends over he must close his eyes until 
 the slipper hits, when he can rise up and look. When he 
 catches some boy with the slipper that boy becomes It. 
 Insist on moderation. 
 
 Spider 
 
 Divide your campers into two equal squads, and form 
 them in two lines facing each other. Draw a straight 
 
126 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 line between the rows. Equip each pair of opponents 
 (one on either side of the line) with a stick three feet 
 •long — a green limb will serve the purpose. At a signal 
 each boy attempts to pull his opponent over the line. As 
 soon as a boy steps over the line he is out, and the winner 
 is free to pull with any boy on the other side that may 
 have defeated his opponent. So the struggle goes on, the 
 losers urging their comrades on to greater efforts until all 
 of one side are vanquished. In case a stick is broken, 
 both are out. 
 
 Sword Duel 
 
 Place paper swords (made out of rolled newspaper) in 
 the right hands of two blindfolded boys. Make them 
 kneel on the floor and grasp the same hammer with their 
 left hands. At a given signal they are to begin fencing 
 with the paper swords, each keeping his left hand on the 
 hammer. The one who touches the other on the breast 
 most often in a given time wins. A piece of white cloth 
 may be pinned to the breast as a mark to aim at. 
 
 Seeing and Remembering 
 
 Fill a table with all sorts of things generally found 
 around a camp, such as acorn, stone, corn, leggings, knife, 
 etc. Keep the table covered until ready for use. Then 
 remove the cover and let the boys march around it three 
 times, touching nothing on it, just simply looking. The 
 cover is then replaced, and each boy is requested to write 
 down on paper the objects he saw. The boy making the 
 largest correct list, win5. 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 127 
 
 The Struggle 
 
 Two players face each other about a yard apart, stretch 
 arms out sideways, lock fingers of both hands, and, lean- 
 ing toward each other till their chests touch, push chest 
 to chest, each striving to force the other back to the wall 
 of the room or on to a goal line. At first a very short 
 struggle is sufficient to set their hearts pumping, but 
 after practice for a few days the heart grows stronger, 
 and they can go on for a long time. 
 
 Sculptor 
 
 One of the players is called the Sculptor. While he is 
 looking at the others, they dare not move, and are to 
 remain in a fixed position like statues. The sculptor 
 turns his head and counts up to seven. During the count 
 the players may move; but when the sculptor turns 
 around, if any one is moving he is sent back to the start- 
 ing point, which is at one end of the room. The object 
 is to get to the other end without being caught by the 
 sculptor. 
 
 Sportsman 
 
 The players assume names of various sorts of game — 
 Quail, Bear, Deer, Fox, etc., one being left to represent 
 the Sportsman. All are seated in a circle, to hear the 
 sportsman tell the story of his hunt. When he describes 
 the killing of a certain animal, the player gets up and 
 seats himself on the floor at the sportsman's feet. This 
 continues until all are out of the chairs, and then the 
 sportsman says, 'To your den." Every boy tries to get a 
 chair. The one who fails becomes the sportsman and 
 tells another story. 
 
128 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Shoe the Horse 
 
 Draw all your campers up in a great circle ; have them 
 sit down, remove both shoes, then remove the strings and 
 place them in the toes of the shoes. The shoes are then 
 placed in the center of the circle, and at a signal they all 
 race for the pile, hunt for their shoes, take them to a 
 place of their own choice, put the strings in as they were 
 at first, and put on their shoes. It is very funny. Some 
 boys will not know their own shoes, while others will 
 make desperate efforts to put them on wrong feet, or at 
 least break the shoe strings in the process of lacing them 
 up. The first boy finishing is declared winner and chooses 
 the next stunt. 
 
 Tugs of War 
 
 There are a number of kinds of tugs-of-war, all of 
 which are suitable for boys. 
 
 1. Plain rope tug-of-war for best two out of three. 
 
 2. Leaders sit and place their feet against each other, 
 then take a stout stick in their hands and hold just over 
 a dead line. The teams also sit, spread their legs and 
 grasp the boy in front about the waist. At the signal, 
 all pull. Pull for the best two out of three. 
 
 3. Tie either end of a ten-foot rope about the right 
 feet of two opponents. Let them stand at stride back to 
 back with rope taut until the signal is given. They then 
 pull to see who can pull the other over the dead line 
 first. 
 
 4. Form a circle about a long rope that has been tied 
 together at the ends. Draw a diameter to be used as a 
 dead line — all on one side of the line representing one 
 team and all on the other the other team. The game is 
 to see which side can first pull all the other side over 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 129 
 
 the dead line. The circle must be kept as near round as 
 possible. 
 
 5. Rattlesnake tug-of-war: Sides are chosen with an 
 even number on each side. The boys then lie flat on 
 their stomachs, facing each other, with hands extended, 
 crossing arms with the boy on each side of them, and 
 grasping the hand of the opponent opposite. 
 
 At a signal each side endeavors to pull the other side 
 by simply squirming backward. 
 
 Testing the Sense of Smell 
 
 Prepare a number of paper bags, all alike, and put in 
 each a different-smelling article, such as chopped onion, 
 tan, rose leaves, leather, anise-seed, violet powder, orange 
 peel, etc. Put these packets in a row a couple of feet 
 apart, and let each competitor walk down the line and 
 have five seconds' sniff at each. At the end he has one 
 minute in which to write down or state to the umpire, 
 from memory, the names of the different objects smelled 
 in their correct order. 
 
 Twisted Fish 
 
 The boys are given slips of paper with the following 
 words to untwist into the names of fish: 
 
 1. Lee (Eel) 
 
 2. Utort (Trout) 
 
 3. Sasb (Bass) 
 
 4. Hercp (Perch) 
 
 5. Uns (Sun) 
 
 6. Kermacel (Mackerel) 
 
 7. Kipe (Pike) 
 
 8. Laehw (Whale) 
 
130 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 9. Odrws (Sword) 
 
 10. Kshar (Shark) 
 
 11. Pkericle (Pickerel) 
 
 12. Tea (Cat) 
 
 13. Rpac (Carp) 
 
 14. Lodg (Gold) 
 
 15. Ogd (Dog) 
 
 United States Mail 
 
 This requires a large room with little furniture in it 
 except chairs, which are ranged around the wall at equal 
 distances from each other. A Postmaster is chosen by 
 the company. Each player is given the name of a city, 
 which he records on a letter. When the postmaster calls, 
 "The post is going from Chicago to Boston," the boys 
 bearing these names quickly change seats, while the one 
 who has been blindfolded seeks to secure one of the 
 vacant chairs. If he is successful, the player whose chair 
 he occupies takes his place. Now and then, "General 
 post" is called, when all change seats. The scrimmage 
 which follows provokes no end of fun. 
 
 Whistling Contest 
 Divide the boys into pairs, one of each pair going on 
 one side of the room, and the other opposite. Each boy 
 on one side of the room is handed an envelope contain- 
 ing the name of a familiar tune. At the word from the 
 starter each boy opens his envelope, finds out the name 
 of the tune, then runs across and tries to whistle that 
 tune to his partner. As soon as the partner recognizes 
 the tune, he writes it on a card, and the boy runs back to 
 the starting point. The first one back with the correct 
 tune on his card wins. 
 
STORMY-DAY ACTIVITIES 131 
 
 Watch Your Step 
 
 The boys form a circle, holding hands, and an object, 
 such as a bottle, stool, etc., that will tip over easily when 
 touched, is placed in the center of the circle. The play- 
 ers swing around the object, each trying to make the 
 other tip over the object. The boy who does, drops out, 
 and the game goes on until one boy remains, who is the 
 victor. 
 
 This can be played on the campus also to good advan- 
 tage. 
 
 Wrist Pushing 
 
 To be played by two boys, half facing each other, each 
 putting out the wrist nearest to his opponent, at arm's 
 length ; pressing it against the other's wrist, and trying 
 to turn him around backwards. 
 
 Suggested Games 
 
 The following familiar games that need no explanation 
 can be played to good advantage : 
 
 Bean-bag; Peanut Race; Blind Man's Buff; Going to 
 Jerusalem; Jacob and Rachel; Spin-the-Platter; Stage- 
 coach; Wink; Beast, Bird and Fish; Pinning Tail on 
 Donkey; Passing Clothespins. 
 
 Note — For more games for indoor events, refer to the 
 following books : 'Tndoor Games and Socials for Boys," 
 G. C. Baker; "Games for the Playground, Home, School 
 and Gymnasium," Jessie H. Bancroft. 
 
CHAPTER V 
 
 QUIET GAMES 
 
 There are times in camp when a boy does not want to 
 play active games, but desires a quiet game to play by 
 himself, or with a few fellows, in a tent, or around the 
 fireplace in the lodge. It is worth while to have on hand 
 some of the old-fashioned home games, such as Jack 
 Straws, Authors, Flinch, Checkers, Dominoes, Chess, all 
 kinds of puzzles, Carrom Boards, Parchesi Boards, and 
 many other familiar games. 
 
 Below are a few suggestions of games that the boys 
 can make themselves that will be interesting and played 
 with enthusiasm. 
 
 Bull 
 
 This is a form of quoits that is perennially popular on 
 shipboard, and there is no reason why it cannot be in- 
 troduced in camp, the boys making the outfit. 
 
 Nine rings, made of rope-yarn and about three inches 
 in diameter at the opening, are supplied to each player, 
 who tries to throw them on a "fid" that is placed fifteen 
 or twenty feet away. The fid originally was an iron im- 
 plement so named, used by the sail-maker of the ship for 
 stretching "grummets" or rope rings to the size needed. 
 As employed in the game, it is a cone-shaped piece of 
 wood, set small end upward in a frame of wood. Each 
 player throws three rings and then gives place to another 
 
 132 
 
QUIET GAMES 133 
 
 player, who throws three also, and so on, until each 
 player has thrown his nine rings. Only those rings that 
 encircle the fid and those that rest on the stand of the fid 
 actually count. A ringer counts five points; resting on 
 the fid two points. The game is played for fifty points. 
 
 A Baseball Game 
 
 Draw on a piece of cardboard a diagram as below and 
 cut out the inside of the base circles marked "cut out." 
 The player selected for first go, selects a button which 
 
 • 
 
 KliHT 
 
 
 
 \F/RST 
 
 
 l( OUT )N 
 
 
 Z^^^^— 
 
 
 ^ /^-^ 
 
 / PirCNBR. 
 
 
 U OUT Jj 
 ^,>^ fure. 
 
 8«e ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 BnsB 
 
 
 will drop into these base openings and places the button 
 to the right of the opening marked "home plate." By 
 snapping the button with the forefinger, endeavor to 
 make it drop into first base, second base, third base and 
 back into home plate by making only five shots. Each 
 player doing this makes five points, making it in six shots 
 counts four points, in seven shots three points, and so on 
 
134 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 until nine shots give one point. Each player gets nine 
 tries, an4 the first to make a total of forty points wins 
 the game. 
 
 Game of Boy Scout 
 
 Mark each of thirty cards with a letter and number 
 
 corresponding to each of the squares on the diagram 
 
 below. As many as six boys can play, so the dealer 
 
 selected takes the pack and if six are playing deals out 
 
 A 
 
 B 
 
 C 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 F 
 
 / 
 
 ^ 
 
 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 G- 
 
 H 
 
 / 
 
 J 
 
 K 
 
 L 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 /o 
 
 it 
 
 iZ. 
 
 N 
 
 N 
 
 O 
 
 P 
 
 a 
 
 K 
 
 13 
 
 f^ 
 
 /5 
 
 /6 
 
 17 
 
 fe> 
 
 S 
 
 r 
 
 U 
 
 V 
 
 W 
 
 K 
 
 /9 
 
 Zo 
 
 z/ 
 
 ZZ 
 
 Z3 
 
 ^f 
 
 Y 
 
 Z 
 
 6 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 25 
 
 ze> 
 
 Z7 
 
 z& 
 
 Z3 
 
 SO 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 r 
 
 8 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 3/ 
 
 3^ 
 
 33 
 
 3^ 
 
 35 
 
 36 
 
 five squares to each player. The player to the left of 
 the dealer then lays one of his cards on the table (as in 
 Authors), and each player does the same; after one 
 round the one who has played the highest number gets 
 all the cards on the table and the play starts again. The 
 object is to capture the letters, which will spell Boy 
 Scout, and the player doing so wins the game. In case 
 
QUIET GAME^ 
 
 13^ 
 
 a less number than six play, always take out enough 
 cards to make each player have an even number of cards 
 dealt, but in doing so do not take out any of the letters 
 contained in Boy Scout. 
 
136 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 How Many Feet Can You Dive? 
 
 Draw on a sheet of paper a diagram similar to the one 
 on page 135, and paste on a thin piece of wood. Then 
 drive a pin through each dot and the stunt is ready to 
 try. Tilt the board at an angle with "Start here" upper- 
 most, place a one-cent piece in the space "Start here," 
 and let it drop. The space in which it stops indicates 
 the number of feet you have dived. As a game the first 
 to dive a total of twenty feet wins. 
 
 The Five-Straw Puzzle 
 
 Secure five straws of equal length (about three and 
 one-half inches). The trick is to lift all five, holding 
 
 only the tip of one of them. A glance at the diagram 
 will show the arrangement of the five straws and the coin 
 in their center. The use of the coin is optional. It pre- 
 vents the straws slipping when put together, but it is by 
 no means indispensable. 
 
QUIET GAMES 137 
 
 Hanging 
 
 This game is played by two people only. One of them 
 thinks of a short word and writes upon the paper a 
 series of dashes, one for each letter in the word. At the 
 side of the paper, he draws a rude representation of a 
 gallows. Then he announces: 
 
 'T have a word of four letters. Can you tell me what 
 one of them is?" 
 
 Second Player— 'Is it A?" 
 
 First Player — "No." (He then draws the figure of a 
 head suspended from the gallows.) 
 
 Second Player— "Is it I?" 
 
 First Player — "No." (Gives to the head eyes, nose and 
 a mouth.) 
 
 Second Player — "Is it O?" 
 
 First Player — "Yes." (Places an O under the second 
 dash representing the word.) "Can you tell another let- 
 ter?" 
 
 Second Player — "Is it M?" 
 
 First Player — "No." (Draws a neck to the head.) 
 
 Second Player — "Is it L?" 
 
 First Player — "Yes." (Puts an L under the first dash.) 
 
 Second Player — (Seeing the L and O together) "Is the 
 word 'love'?" 
 
 First Player — "Yes." 
 
 If the second player misses eight guesses, however, 
 without discovering the word, he is "hung," for, at the 
 fourth failure, a torso is added to the figure on the gal- 
 lows; at the fifth, arms; the sixth, hands; the seventh, 
 legs; and at the eighth, feet. 
 
 Instead of words, sentences or proverbs are sometimes 
 guessed, the dashes representing the words to which the 
 guesses are confined. 
 
138 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Game of Hearts 
 
 Draw 'on cardboard the diagram shown below. Each 
 player uses a penny for a "man." The heart is placed on 
 the floor and the player having first try stands directly 
 above the large heart and drops the penny downward 
 
 G> ^ © 
 '^ ® ^ 
 
 from the natural height of the hand. The small heart 
 upon which it may stop, indicates the number of points 
 made. Each player takes his turn and the first one to 
 make a total of thirty hearts wins the game. 
 
 Game of Hockey 
 
 Draw a diagram on a piece of cardboard like the cut 
 below. Cut out the inside of the goal circles marked 
 "cut out," and select a small button for the Puck. Each 
 player then selects a large button instead of using a sti9k 
 
QUIET GAMES 
 
 139 
 
 and the small button or puck is placed on the colored line 
 in the center of the rink. The players select their goal 
 sides and place their buttons on the space to either side 
 
 Loo^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (WrJ) 
 
 of their goal posts. At a signal each player snaps the 
 large button with the forefinger arid endeavors to knock 
 the small button into the rival goal. This is continued 
 until some one gets the small button into the goal open- 
 ing. This counts five points and twenty points consti- 
 tutes a game. 
 
 The Three Matches 
 
 Slit one end of a match and trim that of another into 
 a wedge shape. Insert this latter into the split end of 
 the former, so that the two shall form an acute angle. 
 Place them on the table, the angle upward, and prop them 
 up with another match so that the whole forms a tripod. 
 The trick is to lift this tripod with another match. The 
 method is to Insert the fourth match just inside the point 
 of the tripod, between the two conjoined and the single 
 match, and press the two jqined matches lightly outward 
 
140 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 till the third falls with its upper end on the one you hold. 
 You lower this till the end of the single match passes 
 within the angle formed by the junction of the two first. 
 If you then raise the match you hold in your hand the 
 three others will ride astride upon it, the single match 
 on the one side, the two joined matches on the other. 
 
 Puzzle 
 
 Mark out on a piece of paper the diagram given be- 
 low, and then cut out the spaces containing the numbers. 
 Thd puzzle is to place them in the open spaces opposite 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 2. 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 Z 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 I 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 
 in such a position that the numbers added together total 
 twenty in every up and down column as well as each 
 horizontal column. This may look impossible upon first 
 glance at the numbers, but a little perseverance will 
 solve the problem. 
 
QUIET GAMES 
 
 141 
 
 /OFec-r 
 
 1^ 
 
 _/6 ;;;_ 
 
 J6 2. 
 
 26 " 
 
 30 - 
 
 3Z " 
 
 3t > 
 
 _i6 L 
 
 3ft " 
 
142 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Shot Put 
 
 Have a boy draw a diagram on a piece of cardboard 
 like the cut on page 141, but much larger. The player 
 selected for the first trial places a pin at the line 
 marked "start," and snaps it toward the numbered spaces. 
 The space in which the head of the pin rests will show 
 the number of feet the shot has been put. 
 
CHAPTER VI 
 
 AQUATIC EVENTS 
 
 While the "good old swimming-hole" is not an abso- 
 lute necessity for a successful camp, yet hardly any other 
 camp feature is so helpful in creating a good spirit and 
 enthusiasm. It is natural for the normal average boy to 
 wish to be a good swimmer, and it is the duty of every 
 good camp, if at all possible, to provide an opportunity 
 for the achievement of this natural desire. 
 
 Waiting for the Signal 
 
 The aquatics of any camp should not be made pri- 
 marily a spectacular proposition. The exhibition feature, 
 of course, has its place in inspiring the less proficient to 
 a greater effort, but the primary object of an aquatic pro- 
 
 143 
 
144 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 gram should be to provide healthful exercise and good 
 fun, in which all can have a genuine part — little and big, 
 good SM^immers and beginners. The best w^ay to bring 
 this about is to introduce largely the game idea and en- 
 courage all to take a hand. 
 
 The purpose of this chapter is not to deal v^^ith the 
 technique of swimming. For this, see "At Home in the 
 Water," by George H. Corsan. The object is to suggest 
 a number of aquatic games, stunts, and events to the 
 leader who is looking for suggestions that will add 
 variety to the work he is now doing. 
 
 Certainly the camp that is fortunate enough to have 
 excellent bathing and swimming facilities should derive 
 all possible gain from that natural advantage. 
 
 Aquatic Equipment 
 
 First in importance probably comes a spring-board. 
 One of the difficulties that has been found in many camps 
 is to provide a spring-board that is not too limber for 
 the big boys and too stiff for the small boys. After con- 
 siderable experimenting, Camp Eberhart worked out a 
 scheme that is giving excellent satisfaction. 
 
 They purchased a pair of light, new automobile springs, 
 which they mounted up with spring clips on an oak 
 frame that could be easily adjusted under a very stiff 
 oak plank, the spring responding very much truer to the 
 differences in weight than any sort of a plank that could 
 be found. They also learned that the spring served as a 
 shock absorber on the end of a temporary pier. They 
 have had the same set of springs in place now three 
 seasons and they are as good as new. The pitch and 
 angle of the board can be determined by the location of 
 the springs under the board. 
 
AQUATIC EVENTS 145 
 
 A Diving Tower 
 
 A diving tower adds much, especially for the better 
 swimmers. It should be not more than twenty feet 
 above the water line, and should have at least three 
 platforms on it at different heights from the water. It is 
 preferable to have the diving platforms arranged so that 
 in case of a fall the swimmer will fall directly into the 
 water, and not possibly strike any of the frame structure. 
 
 The simplest and safest diving towers are those built 
 on the end of a raft, for they can then be easily taken 
 ashore and can be placed wherever desired. A splendid raft 
 for such a purpose can be built with very little expense 
 by securing twelve or fourteen vinegar barrels. Give 
 them a good coat of waterproof paint, and then build a 
 stout platform on top of them in a double row of six 
 each. Avoid placing the tower on a corner. The end 
 center is best. 
 
 A Shoot the Chutes 
 
 Much experimenting has been done on shoot the chutes. 
 I believe the best all-round chute is the type shown in 
 the illustration. It is built from the end of the pier. 
 The surface is matched dressed sheathing, covered with 
 zinc, and a handrail of yellow poplar that is kept smooth 
 and well oiled. Water is pumped with a common cistern 
 pump to a barrel on the top platform, and from there 
 fed to the zinc with a small rubber hose. Very little 
 water is needed when zinc is used; its greatest advantage 
 is to keep the zinc free from sand, which cuts out a 
 bathing suit so quickly. Care should always be taken 
 that a boy with an abnormal heart be kept off the chute, 
 if the descent is very exhilarating. 
 
146 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 
 \ 
 
 di. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 
 Ik 
 
 
 l4Ma±^ 
 
 WBi 
 
 fls«. -J. J. 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 \ 
 
 1\ 
 
 L!l!!!iHik 
 
 
 A Model Shoot the Chutes 
 
 Use of Barrels 
 
 Special barrels, well painted with aluminum paint and 
 tethered either to the shore or pier, make a greal deal of 
 fun for the swimmers. If so desired, they can be an- 
 chored out away from shore, either at one end or both. 
 A swivel should be used at the fastening on the barrel, 
 so as to allow the barrel to turn very freely. One of the 
 most exciting of aquatic sports is to see who can ride the 
 "bucking barrel" first out of a group. 
 
 Use of Tubs 
 
 Good wooden tubs are inexpensive and contribute to 
 the smaller boys' enjoyment. If sunk when not in use, 
 they will last an entire season. Tilting from tubs, box- 
 
AQUATIC EVENTS 14; 
 
 ing from tubs, and tub races, using hands for paddles, 
 are all great fun. 
 
 Twenty-five-foot War Canoe Constructed by the Boys 
 
 A Whale 
 
 No camp should be without a whale.^ For real vigor- 
 ous sport in the water a whale hunt is in the lead. Any 
 dry, light log, eight feet long and eight to ten inches in 
 diameter, will do. Bore an inch hole through each end, 
 about four inches from the extreme end, and drive 
 through a piece of good broom handle so it will stick 
 out ten inches on both sides of the log. These sticks 
 should be so that the one at one end is parallel to the 
 water line and at the other perpendicular to the water 
 line. The whale is towed out and placed halfway be- 
 tween the goals. Each team, of which there may be two 
 or four, is given a stout rope, twelve feet long, and sta- 
 tioned in a boat at their own goal. At the given signal 
 all paddle for the whale, tie on as best they can (some 
 contestants in the water, some in the boats) and begin 
 to pull the whale to their respective goals. Team work 
 wins the game invariably, not strength nor expertness 
 in rowing or swimming. 
 
14^^ CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The Trail of the Slippery Rail 
 
 Suspend a long, straight, peeled sapling over the water, 
 and encourage the boys to endeavor to walk it. Interest 
 may be added by placing at the far end an apple or some 
 such visible encouragement. In one camp the rail is 
 fastened at the butt end to the pier with iron bands and 
 is not supported at the far end. Besides being slippery it 
 wiggles and furnishes great fun at no expense what- 
 ever. 
 
 Making Jousting Poles 
 
 An excellent pair of jousting poles may be made by 
 padding the little ends of two stout bamboo fishing poles 
 twelve feet long. Don't make the padding too long, so 
 
 Jousting from Rowboats 
 
 as to make the pole clumsy or heavy on the end. Cover 
 the pad with rubber cloth and bind to the pole with 
 electrical tape. Make certain there is no possibility of 
 the pole end itself getting through and injuring some one. 
 
AQUATIC EVENTS 149 
 
 Water Basket-Bali 
 
 This is a popular game. Baskets can be made of hoops, 
 or even of green hickory saplings. These should be 
 placed on poles five feet above the water line and forty 
 feet apart. The game is played in many different ways, 
 all of which are variations of the regular basket-ball 
 game. Make rules that fit your conditions. 
 
 Water Baseball 
 
 This is great fun on a level, sandy beach, where the 
 water does not exceed three to four feet in depth. The 
 bases and pitcher's box are marked by anchoring blocks 
 of plank at the desired spots. In each block a hole is 
 bored and a small red flag on a stout stick two feet long 
 inserted. Everything counts, and regular rules so far as 
 practicable are used. Five innings are a game. A light 
 runner ball is used and is batted with the open hand. 
 
 Aquatic Stunts 
 
 1. An Old Clothes Race — All contestants dressed in full 
 suit of old clothes, including shoes and hat. At a given 
 signal all run to the water's edge, dive in, swim out to a 
 given point, return and undress. Any swimmer losing 
 any piece of clothing in the race back to land is dis- 
 qualified. 
 
 Another way is to start clothed and undress in the 
 water, returning to shore after swimming to a given 
 point. 
 
 Still another way is to place each pile of clothing on 
 a raft and have each contestant swim out, dress, and. 
 return to shore with all clothing on. 
 
 2. Log Rolling — Secure two symmetrical logs, ten feet 
 
150 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 long or longer. Put two boys on each log, one at either 
 end. Each player, by means of his feet, endeavors to 
 spin the log in the direction that will oppose the other, or 
 upset him by alternating the direction of the whirl. 
 With a little practice boys become very expert at this 
 game, and it makes an excellent exhibition. 
 
 A Boat Race Without Oars 
 
 3. Umbrella Race — On a day with a good even wind 
 a great deal of fun may be had by having umbrella rows 
 in the rowboats or canoes. Make rules to fit the occa- 
 
 4. Hand-paddle Races — Six men to a boat. Have them 
 row out a given distance, then at a signal every fellow 
 aids to paddle the boat in by using his hand as a paddle. 
 If teams are well chosen great speed can be made and an 
 exceedingly good race won. Often the winning lies in the 
 power to guide the boat straight. 
 
 5. Water Pyramids — For exhibition purposes there is 
 nothing more attractive than water pyramids executed 
 
AQUATIC EVENTS 151 
 
 with snap and action. For suitable pyramids see Spal- 
 ding's book "Pyramid Building Without Apparatus," 
 Group 15, No. 287. 
 
 6. Pom-pom Pullaway — This is one of the best of 
 aquatic games, and is played just the same as on the land. 
 Each player caught must help catch the others as they 
 swim from goal to goal upon signal of the captain. 
 
 Water Pyramids 
 
 7. Egg Race — Swim fifty yards with an tgg carried on 
 a teaspoon, the spoon extended in one hand. 
 
 It may also be played by carrying the spoon and tgg 
 held firmly in the teeth. If the Qgg rolls off the spoon, 
 the contestant must dive, secure same, and start over. 
 
 8. A Duck Race — Secure a young duck, clip one wing, 
 or both, so it cannot rise and fly. Loose the duck a 
 given distance from the line of contestants. The game is 
 to bring the duck to land. This causes no end of merri- 
 ment, as oftentimes by flapping its wings the duck forces 
 
152 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 the swimmer to release it when he has the bird nearly in 
 to land. 
 
 9. Candle Race — Give all contestants a lighted candle 
 and let them race fifty yards carrying the candle either 
 in their teeth or extended in one hand. 
 
 10. Water Tag — There is hardly any game of tag that 
 is not also suitable for the water and very popular. 
 
 11. Three-legged Simmming Race — Tie two contestants 
 
 A Camp Boat Crew 
 
 together at the ankle and cause them to hold hands on 
 the adjacent sides. 
 
 12. Hog — This makes fun for many and is simply a 
 ball-passing game. Any method of securing the ball from 
 an opponent is fair. 
 
 13. Water Football — Use a towel for the ball. Line up 
 as in football, and play much the same, the object being 
 to get the wet towel to the goal. It should be played in 
 very shallow water. 
 
 14. Bobbing — Bobbing for corks, apples, or peanuts, is 
 especially good fun for younger boys. 
 
AQUATIC EVENTS 
 
 153 
 
 15. Events for a Water Tournament — 
 50-yard dash. 
 150 yards — back. 
 
 Medley swim — 100 yards, three strokes. 
 Neat and fancy diving. 
 Plunge for distance. 
 Towing man of own weight. 
 Obstacle race. 
 Relay race. 
 100 yards for speed — choice of stroke. 
 
 The Life-Saving Test 
 
 I. Dive into from seven to ten feet of water and bring 
 from the bottom to the surface a loose bag of sand 
 weighing at least five pounds. 
 
 The Life-saving Crew 
 
 2. Swim two hundred yards — one hundred on back, 
 without using the hands — and one hundred using any 
 other stroke. 
 
154- CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 3. Demonstrate: 
 
 a. On land — five methods of release, 
 
 b. In water — two methods of release. 
 
 c. Schaefer method of resuscitation. 
 
 d. Rescue and tow person of own weight a distance 
 
 of ten yards, using two different holds and 
 strokes. 
 
 Illuminated Canoe Parade 
 
 This is an occasion that will arouse great interest and 
 create much rivalry among the boys. Announce about 
 two weeks in advance that a certain night will be given 
 over to an illuminated canoe parade, the boys to decorate 
 the canoes according to their own ideas. The tent dis- 
 playing the best decorated canoe should receive a prize. 
 
CHAPTER VII 
 SONGS FOR THE CAMP 
 
 The tunes of these camp songs are all familiar to any- 
 average group of boys and leaders, especially if there be 
 a sprinkling of college men. 
 
 In the Good Old Camping Time 
 
 C. C. Robinson 
 
 Tune: "In the Good Old Summer Time'* 
 
 There's a time in each year 
 That we boys all hold dear, 
 
 It's good old camping time ; 
 When starched shirts and collar 
 At last make us holler 
 
 For the good old camping time! 
 With baseball and bruises 
 And sunburn and cruises 
 
 Till Ma wouldn't know her own boy, 
 Some skeeters annoying, 
 We can't help enjoying, 
 
 The good old camping time ! 
 
 Chorus 
 
 In the good old camping time, 
 In the good old camping time, 
 Living 'mid the woods and streams 
 What a joy divine! 
 
 We'll give a cheer for , boys ! 
 
 Let it's fame reach every clime, 
 For that's the place we're happy 
 In the good old camping time. 
 
156 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 My Old Kentucky Home, Good-Night 
 
 Key of G 
 
 The sun shines bright in the old Kentucky Home, 
 
 'Tis summer, the darkies are gay; 
 The corn-top's ripe and the meadow's in the bloom, 
 
 While the birds make music all the day; 
 The young folks roll on the little cabin floor. 
 
 All merry, all happy and bright; 
 By'n by hard times comes a-knocking at the door. 
 
 Then my old Kentucky Home, good-night ! 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Weep no more, my lady. Oh ! weep no more to-day ! 
 We will sing one song for the old Kentucky Home, 
 For the old Kentucky Home far away. 
 
 They hunt no more for the 'possum and the coon, 
 
 On the meadow, the hill, and the shore; 
 They sing no more by the glimmer of the moon, 
 
 On the bench by the old cabin door; 
 The day goes by like a shadow o'er the heart, 
 
 With sorrow where all was delight ; 
 The time has come when the darkies have to part. 
 
 Then my old Kentucky Home, good-night ! 
 
 The head must bow, and the back will have to bend. 
 
 Wherever the darkey must go; 
 A few more days and the trouble all wall end 
 
 In the field where the 'sugar-canes grow; 
 A few more days for to tote the weary load, 
 
 No matter, 'twill never be light; 
 A few more days till we totter on the road, 
 
 Then my old Kentucky Home, good-night! 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 157 
 
 Old Black Joe 
 
 Key of D 
 
 Gone are the days when my heart was young and gay; 
 Gone are my friends from the cottonfields away; 
 Gone from the earth to a better land, I know; 
 I hear their gentle voices calling, "Old Black Joe !" 
 
 Chorus 
 
 I'm coming, I'm coming, for my head is bending low; 
 I hear those gentle voices calling, ''Old Black Joe!" 
 
 Why do I weep when my heart should feel no pain? 
 Why do I sigh that my friends come not again. 
 Grieving for forms now departed long ago? 
 I hear their gentle voices calling, "Old Black Joe !" 
 
 Where are the hearts once so happy and so free? 
 The children so dear, that I held upon my knee? 
 Gone to the shore where my soul has long'd to go, 
 I hear their gentle voices calling, "Old Black Joe !" 
 
 Swanee River 
 
 Stephen C. Foster 
 Key of D 
 
 Way down upon de Swanee ribber, 
 
 Far, far away, 
 Dere's where my heart is turning ebber, 
 
 Dere's wha de old folks stay. 
 All up and down de whole creation, 
 
 Sadly I roam. 
 Still longing for de old plantation, 
 
 And for de old folks at home. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 All de world am sad and dreary, 
 
 Everywhere I roam; 
 Oh ! darkies, how my heart grows weary, 
 
 Far from de old folks at home. 
 
158 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 All 'round de little farm I wander'd, 
 
 When I was young; 
 Den many happy days I squander'd, 
 
 Many de songs I sung. 
 When I was playing with my brudder, 
 
 Happy was I ; 
 Oh ! take me to my kind old mudder, 
 
 Dere let me live and die. 
 
 One little hut among de bushes, 
 
 One dat I love, 
 Still sadly to my mem'ry rushes. 
 
 No matter where I rove. 
 When will I see de bees a-humming, 
 
 All 'round de comb? 
 When will I hear de banjo tumming, 
 
 Down in my good old home? 
 
 Tenting on the Old Camp Ground 
 
 Key of A 
 
 We're tenting to-night on the old camp ground. 
 
 Give us a song to cheer 
 Our weary hearts — a song of home 
 
 And friends we love so dear. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Many are the hearts that are weary to-night. 
 Wishing for the war to cease, 
 
 Many are the hearts looking for the right. 
 To see the dawn of peace. 
 
 Tenting to-night, tenting to-night. 
 Tenting on the old camp ground. 
 
 We're tenting to-night on the old camp ground, 
 
 Thinking of days gone by. 
 Of the loved ones at home that gave us the hand, 
 
 And the tear that said "Good-bye !" 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP - 159 
 
 We're tired of war on the old camp ground, 
 
 Many are dead and gone 
 Of the brave and true who've left their homes, 
 
 Others been wounded long. 
 
 We've been fighting to-day on the old camp ground. 
 
 Many are lying near; 
 Some are dead and some are dying, 
 
 Many are in tears. 
 
 The Spanish CavaHer 
 
 Key of E 
 
 A Spanish cavalier stood in his retreat. 
 And on his guitar played a tune, dear, 
 
 The music so sweet, he'd ofttimes repeat, 
 The blessings of my country and you, dear. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Say, darling, say, when I am far away. 
 Sometimes you may think of me, dear. 
 
 Bright sunny days will soon fade away, 
 Remember what I say and be true, dear. 
 
 I'm off now to war, to the war I must go. 
 To fight for my country and you, dear; 
 
 But if I should fall, in vain I would call, 
 The blessing of my country and you, dear. 
 
 And when the war is o'er, to you I'll return, 
 To fight for my country and you, dear; 
 
 But if I be slain, you may seek me in vain, 
 Upon the battlefield you will find me. 
 
 Nellie Was a Lady 
 
 Key of B-iiat 
 
 Down on the Mississippi floating. 
 Long time I trabbel o'er the way; 
 
 All night the cotton-wood I'se toting. 
 Singing for my true lub all the day. 
 
i6o CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Nellie was a lady, last night she died; 
 
 Toll de bell for lubly Nell, my dark Virginia bride. 
 
 Oh, Nellie was a lady, last night she died. 
 
 Toll the bell for lubly Nell, my darkey bride. 
 
 Oh, Nellie was a lady, last night she died, 
 
 Toll the bell for lubly Nell, my darkey bride. 
 
 Now I'se unhappy, and I'se weeping, 
 Can't tote the cotton-wood no more; 
 
 Last night when Nellie was a-sleeping, 
 Death came a-knocking at the door. 
 
 Juanita 
 
 Ke^ of D 
 
 Soft o'er the fountain 
 
 Ling'ring falls the southern moon; 
 Far o'er the mountain 
 
 Breaks the day too soon ! 
 In thy dark eye's splendor. 
 
 Where the warm light loves to dwell. 
 Weary looks, yet tender. 
 
 Speak their fond farewell ! 
 Nita ! Juanita ! 
 
 Ask thy soul if we should part! 
 Nita ! Juanita ! 
 
 Lean thou on my heart. 
 
 When in thy dreaming, 
 
 Moons like these shall shine again, 
 And daylight beaming. 
 
 Prove thy dreams are vain, 
 Wilt thou not, relenting, 
 
 For thine absent lover sigh, 
 In thy heart consenting 
 
 To a pray'r gone by? 
 Nita ! Juanita ! 
 
 Let me linger by thy side ! 
 Nita ! Juanita ! 
 
 Be my own fair bride ! 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP i6i 
 
 Oh, My Darling Clementine 
 
 Key of G 
 
 In a cavern in a canon, 
 
 Excavating for a mine, 
 Dwelt a miner, forty-niner, 
 
 And his daughter Clementine. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Oh, my darling, Oh, my darling, 
 
 Oh, my darling Clementine, 
 You are lost and gone forever, • 
 
 Drefful sorry, Clementine. 
 
 Light she was, and like a fairy. 
 
 And her shoes were number nine, 
 Herring boxes, without topses, 
 
 Sandals were for Clementine. 
 
 Drove she ducklings to the water, 
 
 Ev'ry morning just at nine. 
 Hit her foot against a splinter. 
 
 Fell into the foaming brine. 
 
 Ruby lips above the water, 
 
 Blowing bubbles soft and fine, 
 Alas, for me! I was no swimmer, 
 
 So I lost my Clementine. 
 
 In a churchyard, near the canon. 
 
 Where the myrtle doth entwine, 
 There grow roses and other posies 
 
 Fertilized by Clementine. 
 
 Then the miner, forty-niner, 
 
 Soon began to peak and pine, 
 Thought he ''oughter fine" his daughter : 
 
 Now he's with his Clementine. 
 
 In my dreams she still doth haunt me, 
 Robed in garments soaked in brine, 
 
 Though in life I used to hug her, 
 Now she's dead, I'll draw the line. 
 
i62 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Bonnie 
 
 Key of C 
 
 My Bonnie lies over the ocean, 
 My Bonnie lies over the sea; 
 
 My Bonnie lies over the ocean, 
 Oh, bring back my Bonnie to me. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Bring back, bring back, 
 Bring back my Bonnie to me, 
 Bring back, bring back, 
 
 r\\ 11*1 1 T-k 
 
 to me 
 ie to me. 
 
 Bring back, bring back. 
 Oh ! bring back my Bonn 
 
 Oh, blow, ye winds over the ocean, 
 And blow, ye winds over the sea; 
 
 Oh, blow, ye winds over the ocean, 
 And bring back my Bonnie to me. 
 
 The winds have blown over the ocean. 
 The winds have blown over the sea; 
 
 The winds have blown over the ocean 
 And brought back my Bonnie to me. 
 
 Last night as I lay on my pillow, 
 
 Last night as I lay on my cot. 
 Last night as I lay on my pillow 
 
 I dreamed a mosquito I got — I got. 
 (All clap hands on *T got" as killing a mosquito.) 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Bring back, bring back, O bring back 
 
 Those camp days to me. 
 Bring back, bring back, O bring back 
 
 Those camp days to me. 
 
 Last night as I lay on my pillow — all in ! 
 
 Last night as I lay on my bed; 
 Last night as I lay sound asleep and all in 
 
 I dreamed that my Bonnie was dead. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 163 
 
 The Three Crows 
 
 Key of A-Hat 
 
 1 1 There were three crows sat on a tree 
 
 O Billy Magee Magar ! || 
 There were three crows sat on a tree, 
 And they were black as black could be. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 And they all flapped their wings and cried, 
 
 Billy Magee Magar ! 
 And they all flapped their wings and cried. 
 
 Caw, Caw, Caw, Billy Magee Magar ! 
 
 II Said one old crow unto his mate, 
 
 O Billy Magee Magar ! 1 1 
 Said one old crow unto his mate : 
 ''What shall we do for grub to ate?" 
 
 1 1 "There lies a horse on yonder plain," 
 
 O Billy Magee Magar ! 1 1 
 'There lies a horse on yonder plain. 
 Who's by some cruel butcher slain." 
 
 II "We'll perch ourselves on his backbone," 
 
 O Billy Magee Magar ! 1 1 
 "We'll perch ourselves on his backbone, 
 And pick his eyes out, one by one." 
 
 1 1 "The meat we'll eat before it's stale," 
 
 O Billy Magee Magar! |[ 
 "The meat we'll eat before it's stale, 
 Till nought remains but bones and tail." 
 
 Stars of the Summer Night 
 
 Key of B-Hat 
 
 Stars of the summer night. 
 
 Far in yon azure deeps, 
 Hide, hide your golden light, 
 
 She sleeps, my lady sleeps. ' 
 
i64 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Moon of the summer night, 
 Far down yon western steeps, 
 
 Sink, sink in silver light. 
 She sleeps, my lady sleeps. 
 
 Wind of the summer night, 
 
 Where yonder woodbine creeps, 
 
 Fold, fold, thy pinions light, 
 She sleeps, my lady sleeps. 
 
 Dreams of the summer night, 
 
 Tell her, her lover keeps 
 Watch while in slumbers light 
 
 She sleeps, my lady sleeps. 
 
 The Quilting Party 
 
 Key of D-nat 
 
 In the sky the bright stars glittered. 
 On the bank the pale moon shone; 
 
 And 'twas from Aunt Dinah's quilting party, 
 I was seeing Nellie home. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 I was seeing Nellie home, 
 
 I was seeing Nellie home ; 
 
 And 'twas from Aunt Dinah's quilting party, 
 
 I was seeing Nellie home. 
 
 On my lips a whisper trembled, 
 Trembled till it dared to come; 
 
 And 'twas from Aunt Dinah's quilting party, 
 I was seeing Nellie home. 
 
 On my life new hopes were dawning. 
 And those hopes have lived and grown ; 
 
 And 'twas from Aunt Dinah's quilting party, 
 I was seeing Nellie home. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 165 
 
 Polly-Wolly-Doodle 
 
 Key of G 
 
 Oh, I went down South for to see my Sal; 
 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 My Sally she am a spunky gal, 
 
 Sing 'Tolly- Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Farewell ! Farewell ! Farewell, my fairy fay ! 
 Oh, I'm off to Louisiana, for to see my Susy Anna, 
 Singing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day. 
 
 Oh, my Sal she am a maiden fair ; 
 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 With laughing eyes and curly hair. 
 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 Oh ! I came to a river, an' I couldn't get across, 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 An' I jumped upon a nigger, for I thought he was a hoss, 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 Oh! a grasshopper sittin' on a railroad track, 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 A-pickin' his teef wid a carpet tack. 
 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day! 
 
 Behind de barn, down on my knees, 
 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 I thought I heard a chicken sneeze. 
 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 He sneezed so hard wid de hoopin'-cough, 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 He sneezed his head an' his tail right off. 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 There was an old lady, and she had a bad dream, 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day ! 
 
 She dreamt that a donkey swallowed her sewing-machine. 
 Sing "Polly-Wolly-Doodle" all the day! 
 
i66 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Nut Brown Maiden 
 
 Key of A-Hat 
 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a bright blue eye for love, 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a bright blue eye. 
 
 A bright blue eye is thine love ! 
 
 The glance in it is mine, love ! 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a bright blue eye for love; 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a bright blue eye. 
 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a ruby lip to kiss, 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a ruby lip; 
 
 A ruby lip is thine, love ! 
 
 The kissing of it's mine, love ! 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a ruby lip to kiss, 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a ruby lip. 
 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a slender waist to clasp, 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a slender waist. 
 
 A slender waist is thine, love ! 
 
 The arm around it's mine, love ! 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a slender waist to clasp, 
 Nut brown maiden, thou hast a slender waist. 
 
 Verses may be added indefinitely and cause much mer- 
 riment by running in the various leaders' names. 
 
 Romeo and Juliet 
 
 Tune: "Long, Long Ago" 
 
 Come, now, and listen to my tale of woe 
 
 Of Romeo and Juliet; 
 Cribbed out of Shakespeare and reeking with woe, 
 
 Oh, Romeo and Juliet; 
 Never was story so mournful as that one; 
 If you have tears, now prepare to get at one: 
 Romeo's the thin one and Juliet's the fat one; 
 
 Oh, Romeo and Juliet. ' 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP i^j^-j 
 
 I am the hero of this little tale, 
 
 I'm Romeo, I'm Romeo; 
 I am that very susceptible male, 
 
 I am Romeo, Romeo; 
 Never did a lover dare do as I did. 
 When his best girl to eternity slided; 
 I took cold poison and I suicided; 
 
 I am Romeo, Romeo. 
 
 I am the heroine of this tale of woe, 
 
 I'm Juliet, I'm Juliet; 
 I am the lady who mashed Romeo, 
 
 I'm Juliet, Juliet; 
 Locked in the prison, no pickaxe to force it. 
 Nasty old hole, scarce room to stand or sit; 
 I up and stabbed myself right through the corset: 
 
 I'm Juliet, Juliet. 
 
 This of my tale is the short and long. 
 
 Of Romeo and Juliet; 
 This is the moral of my little song, 
 
 Of Romeo and Juliet: 
 Lovers, I warn you, always be wary, 
 Don't buy your drinks of an apothecary. 
 Don't stab yourself in the left pulmonary 
 
 Like Romeo and Juliet. 
 
 Noah*s Ark 
 
 Key of G 
 
 Old Noah he built himself an ark, 
 There is one wide river to cross- 
 He built it all of hickory bark. 
 There is one wide river to cross. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 There's one wide river, 
 
 And that wide river is Jordan; 
 There's one wide river. 
 
 There's one wide river to cross. 
 
i68 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES. 
 
 The animals went in, one by one, 
 And Japhet with his big bass drum. 
 
 The animals went in two by two, 
 The elephant and the kangaroo. 
 
 The animals went in three by three, 
 The hippopotamus and the bumblebee. 
 
 The animals went in five by five, 
 Shem, Ham, Japhet, and their wives. 
 
 And when he found he had no sail 
 He just ran up his old coat-tail. 
 
 And as they talked of this and that, 
 The ark it bumped on Ararat. 
 
 Then old Noah went on a spree, 
 And banished Ham to Afrikee. 
 
 Perhaps you think there's another verse. 
 But there ain't. 
 
 Two Sons 
 
 Key of F 
 
 There was a farmer had two sons. 
 And these two sons were brothers; 
 
 Bohunkus was the name of one, 
 Josephus was the other. 
 
 Now these two boys they were two sons, 
 And each son was a twin; 
 
 Bohunkus had his father's smile, 
 Josephus had his grin. 
 
 Now these two boys to college went. 
 For reasons quite specific; 
 
 Bohunkus academic was, 
 Josephus scientific. 
 
 Now these two boys to get upon 
 
 The Glee Club did aspire; 
 Bohunkus sang as high as A, 
 
 Josephus somewhat higher. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 169 
 
 Now this Glee Club did travel West — 
 
 "Make money" was its motto; 
 Bohunkus sang the solos to 
 
 Josephus' ob-li-gato. 
 
 Now these two boys are dead and gone, 
 
 Long may their ashes rest ! 
 Bohunkus with the smallpox died, 
 
 Josephus by request. 
 
 Now these two boys, their story told. 
 
 And they did tell it well; 
 Bohunkus he to heaven went, 
 
 Josephus went to Mexico. 
 
 That Goat 
 
 There was a man 
 
 He had a goat — 
 He loved that goat 
 
 Just like a kid. 
 One day that goat, 
 
 Feeling frisk and fine. 
 Ate three red shirts 
 
 From off the line. 
 The man he grabbed 
 
 Him by the back 
 And tied him to a railroad track. 
 
 But when the train 
 Hove into sight 
 
 That goat grew pale 
 And green with fright. 
 
 He heaved a sigh, 
 As if in pain, 
 
 Coughed up those shirts 
 
 And flagged the train. 
 
170 CAMP AND OUTIXG ACTIVITIES 
 
 Mary Had a William Goat 
 
 Mary had a William Goat, 
 William goat, William goat, 
 Mary had a William goat, 
 'Twas lined inside with zinc. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Whoop-ti-doodle, doodle do, 
 
 Doodle do, doodle do ; 
 Whoop-ti-doodle, doodle do, 
 
 'Twas lined inside with zinc. 
 
 It fed on nails and circus bills. 
 And relished hobble skirts. 
 
 One day it ate an oyster can 
 And a clothes-line full of shirts. 
 
 The shirts can do no harm inside — 
 But the oyster can. 
 
 The can was filled with dynamite, 
 Which Billy thought was cheese. 
 
 He rubbed against poor Mary's side 
 For the pain to ease. 
 
 A sudden flash of girl and goat. 
 And they no more were seen. 
 
 Mary's soul has gone to heaven, 
 But Billy's went — there too. 
 
 The Bulldog 
 
 Key of A -flat 
 
 Oh ! the bulldog on the bank, 
 And the bullfrog in the pool. 
 
 The bulldog called the bullfrog 
 A green old water fool. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 171 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Singing tra la la la, la la la. 
 Singing tra la la la la la, 
 Tra la la la, tra la la la, 
 Tra la la la la la. 
 
 Oh! the bulldog stooped to catch him, 
 And the snapper caught his paw, 
 
 The pollywog died a-laughing. 
 To see him wag his jaw. 
 
 Says the monkey to the owl: 
 
 "Oh! what'll you have to drink?" 
 
 "Why, since you are so very kind, 
 I'll take a bottle of ink." 
 
 Oh ! the bulldog in the yard. 
 
 And the tomcat on the roof, 
 Are practicing the Highland Fling, 
 
 And singing opera bouffe. 
 
 Says the tomcat to the dog, 
 
 "Oh! set your ears agog. 
 For Juli's about to tete-a-tete 
 
 With Romeo, incog." 
 
 Says the bulldog to the cat 
 "Oh! what do you think they're at? 
 
 They're spooning in the dead of night, 
 But where's the harm in that?" 
 
 Pharaoh's daughter on the bank. 
 
 Little Moses in the pool. 
 She fished him out with a telegraph pole 
 
 And sent him off to school. 
 
 Birds Are Twittering 
 
 Tune: "Two Little Cabbages a tra la la" 
 
 Dining tent is on the hill. 
 
 That's the place we get our fill; 
 Ice cold tea and chicken pie: 
 
 0, we eat till we nearly die. 
 
172 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Birds are twittering a tra la la la. 
 Birds are twittering a tra la la la. 
 
 Shoot the chutes is on the beach, 
 
 And I'm here to tell you it's a peach; 
 
 You just sit down and then let go, 
 
 And the way you slide ! — it sure ain't slow ! 
 
 This song has one thousand verses, dealing with every 
 character and incident in the camp life. Have all the 
 boys prepare original verses in writing, hand them to 
 the Camp Leader, and then the group sing them over one 
 at a time, giving an eatable prize to the boy with the best 
 verse. It's great fun. 
 
 I Went to the Animal Fair 
 
 I went to the Animal Fair, 
 
 The birds and the beasts were there. 
 The old raccoon, by the light of the moon. 
 
 Was combing his auburn hair. 
 The monkey he got drunk, 
 
 Climbed up the elephant's trunk. 
 The elephant sneezed and fell on his knees — 
 
 O what became of that monk? 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Following the same tune as verse, only repeating — 
 "The monk, the monk." 
 
 Divide the boys into two groups, appoint a leader for 
 each group. Then one group start the song very low 
 and carry it to the chorus, when the other group should 
 take it up just one octave higher, and the first group 
 sing the chorus until No. 2 reaches the chorus, and then 
 they in turn take it one octave higher again; and so on 
 until it is so high it can no longer be reached by the 
 boys. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 173 
 
 Tim Doodle 
 
 Tim Doodle he thought that his 
 
 Sweetheart was dead, 
 And his sweetheart, she thought 
 
 That Tim Doodle was dead. 
 
 Repeat as solo, duet, quartet, special number, by re- 
 quest, grand finale. 
 
 The Leader's Song 
 
 Here's to the Leaders, one and all. 
 Some so short and some so tall ; 
 They're ready for every fellow's call; 
 Here's to the Leaders, one and all. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Away, away with sword and gun, 
 Rub-a-dub-dub, here they come. 
 Looking as if they were out for fun, 
 The Leaders of , Oh ! 
 
 While Mother Was Chasing Her Boy Round the 
 Room 
 
 While mother was chasing her boy round the room, 
 She was chasing her boy round the room; 
 And while she was chasing her boy round the room 
 She was chasing her boy round the room. 
 (Repeat until winded.) 
 
 Wawayanda Waters 
 
 Frank F. Gray 
 When the glory of the morning tips the emerald with 
 
 gold, 
 And the silver-sapphire ripples with its jewel tints untold, 
 Then it is, 'mid nature's beauties that I love again to 
 
 wake. 
 In the glory of the summer, by old Wawayanda's Lake. 
 
174 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Dear old Wawayanda, how I love thy shores, 
 
 With their fringing forests where the wild bird soars. 
 
 Island dotted picture, full of charm for me, 
 
 Ever glad the moment I may tiirn to thee. 
 
 There the songster's note is sweetest; there the breezes 
 
 coolest blow. 
 There the waters blue are calling, calling you and me, 
 
 I know; 
 And I'm longing for the moment when, from year-long 
 
 cares set free, 
 I may leave them all behind me and retreat a while to 
 
 thee. 
 
 In the misty, summer dawning, when the air is cool and 
 
 sweet, 
 In the gleam of humming noonday, with its cheery life 
 
 replete; 
 When the evening stars are twinkling far below and far 
 
 above, 
 Then my heart is ever lightest in the spot I fondly love. 
 — Reprinted by permission of the author. 
 
 Hail! Kiamesha 
 
 R. Paris Edwards 
 Tune: "Alma Mater," Cornell 
 
 Once again are hills resounding 
 With our gladsome songs. 
 
 Here there's happiness abounding 
 For the camping throngs. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Hail to thee, O ! Kiamesha, 
 May sweet mem'ries bring 
 
 To our lives a brighter future 
 As of thee we sing. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP * 175 
 
 When the sun in all its glory 
 
 Rises o'er the hills, 
 Wafted o'er the lake before thee 
 
 Sounds the bugle, shrill. 
 
 E'en the noontide doth adore thee, 
 
 And the sun's bright rays 
 Kiss the sparkling water softly 
 
 As it guides our ways. 
 
 Hail to thee, O ! Kiamesha, 
 
 When comes dark'ning night, 
 And we gather one another 
 
 'Round thy campfire bright. 
 
 Hayo-Went-Ha 
 
 Karl Fisher 
 Tune: "Annie Laurie." 
 
 Old Torch's shores are calling 
 
 To all true Wolverines, 
 Whose young hearts are daily yearning 
 
 For ne'er- forgotten scenes; 
 For ne'er-forgotten scenes, 
 
 Where we all long to be, 
 And for dear old Hayo-Went-Ha 
 
 We will lay us down and dee. 
 
 Her trees are green as shamrocks, 
 
 Her tents are white as snow, 
 And her boys all friends and comrades. 
 
 She shelters ne'er a foe; 
 She shelters ne'er a foe, 
 
 Her love is big and free. 
 And for dear old Hayo-Went-Ha 
 
 We will lay us down and dee. 
 
 We learn to use our muscles. 
 
 We're taught to use our mind, 
 And in all this world of gladness 
 
 No better boys you'll find; 
 
176 cAmP and outing ACTIVITIES 
 
 No better boys you'll find, 
 
 No brighter faces see, 
 And for dear old Hayo-Went-Ha 
 
 We will lay us down and dee. 
 
 We eat beneath the branches, 
 
 We sleep on Nature's breast, 
 And we learn of Him who sends us 
 
 These hours of peaceful rest, 
 These hours of peaceful rest, 
 
 When, Home, we think of thee, 
 And for dear old Hayo-Went-Ha 
 
 We will lay us down and dee. 
 
 We've Been Up to Wawayanda 
 
 Tune: "I've Been Working on the Railroad'* 
 
 We've been up to Wawayanda 
 
 All the livelong day; 
 We've been up to Wawayanda 
 
 Just to pass the time away. 
 Oh, what fun among the mountains 
 
 On our camping site ! 
 We're a jolly bunch of campers — 
 
 Yes, but we're all right. 
 
 Oh, Greenkill 
 
 Melody: "Lord Geoffrey Amherst" 
 
 Oh, Greenkill, a name that's known to fame in days of 
 
 old. 
 Will be known as the Camp we love. 
 Oh, here's to our emblem that is floating free and bold, 
 
 With the flag of our land above. 
 Oh, here's to the tents that gleam so bright against the 
 
 hills of green, 
 Looking o'er the lake's blue sheen. 
 And the sacred spot where glowed the Council Fire 
 
 against the sky. 
 Which has helped us oft to keep our purpose high. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 177 
 
 Refrain 
 
 Oh, Greenkill, fair Greenkill, 
 
 'Twas a name known to fame in days of yore, 
 May she ever be glorious 
 
 Till the sun shall climb the heavens no more. 
 
 Oh, here's to the beauties of the woods, the fields, the 
 lake, 
 And the glories that the sky reveals 
 To the fellows that we meet and to the friendships that 
 we make, 
 And to those who help to make our pleasures real. 
 And here's to the lodge that stands so firm with rustic 
 rail about. 
 And to our tramps o'er the hills afar; 
 And we always greet them in the spring with many a 
 happy shout 
 And the fall comes round our many joys to mar. 
 
 Eberhart 
 
 V. Helmen 
 
 Tune: "There Was a Man, He Had Two Sons* 
 
 If Eberhart is as dear to you. 
 
 As the old camp is to me. 
 Then we'll be back at Eberhart 
 
 For a week or two or three. 
 
 No brighter skies; no better lakes; 
 
 No greener trees abound. 
 Than those our glad eyes rest upon 
 
 Around the old camp grounds. 
 
 The joys we had; the friendships made; 
 
 The fishing, boating, ball — 
 Combine to make the life complete 
 
 And brothers of us all. 
 
178 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 So here we meet again to-night, 
 
 Old Eberhart to praise; 
 To sing the songs and yell the yells 
 
 In memory of those days. 
 
 Songs of the West Side Branch, New York 
 
 William M. Kingsley 
 
 Tune: "Coming Through the Rye," "Yankee Doodle," or 
 "The Son of God Goes Forth to War" 
 
 We "sons of God" are here at work 
 
 Our fellow-men to gain. 
 With plans and hopes and purpose high 
 
 We follow in His train. 
 Our Master's spirit leads us on. 
 
 Like Him we are aflame. 
 We burn to help our brother man, 
 
 Who'll join us in His train? 
 
 To make our comrades pure and true 
 
 This is our steady aim, 
 And if we fail, we falter not, 
 
 But try and try again. 
 To give the largest scope in life 
 
 To body, soul and brain, 
 We strive, as did our loving Lord, 
 
 Who'll join us in His train? 
 
 The Branch needs men of loyal heart 
 
 Who share our purpose true, 
 And in our fast increasing ranks 
 
 We'll make a place for you. 
 Come, brother, be a "son of God" 
 
 And work without refrain, 
 To swell the hosts of men and boys 
 
 Who follow in His train. 
 
 This is the spirit of our Branch 
 
 With it, all hearts endow: 
 One Fatherhood: one brotherhood, 
 
 The time for service— now. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP Ijrg 
 
 Come, members all — both men and boys- 
 Let's serve with might and main 
 
 As did the dear, unselfish Lord. 
 Who'll join us in His Train? 
 
 No. 2 
 
 Almighty Father, King Divine! 
 
 To Thee our song we raise; 
 Accept us as we come in love. 
 
 And fill our lives with praise. 
 Through all the past Thy guiding hand 
 
 Has led us graciously; 
 With grateful hearts we pledge anew — • 
 
 The West Side Branch for Thee ! 
 We thank Thee for the bounteous gifts 
 
 A Father's love bestows; 
 We thank Thee for the plenteous grace 
 
 With which Thy heart o'erflows. 
 In generous measure may we share 
 
 This golden treasury, 
 And all unite to prove in truth, * 
 
 The West Side Branch for Thee! 
 Inspire our souls to noble deeds, 
 
 Our breasts with courage thrill, 
 In faithful service day by day 
 
 Help us to do Thy will. 
 Upon our banner write the words 
 
 That all the world may see — 
 "Almighty Father, King Divine, 
 
 The West Side Branch for Thee !" 
 
 Old Phantom Lake 
 
 Tune: "]ing\ts" 
 I want to go back to Phantom Lake, 
 To dear old Idlewile. 
 Back to yell and dive and swim, 
 To shoot the chute and burn my skin. 
 I want to go back, 
 I've got to go back. 
 To Phantom Lake. 
 
i8o CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 For the third and fourth lines substitute the following 
 couplets : 
 
 Back to feel how Amos bites, 
 Back to see our friends the Whites. 
 
 Back to see them eat the grub, 
 Back to join the bonehead club. 
 
 Back to see the top cot sag, 
 Back to hear those leaders brag. 
 
 Back to catch a five-pound fish, 
 If that is not too great a wish. 
 
 To hear our Doc, sedate and wise, 
 Award the tent and table prize. 
 
 Back for baseball, tennis, too. 
 Games galore, some old, some new. 
 
 Back to hear that rising call, 
 How I love it, not at all. 
 
 Back to hear that bugle blow, 
 "Dash for the pole" — or dinner, so. 
 
 Back to see the campfire burn, 
 Sing these songs, and stories learn. 
 
 Back to hear those noises shrill, 
 And in the woods get many a thrill. 
 
 Back, etc., ad infinitum. 
 
 Wawayanda Grace 
 
 Frank F. Gray 
 Morning 
 
 Gracious giver of all good, 
 Thee we thank for rest and food, 
 Grant that all we do or say 
 In Thy service be this day. Amen. 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP .181 
 
 Noon 
 
 Father, for this noonday meal 
 We would speak the praise we feel, 
 Health and strength we have from Thee, 
 Help us, Lord, to faithful be. Amen. 
 
 Night 
 
 Tireless guardian o'er our way, 
 Thou hast kept us well this day. 
 While we thank Thee we request 
 Care continued, pardon, rest. Amen. 
 
 — Reprinted by permission of the author. 
 
 Association Boys' Hymn 
 
 George E. Day 
 Tunes: "Materna," "All Saints'* 
 
 O Jesus, Prince of life and truth. 
 
 Beneath Thy banner bright 
 We dedicate our strength and youth 
 
 To battle for the right; 
 We give our lives with glad intent 
 
 To serve the world and Thee, 
 To die, to suffer and be spent, 
 
 To set our brothers free. 
 
 In serried ranks, with fearless tread, 
 
 O Captain of us all. 
 Thy glory on our banners shed. 
 
 We answer to Thy call; 
 And where the fiercest battles press 
 
 Against the hosts of sin. 
 To rescue those in dire distress 
 
 We gladly enter in. 
 
 O Jesus, once, like us, a boy. 
 
 And tempted like as we. 
 All inward foes help us destroy 
 
 And spotless all to be. 
 
i82 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 We trust Thee for the grace to win 
 The high, victorious goal 
 
 Where purity shall conquer sin, 
 In Christ-like self-control. 
 
 With regiment on regiment, 
 
 We valiantly go forth, 
 No line divides the continent, 
 
 East, w^est, or south, or north ; 
 And where the hills of glory shine 
 
 With light supremely fair 
 Each loyal lad shall still be Thine 
 
 And in Thy triumph share. 
 
 Onward, Christian Campers 
 
 Tune: "Onward, Christian Soldiers" 
 
 Onward, husky campers, marching on to war, 
 With a flag of honor going on before. 
 God, our Royal Master, leads against the foe. 
 Forward into battle, see our campers go. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Onward, husky campers, marching on to war, 
 With Camp 's banners going on before. 
 
 Like a mighty army, moves our husky lot. 
 Fellows, we are fighting where the rest have fought. 
 We are not divided, all one Camp are we — 
 One in love and friendship, one in loyalty. 
 
 Onward, then, you fellows, join our happy throng. 
 Blend with ours your voices in the camping song — 
 Glory, praise, and honor unto God the King, 
 This through countless ages campers all will sing. 
 
SOXGS FOR THE CAMP 183 
 
 Evening Prayer 
 
 Tune: "Saviour, Breathe an Evening Blessing" 
 
 Nov^ the sun is slowly sinking 
 O'er the waters dark and deep; 
 
 And our hearts are heavenward turning 
 To our Master, ere we sleep. 
 
 While the hush of summer twilight 
 
 Steals upon our spirits here, 
 Wilt Thou, Lord, descend among us, 
 
 Let us feel Thy presence near. 
 
 For the day and all its pleasures 
 
 Grateful thanks we render now; 
 May our lives pass on the blessing 
 
 None could give to us but Thou. 
 
 May each camper come to know Thee 
 
 As his strong, abiding Friend; 
 May we in our hearts determine 
 
 We will serve Thee to the end. 
 
 America 
 
 My country, 'tis of thee, 
 Sweet land of liberty. 
 
 Of thee I sing; 
 Land where my fathers died, 
 Land of the pilgrim's pride. 
 From every mountain side 
 
 Let freedom ring. 
 
 Thy silver eastern strands 
 Thy Golden Gate, that stands 
 
 Fronting the west; 
 Thy flowery Southland fair. 
 Thy sweet and crystal air. 
 Oh, land beyond compare, 
 
 Thee I love .best. 
 
i84 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Let music swell the breeze, 
 And ring from all the trees 
 
 Sweet freedom's song; 
 Let mortal tongues awake, 
 Let all that breathe partake; 
 Let rocks their silence break. 
 
 That sound prolong. 
 
 Our fathers' God, to Thee, 
 Author of liberty, 
 
 To Thee we sing. 
 Long may our land be bright 
 With freedom's holy light, 
 Protect us by Thy might, 
 
 Great God, our King. 
 
 My native country, thee. 
 Land of the noble free. 
 
 Thy name I love; 
 I love thy rocks and rills, 
 Thy woods and templed hills; 
 My heart with rapture thrills 
 
 Like that above. 
 
 I love thy inland seas. 
 Thy groves and giant trees, 
 
 Thy rolling plains; 
 Thy rivers' mighty sweep. 
 Thy mystic canyons deep, 
 Thy mountains wild and steep, 
 
 All thy domains. 
 
 God bless our native land, 
 Firm may she ever stand 
 
 Through storm and night; 
 When the wild tempests rave, 
 Ruler of wind and wave, 
 Do Thou our country save 
 
 By Thy great might. 
 
 For her our prayers shall rise 
 To God, above the skies; 
 On Him we wait; 
 
SONGS FOR THE CAMP 185 
 
 Thou who art ever nigh, 
 Guarding with watchful eye, 
 To Thee aloud we cry, 
 God save the State. 
 
 The New "America" 
 
 Tune: "Materna" 
 
 O beautiful for pilgrim feet. 
 
 Whose stern, impassioned stress 
 A thoroughfare for freedom beat 
 
 Across the wilderness; 
 America ! • America ! 
 
 God mend thine every flaw. 
 Confirm thy soul in self-control, 
 
 Thy liberty in law. 
 
 O beautiful for patriot dream 
 
 That sees beyond thy years, 
 Thine alabaster cities gleam 
 
 Undimmed by human tears; 
 America ! America ! 
 
 God shed His grace on thee, 
 And crown thy good with brotherhood 
 
 From sea to shining sea. 
 
 Good-Night 
 
 Key of C 
 
 Good-night, ladies ! 
 Good-night, ladies ! 
 Good-night, ladies ! 
 We're going to leave you now. 
 
 Chorus 
 
 Merrily we roll along, roll along, roll along; 
 Merrily we roll along, o'er the dark blue sea. 
 
i86 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Farewell, ladies ! 
 Farewell, ladies ! 
 Farewell, ladies ! 
 We're going to leave you now. 
 
 Sweet dreams, ladies ! 
 Sweet dreams, ladies ! 
 Sweet dreams, ladies ! 
 We're going to leave you now. 
 
CHAPTER VIII 
 SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 
 
 Camp Adventures 
 
 Deep in the heart of every real boy is a keen love of 
 anything that borders on true adventure. In the days 
 gone by every boy had more or less experience that satis- 
 fied that longing, but to the average city boy a real ad- 
 venture in darksome forests, from which pours the ever- 
 plaintive cry of the hoot-owl, or the bay of the timber 
 wolf, or the thrilling bark of the coyote, is almost un- 
 known. City boys are in many ways far more gullible 
 than the country boy and, if carefully supervised and 
 wisely handled, I believe in an occasional "fake" adven- 
 ture for a boys' summer camp. 
 
 Incidentally these little fakes are very often an eye- 
 opener to many a boy. Time after time they have been 
 the means of starting the "victim" on a better path, to 
 say nothing of the evening's joy for the entire camp. It 
 makes something to talk about, and I believe never has 
 a bad effect, if the camp enters into it with a real spirit 
 of fun. 
 
 Probably the best known of all of these stunts is the 
 historic Snipe Hunt, which needs no description. Per- 
 haps the others are not so well known, but are neverthe- 
 less interesting. They are offered here for what they 
 
 187 
 
i88 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 are worth, and will need to be adapted to local conditions 
 in every case. 
 
 I. Frost Fishing 
 
 A trip is made to some distant lonely shore where the 
 trees are dark and the country rough and wild. Of 
 course the object of the trip is explained by the man with 
 the greatest imagination as a trip to catch the hordes of 
 finny monsters that, tradition says, flock to that particu- 
 lar point one night every year, the night chosen being 
 the night they are expected. It is the night of the first 
 frost, and it has the effect of driving all fish to shore. 
 
 After the journey is made through the darkest woods, 
 where absolute silence is maintained, the fishermen are 
 all lined on the shore in a silent line, each fisherman 
 with a bag into which to put his catch. 
 
 The boys are eager and intent and watch every ripple 
 for the approaching shoals of fish. The silence is per- 
 fect except for the many night sounds — the bay of a 
 lonesome dog drifts across the still night air; a great owl 
 inquires of his neighbors the cause of this strange spec- 
 tacle, and then the human wolf or bear, or whatever he 
 may be, looses his hungry cry far away, then nearer. 
 There is a splash and many ripples; there is keen antici- 
 pation all along the line; and then — splash, splash, splash 
 — one after another the victims are easily tipped over 
 into the water from their strained positions by those who 
 are "wise." Some one shouts "Bear !" and there is five 
 moments of real excitement, and then the hearty laugh, 
 and the songs and yells, and the "suckers" are aided to 
 dry themselves by a roaring fire. It is a jolly evening's 
 fun, and made complete by a surprise of good eats be- 
 fore the journey homeward is begun. 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 189 
 
 2. A Coon Hunt 
 
 One of the very best of such stunts is a coon hunt, 
 which can be well arranged with very little trouble by 
 securing a cat and fastening him safely in a tall young 
 tree in the woods. Proceed as in a regular coon hunt 
 with a dog to find the coon tree. The excitement will run 
 high. When the coon tree is located, cast lots to see 
 who will be the honored tree-chopper. Chop the tree 
 and bag the coon and bear him safely to camp in a burlap 
 bag, carefully suspended from a long pole and borne by 
 two mighty hunters. 
 
 If carefully prepared, it will not be discovered until 
 the bag is opened at the campfire after the hunt. Try 
 this once. Choose a dark night and use but one lantern, 
 which manage to smoke up pretty black just before the 
 tree falls. 
 
 Archery- 
 Many camps are now using archery as one of the es- 
 tablished activities and are finding it attractive to at least 
 a certain group. 
 
 If it is the desire to have the boys make their own 
 weapons, excellent illustrations and directions will be 
 found in the "Scout Manual," also in "Ralph in the 
 Woods" by Ernest Thompson Seton. 
 
 If, however, you wish to use ready-made equipment, 
 consult the archery catalogue of any good dealer in 
 sporting goods. 
 
 Aeroplane Ride 
 
 This is very realistic, and will afford much merriment. 
 Choose four boys from the group, three that can keep 
 from laughing while carrying out their parts, and one a 
 
190 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 good talker, to act as guide. After the boys who wish 
 to take a ride in an aeroplane are put into one of the 
 tents, the guide chooses one, blindfolds him, and as he is 
 leading him to the aeroplane, which is located in some 
 suitable place in camp, explains in thrilling terms the 
 sensations and dangers of a ride through the air. After 
 working up the boy to a pitch of excitement, he is led 
 to the aeroplane and told to mount it. The aeroplane is 
 a broad board, with each end resting on a stack of books. 
 A boy is stationed at each end. Another boy with a 
 cane, called the pilot, stands in front of the board, and 
 the rider is told to rest his hands on his shoulders to 
 steady himself. At a signal to start the boys at the end 
 of the plank shake the board gently, and the pilot gradu- 
 ally moves up and down. The sensation is perfect. If a 
 motor of some kind is handy, to imitate the engine of 
 the aeroplane, it will be till* more realistic. 
 
 Building a Log Cabin 
 
 There are as many different kinds of log cabins as 
 of any other architecture. It is best to begin with the 
 simplest. The tools needed are a sharp ax, a crosscut 
 saw, an inch auger, and a spade. It is possible to get 
 along with nothing but an ax (many settlers had no 
 other tool), but the spade, saw, and auger save much 
 work. 
 
 For the site select a high, dry place, in or near the 
 woods, and close to drinking water. It should be a sunny 
 place, and with a view, preferably one facing south or 
 east. Clear off and level the ground. Then bring your 
 logs. These are more picturesque with the bark left on, 
 but last longer peeled. Eight feet by twelve feet outside 
 makes a good cabin for thr^^ or four boys. 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 
 
 191 
 
 Cut and carry about twelve logs, each ten feet long, 
 and twelve more, each fourteen feet long. The logs 
 should be at least six inches through. Soft wood is pref- 
 erable, as it is easier to handle ; the four ground logs, or 
 sills, at least, should be of cedar, chestnut, or other wood 
 that does not rot. Lay two of the fourteen-foot logs 
 
 ^f^m^^H 
 
 >, « .*«■!' 
 
 Ready to Build a Cabin 
 
 on the ground, at the places for the long sides, and seven 
 feet apart. Then across them, at the end, lay two short 
 ones, eleven feet apart. This leaves about a foot pro- 
 jecting from each log. Roll the last two into their rest- 
 ing-places, and flatten them till they sit firmly. It is of 
 prime importance that each log rest immovable on the 
 one below. Now dress the upper part of each end log, 
 to an edge over each corner. 
 
 Next put on two long logs, roll them onto the middle, 
 taking care to change off, so the big end at a given cor- 
 
192 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 ner may be followed next time by the small end and in- 
 sure the corner rising evenly. Roll one of these large 
 logs close to where it is to be placed, then cut on its up- 
 
 Cabin Diagrams 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 193 
 
 per surface at each end a notch corresponding with the 
 ridge on the log it is to ride on. When ready half a roll 
 drops it into place. The log should be one to three inches 
 above the one under it, and should not touch except the 
 ends. Repeat the process now with the other sides, then 
 the two ends, etc., always keeping the line of the corner 
 plumb. As the walls rise, it will be found necessary to 
 skid the larger logs; that is, roll them up on two long 
 logs, or skids, leaning against the wall (Fig. 2). 
 
 When the logs are in place to the height of four and 
 a half feet from the ground, it is time to decide where 
 the door and window are to be; and at that place, while 
 the next log is lying on top, bottom up, cut out a piece 
 four feet long and four inches deep. Roll this log into 
 place (Fig. 3). One more log above this, or certainly 
 two, will make your shanty high enough for boys. Put 
 on final end logs, then two others across the shanty (Fig. 
 4). Roll up the biggest, strongest log of all for the ridge 
 (sometimes two are used side by side) ; it should lie along 
 the middle of the four cross pieces. (Shown in Fig. 4.) 
 
 The two cross logs (B and C) and the ridge log should 
 be very strong, as the roof is heavy. 
 
 Now we are ready to cut the doorway and window. 
 
 First, drive in blocks of wood between each of the 
 logs, all the way down from A to the ground, and from 
 B down to D, and C to E (Fig. 5). Saw down now from 
 A half way through the ground log F. Then from B 
 down to half way through the log D ; now continue from 
 G, cutting down to half through the ground log. Use 
 the ax to split out the upper half of the ground log, be- 
 tween the saw cuts and also the upper half of the log D. 
 
 Hew a flat piece of soft wood, five or six inches wide, 
 about two inches thick, and as long as the height of this 
 
194 CAMP AND OUTIXG ACTIVITIES 
 
 doorway. Set it up a,c:ainst the ends of the logs A to F. 
 Bore an auger hole through it into the end of each log 
 (these holes must not he in line lest they split the jamb), 
 including the top and bottom ones, and drive into each a 
 pin of oak. This holds all safely. Do the same on the 
 ©ther side, H to E, and put a small one down, B, D, 
 which is the side of the window. 
 
 Now wc arc ready to finish the roof. Use the ax to 
 bevel off the corners of the four cross-logs, A and B 
 (Fig. 6). Then get a lot of strong poles, about five feet 
 long, and lay them close together along the two sides of 
 the roof till it is covered with poles, putting a very heavy 
 one, or small log, on the outer edge of each, and fasten- 
 ing it down with a pin into the ridge log. Cut two long 
 poles and lay one on each of the lower ends of the roof 
 poles, as at A, B, and C (Fig. /), pinning them to the 
 side logs. 
 
 Cover this roof with a foot of hay or straw or grass, 
 and cover that again evenly with about four inches of 
 stiff clay. Pack this down. It will soon squeeze all 
 that foot of straw down to little more than one inch, and 
 will make a warm and water-tight roof. As the clay is 
 very heavy, it is wise, before going inside, to test the 
 roof by jumping on it. If it gives too much, it will be 
 well to add a center prop. 
 
 Now for the door. Hew out planks ; two should be 
 enough. Fasten these together with two cross-pieces and 
 one angle-piece, using oak pegs instead of nails, if you 
 wish to be truly primitive. For these the holes should 
 be bored part way with a gimlet, and a peg used larger 
 than the hole. The lower end of the back plank is left 
 projecting in a point (Fig. 8). This point fits into a hole 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 
 
 195 
 
 pecked with a point or bored with an auger into the door- 
 sill. 
 
 Bore another hole near the top of the door (A), and a 
 corresponding one through the door-jamb between two 
 logs. Set the door in place. A strip of rawhide leather, 
 
 1- ^ 
 
 0mM^ ^ \ 
 
 ^ 
 
 'wm^ -**: i--^ • 
 
 
 The Finished Molwtain Home 
 
 a limber willow branch, or a strip of hickory put through 
 the auger hole of the door and wedged into the hole in 
 the jamb, makes a truly wildwood hinge. A peg in the 
 front jamb prevents the door going too far out, and a 
 string and peg inside answer for a latch. 
 
 The window opening may be closed with a glass sash, 
 with a piece of muslin, or with the raw hide of an ani- 
 mal, scraped clear of hair and stretched on a frame. 
 
196 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 It now remains to chink and plaster the place. Chink- 
 ing is best done from the inside. Long, triangular strips 
 and blocks of wood are driven in between the logs and 
 fastened there with oak pins driven into the lower log 
 till nothing but small crannies remain. Some cabins are 
 finished with moss plugged into all the crannies, but mud 
 worked into plaster does better. It should be put on the 
 outside first, and afterward finished from the inside. It 
 is best done really with two plasterers working together, 
 one inside and one out. 
 
 This completes the shanty, but a bunk and fireplace are 
 usually added. The fireplace may be in one corner, or in 
 the middle of the end. It is easiest to make in the corner. 
 Across the corner peg three angle braces, each roout three 
 feet long. These are to prevent the chimney falling for- 
 ward. 
 
 Now begin to build a fireplace with stone (Fig. 9), 
 using mud as mortar. Make the opening about eighteen 
 inches across; carry it up two feet high, drawing it in a 
 little, then lay a long stone across the front, after which 
 build up the flue behind the corner braces right up to the 
 roof. The top corner-piece carries the rafter, which may 
 be cut off to make an opening for the flue. Build up the 
 chimney outside as high as the highest part of the ridge. 
 
 The ideal fireplace, however, is made with the chimney 
 on the outside of the cabin, at the middle of the end 
 farthest from the door. For this you must cut a hole in 
 the end log, like a big, low window, pegging a jamb on 
 the ends as before. With stones and mud now build a 
 fireplace inside the shanty, with the big chimney carried 
 up outside, always taking care that there are several 
 inches of mud or stone between the fire and any of the 
 Logs. In country where stone cannot be found the fire- 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 197 
 
 place is often built of mud, sustained by an outside crib- 
 bing of logs. If the flue is fair size, that is, say one- 
 quarter the size of the fireplace opening, it will be sure 
 to draw. 
 
 The bunk should be made before the chinks are plas- 
 tered, as the hammering is apt to loosen the mud. Cut 
 eight or ten poles a foot longer than you need the bunk; 
 cut the end of each into a flat board and drive these be- 
 tween the long logs at the right height and place for the 
 bunk, supporting the other end on a crosspiece from a 
 post to the wall. Put a very big pole on the outer side, 
 and all is ready for the bed; niost woodsmen make this 
 of small fir boughs. 
 
 There are two other well-known ways of cornering the 
 logs — one is simply flattening the logs where they touch. 
 This, as well as the first one, is known in the backwoods 
 of Canada as ''hog-pen finish." The really skilful woods- 
 men of the north always "dovetail" the corners and saw 
 them flush (Fig. 10). 
 
 Sometimes it is desirable to make a higher gable than 
 that which one ridge log can make. Then it is made as 
 in Fig. II. 
 
 This is as much slope as a clay roof should have; with 
 any more, the clay would wash off. 
 
 This is the simplest way to build a log cabin, but it 
 illustrates all the main principles of log building. Shingle 
 roofs and gables, broad piazzas outside, and modern fit- 
 ting inside, are often added nowadays in summer camps, 
 but it must be clear that the more towny you make the 
 cabin, the less woodsy it is, and less likely to be the com- 
 plete rest and change that is desired. 
 —Ernest Thompson Seton, reprinted from Country Life 
 in America. 
 
198 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 For fuller instructions, see "Log Cabins and Cottages," 
 William S. Wicks, or "Shelters, Shacks and Shanties," 
 Dan C. Beard. 
 
 The Camp Circus 
 
 This may be made very elaborate or very simple, as 
 the time will allow, but it is a great event to arouse en- 
 thusiasm. Usually each tent is made responsible for a 
 stunt, supplying costumes and paraphernalia. A large 
 pole, planted in the middle of a flat 'piece of ground, sug- 
 gests the big tent, and this may be made more realistic 
 by hanging on it several lighted gasoline torches and 
 stretching a number of ropes from it to pegs driven into 
 the ground. Sawdust makes splendid rings, or even sand 
 from the beach. 
 
 The "Chicago Simply Awful" orchestra will furnish 
 the music, using zoboes that may be secured of any good 
 music house for ten cents apiece. 
 
 The Ringmaster is important and should be a lively 
 fellow, full of fun, who can make things go. There 
 should be the usual "barkers" with tickets, which may be 
 bought with all sorts of articles, such as pins, fish hooks, 
 jack-knives, things to eat, shoe strings and toilet soap. 
 It often helps to give ice cream to the tent having the 
 best and most original stunt. Make every tent pay a for- 
 feit that holds up the program. This keeps things mov- 
 ing. 
 
 The following list of acts are merely suggestive and 
 must be adapted to local conditions: 
 
 I. The Tame Giraffe, operated by two campers and 
 a trainer. The giraffe can tell time, identify . campers, 
 find the biggest pig in camp, the fellow who is always 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 199 
 
 last, the one who is most fond of the girls, and so on. 
 He also dances all the funny dances. 
 
 Elephant, horse, cow, Texas steer, ostrich, mule, and 
 other animals may be made up in the same way. A little 
 care in making the head insures an animal that will pro- 
 voke much laughter. 
 
 2. A Female Horse-riding Artist is easily arranged — 
 two campers forming the horse, while a very small boy, 
 dressed as a circus beauty, rides on one of the boys' backs, 
 bowing and throwing kisses, jumping through a hoop cov- 
 ered with paper, leaping to the ground, then to the horse's 
 back again. This stunt is better just as action without 
 talk. 
 
 3. Tumbling Stunts are always acceptable. For spe- 
 cific information, see various tumbling books and pam- 
 phlets. 
 
 4. Pyramid Building is always attractive, and espe- 
 cially so by the light of a blazing fire. For simple pyra- 
 mids, see Spalding's Book, No. 327, "Pyramid Building 
 Without Apparatus." 
 
 A very pretty effect may be produced by having four 
 boys prepare pine knot fagots in the form of crude In- 
 dian clubs, light them, stand far back in the dark, then 
 swing all together. In case fat pine is not available, 
 creditable torches may be made by fastening sponges on 
 the end of Indian clubs, regular or home-made, then dip- 
 ping the sponges into a mixture of melted parafiine and 
 coal oil. The lights may be colored by adding various 
 chemicals to the mixture — red, violet, yellow, green. 
 
 5. A slack wire stunt may be pulled off with a little 
 practice and the use of a long light pole for balancing. 
 
 6. The Incubator Baby that weighs three hundred 
 pounds and consumes ten gallons of milk daily. 
 
200 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 7. Ella, the Snake Charmer, charms both snakes and 
 people. 
 
 8. The double-bodied man. 
 
 9. The original missing link. 
 
 10. The wax works, exhibiting the latest fashions. 
 
 11. Redundancy and Duplicate, the Siamese Twins. 
 
 12. Mr. and Mrs. Longitude and son, Laddietude, the 
 tall family. Easily arranged on stilts. 
 
 13. Mrs. Rotunda and daughter, Cupola, the fat fam- 
 ily. 
 
 14. The Bearded Lady — a woman of great beauty, 
 whose physiognomy was marred by an overdose of Her- 
 picide. 
 
 15. Ichabod, the Living Skeleton. 
 
 Clown Stunts 
 
 1. Down With King Alcohol. Two clowns rolling a 
 barrel and followed by other clowns, all with cups. The 
 barrel is turned on end and tapped, while all sing the 
 old song, "Down with King Alcohol" — 
 
 "We're coming, we're coming, 
 
 A brave little band. 
 On the right side of temperance 
 
 We now take our stand. 
 We don't chew tobacco. 
 
 And neither do we drink. 
 For them that does do it 
 
 Most always do — smell bad." 
 
 (Make a rapid exit.) 
 
 2. One clown enters with a bucket of water, sprinkles 
 it freely about and goes out. With a great whoop, in 
 dash the others, all in bathing suits, and promptly dive 
 into the lake created by the sprinkling. All sorts of 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 201 
 
 strokes, fancy dives, and swimming races are indulged in 
 until one clown cries for help, holds his nose and appar- 
 ently goes under. The rest rush to the rescue, drag 
 the clown out and use all sorts of methods to revive him. 
 If well done, this is a good number. 
 
 3. A boat race is easily conducted by fastening two 
 long, slender poles together boat-shaped, a camper stand- 
 ing in each boat holding a miniature sail in his hand. 
 By slipping a slender sapling down his neck in the back 
 it is easy to fly a flag, and, if a lantern is available, the 
 ship is ready to sail. This may be made more ridiculous 
 by the other clowns urging the boats along by fanning 
 the sails, pumping a pump to create air and blowing hard 
 with their cheeks. If some old cloth is available it can 
 be tacked to the poles and allowed to hang to the ground. 
 Large rudders may also be added, and a smokestack, if 
 desired. 
 
 4. The Misfit Army is very comical and should be 
 made up of a squad of six or eight campers as widely 
 different in build as possible. The smallest and the larg- 
 est, the thinnest and the fattest, the funniest and the 
 clumsiest, all to be armed with sticks and drilled by the 
 captain, who wears his hat, coat and pants backward, and 
 his sword held against the back of his shoulder. While 
 he is really walking right, it appears he is following his 
 soldiers with all but his head. His orders should all be 
 laughter-provoking, and each member of his squad should 
 obey a different command. For instance, he orders "Sha- 
 roots!" for Salute, and one soldier comes to a parade 
 rest, another ports arms, another presents arms, another 
 aims ready to fire, and so forth. Other orders might 
 be— "Company Begin" for "Company March"; "Stop" 
 for "Halt." 
 
202 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 5. A Baseball Game, in which one clown is all play- 
 ers, and plays every position, all in pantomime. 
 
 6. A clown goes fishing with an immense pole and 
 has great luck (all pantomime). Finally he throws his 
 line over back of him and another clown fastens on a 
 la;-ge turtle. The clown faints dead away at seeing it 
 coming out of the water, and the other clowns hasten: to 
 revive him by dowsing bucket after bucket of water all 
 over him. 
 
 College Night 
 
 Assign different colleges to the various tents about a 
 week in advance, and have them prepare a particular 
 stunt to represent that college. Of course, they give their 
 college yell, sing songs, etc. This can be made a very 
 profitable occasion. 
 
 The Indoor Track Meet can be used to advantage with 
 this night. 
 
 Camp Booklets 
 
 Exchange camp booklets with as large a number of 
 other camps as possible and have all the booklets where 
 the boys can look them over. They will create a great 
 deal of interest. 
 
 The same plan may be followed out with kodak pic- 
 tures of representative events. Establish an exchange. 
 
 A Bean Bake 
 
 When planning an all-day hike into the woods or to a 
 neighboring lake, let a select group go out to the proposed 
 spot the day before and prepare the beans so they will be 
 hot and ''just done to a brown" for the next day's din- 
 ner. It will add much to the joy of the hike for the boys 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 203 
 
 to actually dig up a crock of steaming hot baked beans 
 from the floor of some forest nook or the green bank of 
 lake or stream. 
 
 Dig a hole thirty inches deep and four times the diame- 
 ter of the vessel to be used — a hole in clay ground is the 
 very best and in sand the poorest place. Gather enough 
 stones of medium size to fill the hole. Build a good fire 
 very near the hole and roast the stones until they are 
 very hot. While the stones are heating, prepare the 
 beans by placing them in the vessel they are to be cooked 
 in. A crock is best, but often very inconvenient, and a 
 galvanized water-bucket with a plate to fit tight in on 
 the top is quite as satisfactory. This plate or tin should 
 have enough of a niche in one edge to allow steam 
 enough to escape to save the bucket from exploding or 
 breaking at a seam. The beans should be mixed up with 
 strips of fat bacon, molasses, sugar, salt and pepper, just 
 as if they were to be baked in the oven. For best re- 
 sults, the beans first should be brought to a boil on the 
 fire. 
 
 When all is ready, rake a layer of hot stones into the 
 hole, place the hot bucket on them, and then fill in and 
 around the bucket with stones just as fast as possible, 
 raking in ashes and all. The bucket should have at least 
 one foot of this hot material on top of it. The bail of 
 the bucket should be held up by a green limb pot-hook, 
 so as to save time when digging up the beans. Cover 
 well with sod and dirt enough to keep the heat in. An 
 oven of this sort will stay hot for twenty-four hours, if 
 carefully prepared, and will bake the most delicious beans 
 ever eaten. 
 
 Another and somewhat simpler method that can be 
 worked successfully where there 13 clay ground, is to 
 
204 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 build the fire in the hole, heating the clay to a high tem- 
 perature, and then covering the bucket with the hot char- 
 coal and ashes of the fire. However, if beans for a very 
 large crowd are to be cooked, this way is not nearly so 
 satisfactory. 
 
 Serve the hot beans in cups lined with fresh green 
 leaves. After eating the beans the leaves may be re- 
 moved and the cup is clean, ready for coffee or cocoa. 
 
 A little experimenting with this sort of camp cooking 
 will make it possible for one to cook many excellent 
 things for a group of considerable size. 
 
 Bermuda onions so cooked, then served hot with butter 
 and pepper and salt, are delicious. Apples may be baked 
 in this way, and sweet potatoes are a treat never to be 
 forgotten. In season try baking halves of Hubbard 
 squash. Spring chicken, wrapped in wet white cheese- 
 cloth and green leaves, will cook to a turn, with a flavor 
 that cannot be obtained in any other way, and small, fresh 
 fish can be made a treat. It is the out-of-door man's 
 fireless cooker. 
 
 A Woods Dinner 
 
 It is a fact that every year there are fewer boys who 
 go out into the woods or mountains gather the right fuel, 
 build a fire, and prepare a simple, wholesome meal. A 
 camp that does not have at least one whole day hike 
 into the country, where every camper is taught to build 
 a fire and cook a simple meal, is not living up to its op- 
 portunity. It is one of the very best of all camp activi- 
 ties. 
 
 An ideal way is to issue to each camper the uncooked 
 food for his meal, such as meat, potatoes, eggs, bread, 
 butter, etc. Have him carry it in his own way to the 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 205 
 
 place dinner is to be cooked. Once there, have him 
 gather his wood, build his fire, and prepare it ready to 
 eat. Many will need to be taught how from the begin- 
 ning, and all will need suggestions from the leaders. 
 
 Learning to Make Camp Fires 
 
 The boys will enter into it heartily and will be happy in 
 acquiring something of that power to care for himself 
 in the out-of-doors that every boy craves so earnestly. 
 
 A Field Meet by Mail 
 
 By mail arrange a number of events and agree on 
 rules to govern these, with say a half dozen camps not 
 too far distant. Then on a set day, at a determined time, 
 each camp conduct a local meet and mail the results to 
 the other contesting camps. 
 
 This can be made a big event, especially if a nice cup 
 can be awarded the camp winning the high score, all 
 the contesting camps bearing the expense. The same 
 idea could be worked out for an aquatic meet. 
 
2o6 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 "Goddess lola" 
 
 A feature at Camp lola is the "Goddess lola/' The God- 
 dess is a small bronze figure, seated in a reclining posi- 
 tion (about 8x10 inches in size). She was purchased 
 in a nearby town for $2.00. The idea was copied after 
 the "Goddess Sobrina," of Amherst College. 
 
 Two groups are formed in the camp — one known as 
 the lola Men and the other as the lola Guards. The 
 Guards are those who hold possession of the Goddess 
 and must prevent her capture by the lola Men. Should 
 the lola Men succeed in capturing the Goddess, they, in 
 turn, become the lola Guards. 
 
 The rules are that the Goddess must not be taken off 
 the campus. Neither may she be hidden in any tent or 
 building on the campus. She must be exhibited by the 
 Guards at least once in every forty-eight hours. (This 
 is very often done at the close of a meal.) Her hiding- 
 placed may be changed as often as desired. A truce is 
 declared from tattoo (retiring call) until reveille. No 
 searching is permitted, or are the Guards allowed to move 
 the Goddess during this time. A truce of twelve hours is 
 also declared after the Goddess has been captured, which 
 gives the new guards ample opportunity to secure a 
 cozy hiding-place for the precious lady. 
 
 The Goddess lola is a real goddess to lola campers, 
 and each time she appears she causes considerable ex- 
 citement and sport. She makes her final appearance in 
 camp at the closing banquet on the last night, and her 
 next appearance is at the Mid-winter Campers' Reunion, 
 where she created her usual feeling of jubilancy among 
 her admirers. The (joddess stand? for "Clean Speech, 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 207 
 
 Clean Sport, Clean Habits, and Christian Manhood in 
 Camp lola." 
 
 — Frank E. Gugelman, Boys' Sec'y, Young Men's Chris- 
 tian Association, Rochester, N. Y. 
 
 Quoits 
 
 Quoits, or Horseshoes, as it is sometimes called, can be 
 made a very popular campus game, especially if weekly 
 tournaments are conducted. The pegs should be of iron, 
 if possible, and should be, thirty to forty feet apart. 
 Two quoits are used by each player. 
 
 Historical Events for Stunts 
 
 Following is a list of historical dates, covering June i 
 to September i, taking up events of importance and the 
 birth of noted men. Most of these events can be used to 
 good advantage by reading something about them to the 
 boys around the campfire or at the table. To the wide- 
 awake leader many of these dates will suggest numerous 
 ways of using them for big social events. 
 June I, 1792 — Kentucky admitted to Union. 
 I, 1796 — Tennessee admitted to Union. 
 I, 1813 — Battle between Chesapeake and Shan- 
 non. 
 3, 1803 — Jefferson Davis born. 
 
 3, 1863 — King George V born. 
 
 4, 468 B. c. — Socrates born. 
 4, 1898 — Hobson entered Santiago harbor. 
 6, 1755 — Nathan Hale born. 
 6, 1756 — John Trumbull born. 
 
 14, — Flag Day. 
 
 14, 1777 — Stars and Stripes adopted by Congress, 
 14, iSii — Harriet Beecher Stowe born, 
 
2o8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 1836 — Arkansas admitted. 
 
 1775— Battle of Bunker Hill. 
 
 1775 — Washington chosen as Commander-in- 
 Chief of Army. 
 
 1 81 2 — War against England declared. 
 
 1815— Battle of Waterloo. 
 
 1863 — West Virginia admitted. 
 
 1846 — Julian Hawthorne born. 
 
 1683 — William Penn made treaty with Indians. 
 
 1813 — Henry Ward Beecher born. 
 
 1876 — Custer massacre. 
 
 1843 — William McKinley born. 
 
 1898 — Battle of San Juan Hill, Cuba. 
 
 1863 — Battle of Gettysburg. 
 
 1890 — Idaho admitted. 
 
 1898 — Cervera's fleet destroyed. 
 
 . . . . — Independence Day. 
 
 1804 — Nathaniel Hawthorne born. 
 
 1801 — David G. Farragut born. 
 
 1747 — John Paul Jones born. 
 
 1758 — Battle of Ticonderoga. 
 
 1755 — Braddock defeated. 
 
 1767 — John Quincy Adams born. 
 
 1817 — Henry D. Thoreau born. 
 
 1898 — Santiago, Cuba, surrendered. 
 
 1861— Battle of Bull Run. 
 
 1866 — Laying of Atlantic cable completed. 
 
 1894 — Starting of Chinese-Japanese war. 
 Aug. I, 1876 — Colorado admitted. 
 " 3, 1492 — Christopher Columbus set sail from 
 
 Spain. 
 " 4, 1846 — Iowa admitted. 
 ** 6, 1809 — Tennyson born. 
 
 June 15, 
 
 « 
 
 17, 
 
 (( 
 
 17. 
 
 <t 
 
 18, 
 
 t( 
 
 18, 
 
 " 
 
 19, 
 
 (( 
 
 22, 
 
 " 
 
 23, 
 
 (( 
 
 24, 
 
 (I 
 
 25, 
 
 « 
 
 29, 
 
 July I, 
 
 (( 
 
 1-3. 
 
 te 
 
 3, 
 
 *' 
 
 3, 
 
 t( 
 
 4, 
 
 t( 
 
 4, 
 
 (( 
 
 5, 
 
 <t 
 
 6, 
 
 it 
 
 8, 
 
 « 
 
 9, 
 
 <t 
 
 II, 
 
 ({ 
 
 12, 
 
 (t 
 
 16, 
 
 a 
 
 21, 
 
 « 
 
 ^7^ 
 
 (( 
 
 31, 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 209 
 
 Aug. 7, 1807 — First steamer on Hudson River. 
 
 9) 1593 — Izaak Walton born. 
 
 9, 1780 — Star Spangled Banner born. 
 10, 1861 — Missouri admitted. 
 13, 1898 — Surrender of Manila. 
 15, 1771 — Sir Walter Scott born-. 
 15, 1769 — Napoleon Bonaparte born. 
 20, 1833 — Benjamin Harrison born. 
 22, 1848 — New Mexico annexed. 
 25, 1850 — Bill Nye born. 
 29, 1809 — Oliver Wendell Holmes born. 
 31, 1844 — Elizabeth Stuart Phelps born. 
 
 Kite Contest 
 
 You will find among your boys quite a number inter- 
 ested in kite flying. Get these boys together, have each 
 make a kite, and upon some announced day have a kite- 
 flying contest. 
 
 In D. C. Beard's "The Outdoor Handy Book," two 
 chapters are devoted to kite making and flying, which 
 are invaluable to boys interested in kites. Also in Joseph 
 H. Adams' book, entitled "Outdoor Book for Boys," sev- 
 eral chapters are devoted to kite making. 
 
 Making Fire Without Matches 
 
 A rainy day itself suggests the desirability of every 
 boy knowing how to light a fire without matches. There 
 are a number of ways, that vary in detail with nearly 
 every tribe of Indians the world over. The underlying 
 principles are the same, however, and no matter what 
 the locality, the boy, with careful experimenting and per- 
 sistent effort, will find the sort of wood best suited for 
 his purpose. Every camper should own his own set of 
 
210 
 
 CAMP AND OUTIXG ACTIVITIES 
 
 I 
 
 '11 
 1 
 
 Fig. I. 
 Set and 
 
 Fire-making 
 Slow Match 
 
 fire drills, which he should prize 
 and care for. There is hardly a 
 camp activity over which so much 
 keen competition can be secured as 
 races to see who can first light a 
 fire with home-made instruments. 
 Many camps require this accom- 
 plishment before the Honor Em- 
 blem is awarded to a camper, and 
 it is an excellent idea. 
 
 There are three distinct ways of 
 building a fire without matches. 
 The simplest, but most difficult, is 
 by the rubbing of two sticks or 
 hand drills together; the second by 
 use of a bow drill, which is an im- 
 provement over the first in that 
 it gives a more rapid movement 
 and increases the friction; and, 
 third, by the use of flint and steel. 
 Every good camper should be able 
 to accomplish all three, and by all 
 odds the last two. 
 
 Fig. I is a good illustration of 
 the simplest sort of fire drill, one 
 used by the Indians of Washington 
 and the Northwest. Following is a 
 description of the set, quoted by 
 special permission from the Smith- 
 sonian Report, "Firemaking Ap- 
 paratus in the United States Na- 
 tional Museum," by Dr, Walter 
 Hough ; 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 211 
 
 "It consists of a hearth, two drills, and a slow match. 
 The hearth is a rounded piece of cedar wood; opposite 
 the fire-holes it is dressed flat, so as to rest firmly on the 
 ground. There are three fire-holes with wide notches. 
 The drills taper to each end, that is, are larger in the 
 middle (Fig. 3). The powder, a fine brown dust, collects 
 at the junction of the slot and fire-hole, where they form 
 a lip, and there readily ignites. This side of the hearth is 
 semi-decayed. No doubt the slots were cut in that side 
 for the purpose of utilizing this quality. The drills are 
 bulged toward the middle, thereby rendering it possible 
 to give great pressure and at the same time rapid rotation 
 without allowing the hands to slip down too rapidly, a 
 fault in many fire drills. The slow-match is of frayed 
 cedar bark, about a yard long, folded squarely together, 
 and used section by section, Mr. Willoughby says: 
 
 " The stick with three cavities was placed upon the 
 ground, the Indian kneeling and placing a knee upon each 
 end. He placed one end of the smaller stick in one of 
 the cavities, and, holding the other end between the 
 palms of his hands, kept up a rapid, half-rotary motion, 
 causing an amount of friction sufficient to produce fire. 
 With this he lighted the end of the braided slow-match 
 of cedar bark. This was often carried for weeks thus 
 ignited and held carefully beneath the blanket to protect 
 it from wind and rain.' 
 
 "Fire is easily produced with this set. It takes but a 
 slight effort to cause a wreath of aromatic smoke to curl 
 up, and the friction easily grinds off a dark powder, 
 which collects between the edges of the slot. When this 
 ignites it drops down the slot in a little pellet, and falls 
 upon the tinder placed below to receive it. Both drill 
 and hearth are eighteen inches long." 
 
212 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 [i. 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 213 
 
 Fig. 2 shows a second set, reproduced from the same 
 book, and shows the method the Indians used to keep the 
 precious hearth dry. The entire length is carefully 
 wrapped with a strip of taut buckskin. 
 
 Fig. 3, also from Dr. Hough's report on "Firemaking 
 Apparatus in the United States National Museum," shows 
 an interesting feature. The handle by which the hearth 
 is fastened to the Indian's belt also shows the spliced 
 drill, the hard wood point spliced into a favorite or espe- 
 cially desirable handle. 
 
 Fig. 4. Complete Fire-making Set, Made of Bone 
 
 Probably when the simple hand drill was used the 
 grinding of the powder was facilitated by adding a small 
 pinch of fine sand to the bowl of the hearth. 
 
 The next method is that of intensifying the friction 
 by means of using the bow drill. This is the more com- 
 mon method, and is found in general use, from the In- 
 dians of Alaska (using bone instrument, except the 
 hearth, which is usually white pine) to the Indians of 
 South America. The principal law, however, is the 
 same in all; only the material used changes with the 
 locality. See Fig. 4. 
 
 Ernest Thompson Seton, the master of woodcraft, de- 
 clares that the best results are obtainable by having the 
 
214 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 hearth and the drill of the same material. But others are 
 not so agreed. There is one thing certain, however, the 
 
 Fig. 5. Flint, Steel, Tinder-horn, Punk, and Pouch 
 
 wood used must not be too hard nor too soft, but hard 
 enough to make very fine brown grindings, and soft 
 enough to make a sufficient quantity to hold the spark. 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 215 
 
 The tinder and carefully prepared pile of slivers should 
 be ready before the drill is set going. 
 
 No matter how carefully the process is described, you 
 will never be able to make a fire without practice and 
 personal experimentation. Study the cuts here repro- 
 duced, then adapt what you have to the principle. You 
 are sure to succeed if persistent. 
 
 Third method, building fire with a flint and steel. 
 Note carefully the implements in Fig. 5. To be success- 
 ful you will need a select piece of absolutely dry punk 
 wood, the longer the fibers the better, a piece of hard 
 steel fashioned so as to get a good striking surface with- 
 out injury to the hand (a large, stout jack knife can 
 be made to work well), a selected piece of flint — it will 
 take much experimenting to find just the right piece, but 
 when found you have a prize. A small tin can may be 
 used for a tinder horn, but the tip end of a cow's horn is 
 better and safer. Prepare the tinder, place it in the horn, 
 then dash the sparks into it. When a tiny bit of smoke 
 rises, blow carefully into a flame and apply the burning 
 tinder to the twigs previously arranged for the fire. Any 
 boy can become expert in this little trick with persistent 
 effort. If not successful, ask some neighboring old-timer 
 to come in and aid you until you see how it is done. 
 
 A Peanut Hunt 
 
 This makes a pleasant, short trip into the woods from 
 camp. Place a generous supply of peanuts in a flour 
 sack — a green cloth sack is best. Previous to the start 
 have a leader take the bag into the woods and place it in 
 a fairly accessible and not too high or dangerous tree, 
 hiding it as much as possible by the natural foliage. 
 Then on the way back have the leader crack peanuts and 
 
2i6 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 snap them on leaves and low limbs and shrubs on a zig- 
 zag path through the woods, to serve as a scent. At a 
 signal the hunt begins, the only condition being that none 
 of the nuts used for the scent must be removed. This 
 can be made a very popular and harmless camp game. 
 
 Some camps have stimulated close observation in the 
 woods by playing a game like this : Hide nuts of any 
 sort in hurriedly made nests of leaves, straw and twigs, 
 some in old stumps, low bushes, at the side of fallen 
 logs, in tall grass, and so forth. The nuts are known as 
 eggs, and the boy finding the most eggs on a hunt is 
 declared winner. As soon as a boy sights a nest he 
 shouts, 'T spy !" and must then point it out to the others 
 before he can claim the eggs. Be sure to place very 
 numerous nests, or the game will lack zest. Apples, pota- 
 toes, anything that can be had easily, will do. 
 
 Pet Show 
 
 In camp many of the boys catch snakes, birds, beetles, 
 turtles, lizards, etc., and make pets of them. Some even- 
 ing announce a pet show and have all the boys bring 
 their pets and exhibit them. 
 
 Playing Detective 
 
 Set a room, or prepare a piece of ground, with small 
 signs, tracks, etc. Then read aloud the story of the 
 crime up to that point and let each boy, or each group 
 of boys from various tents, in turn examine the scene 
 for a given time, and then give their solution of the 
 mystery. 
 
 Relay Race for Mail 
 
 This kind of a race has been successfully carried out 
 at Camp Becket and has created much fun. Divide the 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 217 
 
 boys into two groups to compete against each other, and 
 have them stationed at intervals along the road to the 
 post-office. When all is ready a mail pouch is given to 
 each side, and the race proceeds as the common relay 
 race. When the postmaster receives one of the pouches, 
 he puts half of the mail into it, stamps the time on a 
 slip of paper, and gives it to the waiting boy, who pro- 
 ceeds back to the next boy, and so on. The side getting 
 their pouch back to camp first, wins. 
 
 Running the Gauntlet 
 
 Have the boys form in two lines, facing each other, 
 each having in his hand a stocking filled with grass or a 
 pillow. At a given signal the boy to be initiated is 
 started at one end, and as he passes between the lines, the 
 boys hit him with the stuffed stocking. 
 
 Shadowgraphs 
 
 Shadowgraphs are produced by having a flash lamp in 
 the rear part of a tent which has the front flaps closed. 
 The audience are seated in front of the closed flaps. The 
 performers do their part in the tent, and with a little 
 practice can produce some unique as well as funny and 
 interesting shadow pictures. 
 
 Sense Testing Night 
 
 This is very amusing as well as educational. 
 
 Test I. Sight — Have various objects on a table, giving 
 each boy but a few seconds to look. 
 
 Test 2. Taste — Prepare various articles for the boys 
 to taste. 
 
 Test 3. Smell — Have various fluids in bottles. 
 
2i8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Test 4. Hearing — Counting the words while some one 
 reads a short selection. 
 
 Test 5. Feeling — Place numerous articles in a bag 
 and have the boys reach in and feel the objects. 
 
 Each boy is to keep a record of these tests, and the 
 one who gets all of the tests right wins a prize 
 
 Stunts for the Timid 
 
 1. The Weeping Diamond 
 
 A small piece of ice, which has been rolled around in 
 the hand until it is smooth and about the size and shape 
 of an egg. This is placed in a boy's hand and he is told 
 it is the Weeping Diamond from Ponce de Leon's Foun- 
 tain of Youth, which stands for loyalty, truth and hon- 
 esty. 
 
 2. The Mummy Hand 
 
 A glove filled with wet sand. This is the mummy hand 
 of some bad renegade, who was killed near camp years 
 ago. It is the hand of treason and brutality. To be 
 placed in a boy's hand when he is blindfolded. 
 
 3. The Frozen Eye of the Fish-god 
 
 Place an oyster in a dish, and the boy, being blind-' 
 folded, is required to eat it. He is told that.it is the 
 frozen eye of the fish-god. 
 
 ShufHeboard 
 
 This game is very popular on shipboard and there is 
 no reason why it should not be equally popular in camp. 
 Mark off a diagram on the floor of the lodge, as here 
 shown. Twelve flat, wooden discs, six for each side, 
 and two long sticks, with a block nailed at the lower end. 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 
 
 219 
 
 constitute the rest of the equipment. The object of the 
 game is to shoot the discs along the deck or floor, from 
 the starting line about twenty-five feet away, so that they 
 will stop on the numbered squares. If a disc stops so 
 
 
 -t- ;o 
 
 
 8 
 
 ; 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 f 
 
 5 
 
 Z 
 
 
 -10 
 
 
 that it is touching a line, it does not count, and if it 
 stops in the square nearest the players, which is marked 
 10, it counts minus ten for that side. The game is gen- 
 erally played for 100. 
 
 Target Shooting 
 
 It is a simple matter for any camp director to borrow 
 the necessary guns for a camp target shoot. Many camps 
 now conduct a shoot once a week for all campers, the 
 
220 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 entire affair being at all times under strict discipline and 
 carefully supervised. 
 
 Twenty-two caliber cartridges are very inexpensive 
 when bought by the thousand, and any local hardware or 
 sporting goods man will supply quantities of printed tar- 
 gets. 
 
 Much interest can be added if an expert shot can be 
 brought to the camp for an exhibition. 
 
 Post the scores each week in a prominent place, and 
 award a ribbon at the end of the season for the best 
 single score made. 
 
 A Novel Treasure Hunt (i) 
 
 Call the camp together and read aloud to them a mys- 
 terious letter that has just arrived. The contents of the 
 letter will carefully direct the campers to where they will 
 find detailed information as to the exact location of 
 a buried treasure that will be of much interest to every 
 live boy. 
 
 By following the instructions the boys will discover a 
 second letter in hiding, and it will give directions that 
 will result in the finding of another letter, and so on to 
 whatever length you wish to carry the game, the last let- 
 ter telling where is hidden a choice lot of "eats." 
 
 This game is very adaptable, and can be made to teach 
 observation, trailing, and tracking. It can be very suc- 
 cessfully used for an all-day hike or a longer excursion, 
 if given careful thought and well planned out. It is hard 
 to find its equal for nature study, the letters using the 
 identification of various trees, flowers, directions by moss 
 on trees, birds' nests, and so forth. In one such hunt 
 the boys were completely at sea because they could not 
 tell a red oak from a white oak, or an elm from a beech. 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 221 
 
 Needless to say they returned to camp and learned how- 
 to identify every tree in the neighborhood. The a'easure 
 was ultimately found and proved to be a splendid book 
 
 Finding the Treasure 
 
 on "How to Know the Trees." This game has great edu- 
 cational possibilities to a versatile camp leader. 
 
 Treasure Hunt (2) 
 
 There are several interesting variations of the above 
 game. A map or chart, prepared by the leader or referee, 
 giving the location of the various points to be visited, 
 and the location of the treasure, give excellent practice 
 in map or chart reading. The boys should only be per- 
 mitted to see the map for a certain length of time before 
 the hunt begins, depending upon their memories for 
 directions. 
 
222 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Another variation is the old paper chase method, the 
 one hiding the treasure leaving a paper trail, of course, 
 doubling to throw the hunters off the trail. The trail 
 may be made by scout tracking irons, v^^orn by the one 
 hiding the treasure. The common scout trailing signs, 
 made w^ith stones, twigs, etc., may also be used. On 
 large bodies of water, canoes or boats may be used, each 
 boat carrying two boys. The directions should only show 
 distances and directions of the various points, letting the 
 boys work out the location of the treasure with a com- 
 pass. They should be required to turn in a map or chart 
 showing the course followed. 
 
 Camp Orchestra 
 
 Music is a great addition to a camp. Instruct the boys 
 to bring their musical instruments and with some compe- 
 tent boy as leader, organize an orchestra. This can be 
 used to advantage evenings and at devotional services, in 
 fact, at almost all social events. 
 
 Totem Poles, Animals, and Boards 
 
 The planning and construction of a totem pole for the 
 camp affords an opportunity for much sociability and 
 goodfellowship. Around the poles many ceremonies can 
 be performed. Dan Beard says: "When we go to the 
 woods it is for the purpose of leading a primitive life, 
 so it is right and proper to associate totems with our 
 abodes in the forest." In his book, "The Boy Pioneers," 
 Mr. Beard devotes an entire chapter to the making of 
 totem poles that is very valuable. 
 
SUGGESTIVE EVENTS AND IDEAS 223 
 
 A Tree House 
 
 ^ If very carefully supervised by an adult leader the 
 building of a tree house can be made to afford much 
 pleasure to a group of boys. In such an undertaking 
 there are two essential things — safety first, and second, 
 choice of the ideal spot. The trees built in should be 
 hard wood, and the best material for ladders, flooring, 
 etc., is aspen or cedar. Build the house at a point that 
 will make it a lookout station out over the lake, down the 
 river, or on the mountain. Secure and mount on the 
 platform a telescope, and be sure to build either a cement 
 hearth or a clay surface upon which to build a small fire. 
 Make the structure simple, not too large, and make it 
 substantial; avoid overloading it, and never allow a 
 group to use it unless accompanied by a leader. 
 
 One camp has such a tree house on a high rise of 
 ground overlooking the camp. They call it the "Crow's 
 Nest." It is a mark of high honor for a camper to be 
 allowed to join in the weekly council fire held in the 
 "Crow's Nest" to plan the next week's activity, to mete 
 out justice to a disobedient camper, or plan some special 
 stunt. The leaders have made much of it as a place for 
 private helpful interviews with boys about their personal 
 problems, choice of a life work, breaking up bad habits, 
 and so forth. 
 
 Many definite suggestions may be found in "Jack of 
 All Trades," by Dan Beard, but for the best results build 
 wisely to fit your local conditions. 
 
 Victrola Concerts 
 A camp should not be without some kind of a talking- 
 machine. There is as much possibility of creating a so- 
 cial atmosphere in a camp with one, as in the Association 
 
224 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 or club. In fact, a machine is more appreciated in camp 
 than in the city. Be sure to have the best selection of 
 records. It is easy to help the boys appreciate good 
 music. 
 
CHAPTER IX 
 PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 
 
 The Abnaki Pageant 
 
 This pageant was presented at the State Camp of Ver- 
 mont with wonderful success. The play was written by 
 John C. Farrar, one of the campers. By his permission 
 the play is printed in' full. 
 
 Cast of Characters 
 
 Hermit 
 
 Conscience 
 
 Oyoha 
 
 Chequalis 
 
 Amadaga 
 
 Wenenoe 
 
 Samuel de Champlain 
 
 Jean de Breboef 
 
 Herald 
 
 Indian Braves, Squaws, and Boys. 
 
 The text is as follows: 
 
 Act I, Scene I 
 
 The head of a bay behind which is a deep forest. 
 
 (Enter the Herald) 
 
 The Prologue 
 Herald : 
 
 In this continued Marathon of life, 
 So grim and grave with its reality, 
 To stop awhile and play, as children do, 
 
 225 
 
226 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Would make some o£ us older mortals young 
 
 In thoughts and spirits and in sympathies. 
 
 And so, indeed, it is our earnest hope 
 
 That in these simple scenes we here portray, 
 
 Of fact and fancy in our pageantry. 
 
 You may awake and youthful be again, 
 
 In dwelling in the days long since gone by, 
 
 When men were made of stronger build than now, 
 
 When stirring scenes were acted, blood was shed, 
 
 When over the broad bosom of the Lake, 
 
 The barks of savage, French, and Britisher 
 
 Were moved like pawns in battle for the soil. 
 
 So please accept our simple acts to-day, 
 
 In the same spirit which we give them here. 
 
 (Exit Herald) 
 
 (Enter a priest, the Hermit, clad in the regulation robe 
 and cowl) 
 
 Hermit : 
 
 Oh Lord, I lift my humble eyes to Thee, 
 
 A penitent for all the grievous sins. 
 
 Which, in my life of misery and crime 
 
 I have committed; therefore, gracious Lord, 
 
 I beg Thee hear my prayer of penitence. 
 
 In youthful follies oft I was enticed 
 
 To yield to all the world's false gaieties; 
 
 But soon I saw my then most foolish self 
 
 As was I truly with my youthful whims. 
 
 I sought the comfort of the Mother Church, 
 
 And now, a priest, have wandered far and wide, 
 
 A hermit. Lord, a silent worshipper 
 
 Of all the wonders of the mighty world. 
 
 Across the plains and mountains have I fled, 
 
 Alone, with but the presence of Thy grace. 
 
 And yet I have not found that which I sought — 
 
 The peace of God, which passeth all belief. 
 
 A lonely man I live, and when I die. 
 
 Alone with nature's wonders shall I be. 
 
 But Thou, Lord, grant me peace before the end. 
 
 (Enter Conscience personified as a monk) 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 227. 
 
 Conscience : 
 
 I am thy conscience, listen now to me ! 
 
 Here where fair nature rules and reigns supreme, 
 
 The rosy tinted dawn begins the day, 
 
 The birds sing hymns of joyous praise to God, 
 
 And all is peace, where sin can have no place. 
 
 The day is ended when the lustrous sky 
 
 Shines like the King of Glory's golden crown, 
 
 And night descends upon the silent woods. 
 
 What good can mortal do, where all is pure? 
 
 What good hast thou been to thy fellow men. 
 
 Who are so crowded in the cities' streets, 
 
 Where dawn brings but a gray and listless glow, 
 
 And sunset but the terrors of the night? 
 
 Oh, selfish priest, thy duty is not done. 
 
 Watch, man of misery, and thou shalt see 
 
 '~ The scenes of many phases, many years 
 Of human life and duty, that, fulfilled. 
 Hast more of worth than all thy false denial — 
 Thou thinkest more of Heaven and thy soul, 
 Than of thy fellow man. Is this not so? 
 
 Hermit : 
 
 It is, most reverend sir, but let me sleep 
 Awhile in peace, I weary of the world. 
 
 Conscience: 
 
 Sleep if thou wilt, but not in peace as yet. 
 For visions of the days gone by shall haunt « 
 Thy slumbers like reproachful ghosts of yore. 
 (The Hermit sleeps, and the robes of Conscience fall 
 
 from him, and he steps forth a young Indian medicine 
 
 man.) 
 
 The morning breaks upon the glist'ning bay. 
 And with its coming, wake, oh Indian hosts ! 
 
 {Shouts are heard in the distance) 
 
 Abnaki braves return from shady realms, 
 From happy hunting grounds of Paradise, 
 And live again awhile upon the earth. 
 
 ~ {To the Hermit, in dreams) 
 
228 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The Indian, cruel pagan though he was, 
 Yet did his duty as God gave it him, 
 And though not mindful of the Christ, 
 Yet worshipped in his blind and groping way, 
 Through nature's wonders. One Almighty God. 
 (End of Scene I) 
 
 Act I, Scene II 
 
 Same setting as in scene one. Conscience has van- 
 ished in the underbrush, and from the pathway through 
 the forest comes an Indian woman bearing a jug. From 
 a little way up the beach a crowd of noisy young Indian 
 boys run down and into the water, where they have a 
 great time swimming and playing. There is one boy 
 who does not seem to belong with them, but sits alone 
 on the beach. The woman fills her jug at the lake, and 
 then sits down at the front of the stage. 
 
 Oyoha: 
 
 Oh sun, Oh water, moon, or stars, or earth, 
 
 Oh great and mighty firmament above ! 
 
 Some wonder of the universe must know. 
 
 Must feel and love the mortals He creates. 
 
 Tell me, Oh Spirit, who Thou art, and why 
 
 Thou madest me that I must live a life 
 
 Where all my people look at me with scorn. 
 
 'Twere better far these withered limbs were not. 
 
 And never had been. 
 
 {Enter Amadaga, the Indian Chief) 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Haste, thou cursed one. 
 
 Why stand thus prating to the universe? 
 
 To think that thou would'st think that spirits care 
 
 For such as thine ; be up, be gone, away ! 
 
 Stand not and stare at me in idle thought. 
 
 {He pushes her away) 
 Oyoha: 
 
 Amadaga, I care not for myself, 
 
 I care not what dread pains I have to bear, 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 229 
 
 But for my son, who sits upon the beach, 
 He is alone, apart — 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 And why not so? 
 
 He is no true Abnaki lad; but think. 
 
 His father lived and fought below the Mohawk Rock. 
 
 He'd kill me gladly, scalp me, torture me. 
 
 Were he alive, and to this half-breed son. 
 
 Why should I better mercy show? And yet 
 
 He lives upon us, eats our meat and grain. 
 
 And then you ask me why he is alone. 
 
 The brave lads shun him, for they know his birth. 
 
 Oyoha: 
 
 And then 'tis useless I should'st ask 
 
 That he might run together with thy lads? 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Why, woman, 'tis as useless to ask 
 
 The sun to change his course, and see to it 
 
 That thou say'st not such things to me again. 
 
 (Conscience enters, and Oyoha stands silent at side of 
 stage) 
 
 Conscience : 
 
 Kechi Newaskw greet thee. Oh great chief ! 
 
 Thou hast a goodly village on that point. 
 
 And this spot here would almost make one think 
 
 Mechi Newaskw ne'er could enter hearts 
 
 Steeped in such beauteous and such wondrous scenes. 
 
 I come from far to northward, and my tribe, 
 
 The Accomintas, are Abnakis too. 
 
 And, therefore, we are kinsmen, mighty chief. 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Most welcome thou art, Accominta brave. 
 A great feast we are holding here to-day. 
 When all the boys and young men of our tribe 
 Contest to see which is the strongest man. 
 Stay here and watch them ; we can always find 
 Some pleasure in the sports of our young men. 
 
230 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Conscience : 
 
 I will stay, Oh Amadaga, the great, 
 
 And watch the young men at their trials and games. 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 What is thy name, Oh stranger, that I may 
 Inform the tribe of this our honor great? 
 
 Conscience : 
 
 At-o-sis I am called. Oh chief, the Snake. 
 
 I am a mighty man of medicine, 
 
 A master of the mystic healing arts, 
 
 A mixer of the herbs and curious plants, 
 
 That heal dread wounds, or cure diseases sore. 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 A man of medicine, At-o-sis, Snake? 
 Could thou but heal my daughter, learned one, 
 My heart would overflow with gratitude. 
 When she was but a child, she ran and played 
 Like other children, but now when a maid. 
 She droopeth like a flower dried in the sun, 
 A lily cut and withered on the grass. 
 Come — I will bring you to her at the camp. 
 
 Conscience : 
 
 Nay, bring her to me here beside the Lake, 
 That she may see the ripples in the sun 
 Make sparkling laughter on the solemn waves. 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Rest here awhile, then, while I go 
 
 And bring Wewenoe to thee, mighty one. 
 
 (Exit Amadaga) 
 (At-o-sis turns to Oyoha, who comes forward, and speaks 
 to her.) 
 
 At-o-sis: 
 
 Why art thou sad, Oh woman, why not smile? 
 Such gruesome looks will never cause thee joy. 
 Tell me thy trouble, I may help thee some. 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 231 
 
 Oyoha: 
 I loved a Mohawk youth and married him, 
 Then went to live below the Mohawk Rock. 
 He died, and I was cast out by his tribe. 
 I found my way back here with my young boy; 
 They welcomed me, yet treat me now with scorn. 
 And see him, lonely, sitting- on the beach; 
 The boys avoid him, will not play with him, 
 And the great chief prohibits him the race. 
 
 Conscience : 
 
 And is that all, my woman? Feel not sad, 
 To-day he runs with all the other lads. 
 
 (Amadaga enters with two other braves, supporting We- 
 wenoe) 
 
 Oyoha: 
 
 Oh thanks, my noble sir. 
 
 At-o-sis: 
 
 Hush, here they come. 
 
 (Some of the boys come up from the lake and cluster 
 around, others merely stop their play and watch. We- 
 wenoe lies down, and Oyoha always keeps in the back- 
 ground.) 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Wewenoe, see this Accominta brave; 
 
 He is a mighty man of medicine; 
 
 To cure you is his purpose, lovely one. 
 
 Wewenoe: 
 Ah, 'tis but useless labor, sir, I fear. 
 
 Conscience: 
 
 Oh, do not fear. I'll have thee walking yet, 
 To place the feathers on the brow of him 
 Who wins the games and races here to-day. 
 
 Wewenoe: 
 Do not give me false hopes, I pray you, sir, 
 For then the disappointment would be great. 
 
2^2 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Conscience: 
 
 Fear not, no disappointment will there be. 
 
 Kechi Newaskw, hear my fervent prayer 
 
 That this young girl may have her health restored. 
 
 {He takes a little pottery receptacle from his clothes, 
 and administers a feiv drops of liquid to her; she falls in 
 a stupor and he motions for them to he silent. Slowly 
 the girl awakens and then springs to her feet.) 
 
 Wewenoe : 
 
 I am alive, awake, my strength returns ! 
 
 Oh sir, how can I thanks to you express? 
 
 (She runs down the beach, the boys after her, as if 
 overcome by his kindness and her recovery.) 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 There is no gift too great for me to give 
 
 To you who cured this lovely child of mine. 
 
 Whatever you desire I give to you. 
 
 (Conscience says nothing but acknowledges the other's 
 favor by a bow.) 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Come, we must to the village go at once. 
 
 The time for all the races will be here. 
 
 (Exit Amadaga and the braves. Conscience lingers.) 
 
 Conscience (to Hermit in dreams) : 
 
 Oh Hermit ! have you yet seen in your dreams, 
 That even pagans can be better than 
 A man like you, so selfish and so blind? 
 
 (Exit Conscience) 
 
 (End of Act I) 
 
 Act II, Scene I 
 
 The same as act one. Samuel de Champlain enters in 
 a canoe. He is followed by several Indians. The Her- 
 mit lies asleep at the side. 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 233 
 
 f 
 
 Champlain : 
 
 This bright, new world that lies before us here, 
 With all its glowing promises for life, 
 Contrasted with the older continent 
 Would shine above her as the morning star 
 Arises in the east and sends her glow 
 Across the lessening shadows of the morn. 
 This newer world that lies before me here, 
 Unsullied by the taint of races that 
 Are striving for the gain and show of life, 
 Is fresh, and like a babe, new born to life, 
 Whose eyes are opened to the glittering show 
 Of many worlds unknown to him before. 
 It almost seems a pity that we should 
 Unveil the beauties of this continent 
 To eyes that scoff at beauty's glad array, 
 And look at nature's wonders in the light 
 Of their commercial value. Would that I 
 Had never found this opalescent lake, 
 Surrounded by the towering faces of the hills, 
 And dotted with these green and verdant isles. 
 But I must on, and stop not here to-day, 
 But reach the mainland 'ere I make my camp. 
 
 {Exit Champlain^ 
 {End of Scene I) 
 
 Act II, Scene II 
 
 The scene changes to an open meadow, back of which 
 is a grove of cedars. The meadow is arranged as an 
 Indian village, with several tepees, a camp fire in the cen- 
 ter, and squaws, children, and braves clustered about, idle, 
 waiting the beginning of the games, Amadaga, two other 
 braves, and At-o-sis enter from the left, and Amadaga 
 comes to the front of the stage. 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Arise and come here to the blazing fire. 
 
 The time has come when we must test the skill 
 
 Of the young men, our future leading braves. 
 
234 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES . 
 
 Kechi Newaskw, grant that in these games 
 The best and bravest of our growing boys 
 May win the feathered crown on this glad day. 
 
 (The Indians slowly gather along the back of the stage, 
 leaving a space in the front for the contestants. A brave 
 beats a tom-tom and all the boys come tip from the lake, 
 as well as the braves and squaws. Amadaga stands at 
 the right and announces the various events. At-o-sis 
 stands with him, and Chegwalis, the son of Oyoha, stays 
 among the crowd.) 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Now all young men come forward for the games, 
 
 And stand in line before me on the right; 
 
 Then two by two come out and try your skill 
 
 In throwing down your brother on the ground. 
 
 (Then follow three exciting wrestling matches, which 
 
 add much to the interest of the play.) 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Now for the shooting contest. One by one 
 
 Come forward and with this, my strongest bow, 
 
 Aim at the branch that I point out, and see 
 
 What kind of archers are our future braves. 
 
 (One by one then come forward several boys and shoot 
 
 at the given mark, amid the loud plaudits or hisses of the 
 
 tribe.) 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Now gather for the shorter races here, 
 By sixes run them off, each group in turn. 
 Then after, let the ones who win each dash 
 Contest to find the winner of them all. 
 
 (Dashes are run by the boys) 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Now comes the longest race; on this depends 
 The choice of him who leads you in all wars, 
 Who judges you in days of quiet peace, 
 And intercedes with all the spirit folk. 
 
 (Great excitement is manifested by all) 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 235 
 
 Af-o-sis: 
 
 The only gift I wish to ask from thee, 
 Is that Chegwalis, who was not to run. 
 May do so by thy will, Oh mighty chief. 
 
 Amadaga: 
 
 Thy wish is heard and cannot be denied. 
 Come forward, Oh Chegwalis, spotted frog. 
 And take thy place among the other lads. 
 
 (Then the race takes place, and at the heat of the tom- 
 tom they rush off to run around the grove. Chegwalis 
 gets a good lead. Most of the inhabitants of the village 
 go to the corner of the grove, where they can he heard 
 yelling. Then they come running in hy the side of the 
 contestants. At-o-sis and Oyoha remain behind.) 
 
 Oyoha: 
 
 Oh mighty man of medicine, thy help 
 Has been so great to me and I have nought 
 To give thee but my greatest thanks. 
 Oh how I pray that he may win the race. 
 My cup of happiness would then be full. 
 
 At-o-sis: 
 
 I hope so, too, Oh woman, and he may; 
 The spirits ever favor those who mourn. 
 Thy thanks are gladly given. I rejoice 
 To help all such afflicted ones in need. 
 
 (He goes to the corner also, and she remains with head 
 bowed. Chegwalis wins the race. When the contestants 
 finish, many of them fall to the ground in a weak state. 
 The noise of the plaudits of the tribe is great, and amid 
 this din Wewenoe comes forward and places the feathered 
 crown on the head of Chegwalis. Then follows an In- 
 dian dance in which all join.) 
 
 {End of Act II) 
 
236 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Act III, Scene I 
 
 The same scene as act two, except that the camp has 
 been converted into a sort of chapel, with a rude stone 
 altar, crucifix, and lighted candles. The priest, Jean de 
 Breboef, stands in front of this altar, and reads in sono- 
 rous tones the 121st Psalm in Latin. 
 
 Jean de Breboef: 
 
 Levavi oculos meos in montes, unde 
 
 Veniet auxilium mihi. 
 
 Auxilium meum a Domino, qui fecit 
 
 Coelum et terram.. 
 
 Mon det in commotionem pedem tuum: 
 
 Neque domitet qui custodit te. 
 
 Ecce non dor nitabit neque dormiet. 
 
 Qui custodit te, Dominus protectio. 
 
 Tua, super manim dexteram tuam. 
 
 Per diem sol non uret te: neque luna 
 
 Per nootem : 
 
 Dominus custodit te ab omni malo: 
 
 Custodiat animam tuam Dominus. 
 
 Dominus custodiat introitum tuum. 
 
 Et exitum tuum: ex hoc nune, et esque 
 
 In saeculum. 
 
 (He gets no further than this with his service, as the 
 Indians surround him and rush him back into the zvoods. 
 All is silent for some time and then is heard the crackle 
 of Hames around him, as he is tied to the stake:) 
 
 Jean de Breboef: 
 
 I come, my Saviour, my Lord, I come. 
 
 (This is followed by the yelling of the Indians while 
 the fire burns and the smoke drifts upzvard and his life 
 goes out.) 
 
 {End of Act III) 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 237 
 
 Act IV, Scene I 
 
 Same setting as in act two, but the signs of the Indian 
 camp and chapel have been removed, and there is nothing 
 but the background of evergreens. 
 
 {Enter Conscience in the robes of a priest) 
 
 Conscience: 
 
 Oh hermit, in these scenes of human life. 
 
 Each man has done his duty as he could, 
 
 In helping, or in hindering the world; 
 
 Then have you seen that in your paltry life 
 
 The world has been no better or no worse 
 
 For thine existence? It were better far 
 
 To be a pagan, stumbling, stupid, blind. 
 
 Than to profess to be a man of God, 
 
 Helping no one in this weary world 
 
 That needs so much help from such men as you. 
 
 Awake ! arise from slumbers of the dead. 
 
 (Hermit arises from the ground, and, standing in front 
 of Conscience, speaks.) 
 
 The Hermit: 
 
 The scales have fallen from my blinded eyes. 
 
 The world stands out in colors new and bright. 
 
 So many opportunities are in our life 
 
 To help the weak and helpless of mankind, 
 
 I will arise and take my pilgrim staff, 
 
 Then seek the villages of all the world, 
 
 To bring to every sufferer and child 
 
 Such succor and such comfort as I may. 
 
 Into the crowded avenues of sin, 
 
 Into the lanes of misery and crime. 
 
 The very way I did avoid before 
 
 I'll seek with energy and spirit now. 
 
 Conscience: 
 
 I hear your great resolve and only laugh, 
 I scoff at these, thy good, but tardy thoughts. 
 When wandering through the vales of deep despair 
 Among the thick and cloudy shades of gloom, 
 
238 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Where through the chasm of an awful fate 
 You see the fiery flames of seething hell, 
 Then 'twill be time for thee to think 
 Of vain resolves made when it was too late. 
 Thy body has expired and this is death. 
 That which before me stands and talks to me 
 Is but the soul of him who talked before. 
 There is thy body, man of misery ! 
 
 (As he speaks, across the back of the stage go men 
 bearing a stretcher with a body covered by a black cloth.) 
 
 Go, doomed one, to the black abyss of death. 
 
 {The Hermit starts to leave the stage with bowed head, 
 and then suddenly lifts it.) 
 
 Hermit : 
 
 What is this glorious light that shines above? 
 
 Conscience: 
 
 It is the Star of Hope. Do not despair ! 
 
 {Exit the Hermit) 
 
 {Conscience stands in the center of the stage with 
 bowed head while the Epilogue is read.) 
 
 Epilogue 
 
 Herald : 
 
 The play is ended and the shades have gone. 
 The curtain has been drawn across the past. 
 From out the wond'rous vista thus revealed 
 Take home the simple lesson of the priest. 
 Then pardon all the faults and crudities. 
 Which have appeared in these, our humble acts, 
 And only take away with sympathy 
 The holy truth embodied in our play. 
 
 (Finis) 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 
 
 239 
 
 A Forest Theater 
 
 Biblical Dramas 
 
 There is available a series of biblical dramas by Harris 
 G. Hale and Newton M. Hall that are inspirational and 
 helpful, and worth while investigating. They sell for 10 
 cents a copy. The titles are as follows : 
 
 The Story of Joseph and His Brethren. 
 
 The Story of Jacob. 
 
 Moses, the Liberator. 
 
 Samuel and Saul. 
 
 David, the King. 
 
 The Story of David and Jonathan. 
 
 The Story of Solomon. 
 
 The Story of Job. 
 
 The Story of Elijah. 
 
 The Messages of the Prophets. 
 
240 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Nehemiah, the Builder. 
 
 Paul, the Prisoner of the Lord. 
 
 The Finding of Manitou 
 
 A Play by Charles R. Wakeliag, From 
 
 HOW MEN FOUND THE GREAT SPIRIT 
 A Story by Professor H. M. Burr 
 
 Directions to Players 
 
 To make this part of the program a great success these 
 directions must be followed to the letter: 
 
 1. Commit all lines to memory immediately. 
 
 2. Practice reciting and acting your part aloud at home 
 and during all your spare time. 
 
 3. Put your personality behind your part, making your 
 character a living rnan, 
 
 4. Follow all suggestions carefully. 
 
 5. Do not make too hard work of your part. As each 
 of us has some of the Indian in him, we should allow 
 everything to come as naturally as possible. 
 
 Synopsis 
 
 Act One — The Going Forth. 
 
 Act Two — The Finding. 
 
 Act Three — The Triumphant Return. • 
 
 Characters 
 
 The Great Council: Wakam, Mahng, Wawa, Nawad- 
 aha, Wabun, Makwa. 
 Wo, Chief of Council. 
 Voice of the Great Spirit, Manitou. 
 Time, about 1000 B. C. 
 Place, base of the Selkirks. 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 241 
 
 Act One 
 
 the going forth 
 
 [Rise of curtain discloses the Sun dance by the council 
 around fire as sun sets. Among the council is the chief, 
 who leads the dance. Stage should be darkened and 
 gradually grow darker, representing the sunset. As stage 
 grows darker, the fire grows brighter. As sun sinks the 
 council finish dance and kneel around the camp fire, 
 bowing to the sun. Wo rises, walks to front of fire, 
 where he stands with his back to audience, raising his 
 arms and lowering them three times, then returns to his 
 place. The fire should represent embers as far as pos- 
 sible.] 
 
 Wo. Now, my brothers, we will continue our discus- 
 sions of last night. Surely we have learned much. 
 
 Wawa. Yes, that is true, we have learned many things. 
 We have learned that cold weather follows hot, and 
 spring, winter. 
 
 Naivadaha. And does not the sun get up in the morn- 
 ing and go to bed at night? 
 
 Mahng. I have noticed also that the great water is 
 kindly when the sun shines, but when he hides his face 
 and the wind blows upon the water it grows black and 
 angry. It has upset my canoe. 
 
 Wakam. My grandfather has told me that at one time 
 he lighted the dry moss by rubbing flints. Also I have 
 seen him do it as we have done to-night by rubbing dry 
 sticks together. 
 
 Makwa. We indeed have a great servant. He will 
 bring back summer in the midst of winter. 
 
 Wakam. And day in the midst of night. 
 
 Wabiin. But he is hungry and we must feed him. 
 (Places a stick on fire.) Have you noticed that when he 
 escapes he devours the woods? 
 
 Mahng. I have, and also have I found that water was 
 the only means by which we could stop him. 
 
 {A long pause, as they sit silent, gazing at fire as if in 
 deep thought. Wo stirs. As soon as he speaks the audi- 
 
242 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 ence should grasp the idea that Wo is a greater leader 
 and thinker.) 
 
 Wo. Brothers, we have learned much indeed, but there 
 is more to learn. Where do we come from? From 
 whence come I? Whither am I going? Why does this 
 sun rise and set? Why does life burst into leaf and 
 flower with the coming of the spring? 
 
 Wawa. Why does the child become a man and the 
 man grow old and die? 
 
 Wo. These mysteries grow upon me day after day. 
 I have stood in the morning (rises, gesticulating) on the 
 mountain top and cried to the sun, ''Whence?" At night 
 I have cried to the moon "Whither?" But they are silent. 
 I have listened to the soughing of the trees and the song 
 of the brook and have tried to learn their language. 
 
 (More thoughtful silence.) 
 
 N awadaha. Wo, you are too long silent. As chief of 
 our tribe, you must know more than you have told us. 
 For six moons have you been silent and absorbed, as if 
 you were bowed with grief or carrying a great burden. 
 Tell us, O mighty chief; counsel with us that we may be 
 of help. 
 
 (Wo still remains silent.) 
 
 Makwa. Our fathers since the beginning have been 
 wiser than the beasts of the woods. Why are you not 
 satisfied? There is none so cunning as the fox, but we 
 can trail him to his lair. Though we are weaker than the 
 great bear and buffalo, yet by our wisdom we overcome 
 them. 
 
 Wahun. See, we speak great swelling words, "How 
 great and wise we are. There is none like us in the air, 
 in the wood, or in the water." 
 
 Wo. (Jumping up suddenly as if in anger.) But the 
 words are false. Our pride is like that of a partridge 
 drumming on his log in the wood before the fox leaps 
 upon him. Our sight is like that of the mole burrowing 
 under the ground. Our wisdom is like a drop of dew 
 upon the grass. Our ignorance is like the great water 
 which no eye can measure. Our life is like a bird coming 
 out of the dark, fluttering for a heartbeat in the tepee and 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 243 
 
 then going forth into the dark again. No one can tell us 
 whence it comes or whither it goes. I have asked the 
 wise men and they cannot answer. I have listened to the 
 voice of the trees and wind and water, but I do not know 
 their tongue. I cannot understand it. 
 
 Mahng. Neither can we, nor did your father or 
 mother. Did they not name you Wo because they did 
 not know from whence you came or whither you are 
 going? 
 
 Wo, But listen. To-day, in the silence before the 
 darkness gives place to light, I seemed to hear a still 
 small voice within my breast saying, *'Wo, the questioner, 
 rise up like the stag from thy lair; away, alone, to the 
 mountain of the sun. There thou shalt find that which 
 thou seekest." And so I go, but if I fall by the trail 
 another will take it up. If I find the answer I will return. 
 
 {Council rises. Wo lays hands on each one and then 
 exits. Wabun and Nawadaha put more wood on the 
 fire and all sit around it, gating at it as if deeply moved 
 in thought. As curtain descends slowly they how three 
 times in reverence to the fire.) 
 
 (Slow Curtain.) 
 Act Two 
 
 THE FINDING 
 
 [On the summit of the mountain. Stage lighted to rep- 
 resent sunset. Wo enters wearily from left. The skins 
 which he wears are torn and tattered. He has been 
 through all kinds of hardships during the last two days. 
 He looks about him. A bitter cry breaks from his lips, as 
 he seems to suddenly see the sun away in the distance.] 
 
 Wo. Have I climbed all day long to find only this? 
 Ah, I am not on the mountain of the sun. For there 
 is the sun sinking in the great water many days' journey 
 to the west. 1 thought that I would sleep to-night in the 
 tepee of the sun and he would tell me whence I come 
 and whither I go. Is my long trail useless? Can I 
 not find the answer? The sun must journey farther and 
 
244 CAAIP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 faster than men dream. Of wood and waste and water, 
 I see no end. 
 
 [Stage darkens as if a storm is approaching, thunder 
 in distance. Overcome with weakness, Wo falls, with 
 his back toward right (sunset). He falls asleep and 
 mumbles. The storm breaks, stage grows darker, wind, 
 thunder and vivid lightning. Wo sleeps through it, toss- 
 ing and turning as if in a great struggle or passion. 
 Soon a great hush comes over the scene. The storm 
 seems to clear. Stage still dark, but lighter than before. 
 Wo hears a quiet voice and sits up, listening. Spot light 
 comes from above Wo, resting on his face, representing 
 the spirit.] 
 
 Spirit. (Off stage.) Wo, I am he whom thou seek- 
 est; I am the Great Spirit, Manitou. I am the All-father. 
 Ever since I made man of the dust of the earth and so 
 child of the earth and brother to all living, and breathed 
 into his nostrils the breath of life, thus making him my 
 son, I have waited for a seeker who should find me. In 
 the fulness of time thou hast come. Wo the questioner, 
 to me the answerer. (PVo sits up and looks about him 
 mystified. ) 
 
 Thy body is of the earth and to earth returns; thy 
 spirit is mine. It is given thee for a space of time to 
 make according to thy will ; then it returns to me better 
 or worse for thy making. Thou hast found me because 
 thy heart was pure and thy search for me tireless. Go 
 back to thy tribe and be to them the voice of the Great 
 Spirit, the great Manitou. Henceforth I will speak to 
 thee and the seekers that come after thee in a thousand 
 voices, and appear to them in a thousand shapes. I will 
 speak in the voices of the wood and streams and of those 
 you love. I will appear to you in the sun by day and the 
 stars by night. When thy people and mine are in need 
 and wish for the will of the Great Manitou, then shall 
 my spirit brood over thine and the words that thou shalt 
 speak shall be my words. 
 
 (As Wo sleeps again the storm gradually passes. 
 Stage gradually lightens up from left to right. The 
 sun rises and when everything is bright Wo awakes.) 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 245 
 
 Wo. (Wondering.) Sunrise. Day at last. My body 
 is warmed by the rays of the sun, while a great gladness 
 seems to fill my very being and soul. Ah, I remember. 
 I have sought and found. (Prays.) O great Spirit, 
 great Manitou, Father of my spirit, the sun is thy mes- 
 senger, but thou art brighter than the sun. Drive thou 
 the darkness before me. Be thou the light of my spirit 
 and my life. 
 
 (Slow Curtain.) 
 
 Act Three 
 
 the triumphant return 
 
 [Rise of curtain discloses council assembled, with same 
 scene as in Act One, Wakam and Mahng cleaning fish 
 at left of stage, Wawa and Nawadaha sharpening arrows 
 at rear center, while Wabun is sewing skins and Makwa 
 making a new bow.] 
 
 Wakam. Wo has come back. How changed he is. 
 
 Mahng. His face shines like the sun, when he smiles 
 at the birth of the year. 
 
 Wawa. We will call him, "He of the Shining Face." 
 
 (Wo enters from right with face aglow.) 
 
 Nazvadaha. (Approaching Wo.) Welcome back, O 
 great chief. 
 
 (All bow, drop work and make signs as they gather 
 in a group around Wo at left of stage.) 
 
 Wabun. Wo, we know that you have found the an- 
 swer, but for one whole day you have refused to tell us 
 about it. We see it in your face. May we rejoice with 
 you and share your happiness? 
 
 Makwa. Something wonderful has happened. We 
 are waiting for the truth. 
 
 (Wo stands for a moment as if he were waiting. 
 Then he seems to have receiz'ed an inspiration, makes 
 sign motioning them around the fire. They sit in places 
 as in Act One.) 
 
 Wo. I have wonderful words to tell you, O my chil- 
 
246 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 dren and brothers. I went, I sought, I found the Great 
 Spirit. I have found Manitou. 
 
 {The council arise together, bow low together, and 
 say together, ''The Great Spirit." Then they sit with 
 solemnity.) 
 
 Wo. He dwells in the earth as your spirits dwell in 
 your bodies. It is from him the spirit comes. We are 
 his children. He cares for us more than a mother for 
 the child at her breast, or the father for the son that is 
 his pride. His love is like the air we breathe; it is about 
 us; it is within us. 
 
 (Council look at Wo and then at each other in won- 
 der.) 
 
 Wo. The sun is the sign of his brightness, the sky 
 of his greatness, and mother-love and father-love and the 
 love of man and women are the signs of his love. We 
 are but children; we cannot enter into the council of the 
 Great Chief (Wo bozvs and the council how while sit- 
 ting) until we have been proved; but this is his will, that 
 we love one another as he loves us; that we bury for- 
 ever the hatchet of hate ; that no man shall take what is 
 not his own, and that the strong shall help the weak. 
 
 {Council still wondering. Each man bozvs to the fire.) 
 
 Wo. We are his children. Therefore, let us bury 
 the hatchet of hate and plant the acorn of peace. 
 
 {They wait as if in doubt and then show sudden de- 
 cision.) 
 
 {A solemn hatchet dance, accompanied by an Indian 
 chant, takes place around the fire. Wo takes a stone 
 shovel and a hatchet. All the council stand around Wo, 
 who digs and shovels and then buries the hatchet at 
 right of stage.) 
 
 Wo. Thus bury we hate between man and his brother. 
 
 {Another short dance, after which Wo picks an acorn 
 from tree and plants it beside the buried hatchet.) 
 
 Wo. Thus plant we the love of the strong for the 
 weak. 
 
 {A short dance around the fire and around the buried 
 hatchet and acorn and then all the council kneel down 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 247 
 
 around the fire, arms extended to heaven, faces lifted 
 as they pray together.) 
 
 Council. Great Spirit, Father Manitou, hear us. 
 Guide us through the night and through the day. Guide 
 us evermore. Make our wills thy will, our ways thy 
 way. 
 
 ( They raise arms above head and then bend down 
 placing arms on floor.) 
 
 {Very Slozv Curtain.) 
 
 (This play is a reprint from the Association Seminar, 
 Springfield, Mass., and published here by their courtesy. 
 
 Fire Water 
 
 (An Abnaki Indian Allegory) 
 
 This play was given at Camp Abnaki, the State Camp 
 of Vermont. It was written by John C. Farrar, one of 
 the campers, and was a great success. It has been highly 
 praised by some of the best judges of such material. 
 
 Those who are interested in the production of this 
 play should write to State Secretary, Young Men's 
 Christian Association, Burlington, Vermont. The play 
 has been printed and copies may be secured at small 
 cost. 
 
 Play the Game! 
 Poem by Henry Newbolt 
 Scene I. — Tableau of boys playing cricket. 
 
 Recitation 
 
 There's a breathless hush in the close to-night — 
 
 Ten to make and the match to win— 
 A bumping pitch and a blinding light. 
 
 An hour to play, and the last man in. 
 
248 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 And it's not for the sake of a ribboned coat, 
 
 Or the selfish hope of a season's fame, 
 But his captain's hand on his shoulder smote — 
 
 [Action: The captain steps up to the batsman, puts 
 his hand on his shoulder, and says to him urgently — ] 
 "Play up! Play up! And play the game!" 
 
 Scene II. — Tableau. Soldiers in a hard-fought fight 
 retreating — a young officer among them. 
 
 Recitation 
 
 The sand of the desert is sodden red — 
 
 Red with the wreck of the square that broke; 
 
 The gatling's jammed and the colonel dead, 
 And the regiment blind with dust and smoke. 
 
 The river of death has brimmed its banks. 
 And England's far and Honor a name. 
 
 But the voice of a schoolboy rallies the ranks — 
 
 [Action: The young officer stands forward, pointing 
 his sword to the enemy, and the retreating soldiers turn 
 ready to cJiarge with him as he cries — ] 
 
 'Tlay up ! Play up ! And play the game !" 
 
 Scene III. — A procession of all Izinds of men, old ones 
 at the head, middle-aged in center, young ones behind — 
 soldiers, sailors, lazvyers, worlzmen, footballers, etc., etc. 
 — Scotch. Irish, English, Colonial — all United hand in 
 hand. 
 
 Recitation 
 
 This is the word that year by year, 
 
 While in her place the school is set. 
 Every one of her sons must hear. 
 
 And none that hears it dare forget. 
 This they all with joyful mind 
 
 Bear through life like a torch in flame. 
 And falling fling to the host behind — 
 
 [Action: The leader flings out a Union Jack and calls 
 to the rest — ] 
 
 "Play up ! Play up ! And play the game !" 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 
 
 249 
 
 [One in the center then calls back to the juniors: 
 "Play up! Play up! And play the game!" The small- 
 est of the juniors steps forward and cries to the audi- 
 ence — ] 
 
 "Play up ! Play up ! And Play the Game !" 
 
 — "Scouting for Boys." 
 
 Players' Scene for "Midsummer Night's Dream" 
 
 This is a portion of one of Shakespeare's plays that 
 has been successfully produced at Camp Becket for sev- 
 
 A Shakespeare Play in the Woods 
 
 eral years and has created considerable interest among 
 the boys. They use an open amphitheater in the woods 
 for their plays, which is very effective and inspiring. 
 
250 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Peddler or Spy 
 
 This play was written by Edward V. Ambler, and sells 
 for twenty-five cents. 
 
 The play has been produced in several camps and has 
 been very successful. It is a Colonial Mock Trial, using 
 from fifteen to twenty-five characters, and requires one 
 and one-half hours for production. It is adaptable for 
 older boys and men and calls for three feminine charac- 
 ters, which can be taken by the men. 
 
 The Upper Trail 
 
 A Boys' Comedy Drama in four Acts, by Raymond O. 
 Hanson. 
 
 The play comprises a most vivid portrayal of boy life 
 and the manner in which it is effected by organized 
 effort for good. It deals primarily with the unfolding 
 of the better element in the life of a typical gang leader, 
 whose ideals are elevated through his contact with men 
 and boys interested in his welfare. 
 
 Every moment is full of intense action, and there is a 
 sufficient amount of comedy and drama to delight any 
 audience. The play runs for two hours, and can be 
 produced with little scenery at low cost. Ten to thirty 
 boys may be used in the cast of characters. This play 
 can be secured from the author for fifty cents per copy. 
 
 The Wayagamug Play 
 
 At Wayagamug, Mich, is presented the only genuine 
 Indian pageant given in the country to-day — the play of 
 Hiawatha. The play is presented by a band of pure- 
 blooded Ojibways and Mohawks, in their own language. 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 251 
 
 every detail of costume and "props" is worked out by 
 them and manufactured by them. 
 
 The Longfellow legend is adhered to more or less, but 
 the text of the play is the correct Indian legend. 
 
 The "stage" of the play consists of a portion of the 
 Indian village itself, which is placed on a tree-strewn 
 tongue of land projecting into the large lake. 
 
 The play can be worked up by an energetic leader, and 
 made a most interesting event. 
 
 Unprepared Plays 
 
 Give the plot of a short, simple pla}^ and assign to 
 each player his part, with an outline of what he has to 
 do and say. 
 
 And then let them act it, making up the required con- 
 versation as they go along. 
 
 This develops the power of imagination and expression 
 on points kept in the mind, and is a valuable means of 
 education. 
 
 It is well, before starting to act a play in this way, to 
 be a little less ambitious, and make two or three players 
 merely carry out a conversation on a topic leading up to 
 a given point, using their own words and imagination in 
 doing so. 
 
 — "Scouting for Boys." 
 
 Suggested Plays 
 
 The following plays can be well adapted for camp use: 
 
 Aunt Dinah's Pledge. 15 cents. A temperance 
 drama in two acts, by H. Seymour. Six male, three fe- 
 male characters. Time, one hour. Aunt Dinah was an 
 eminent Christian woman. Her pledge included smok- 
 ing and swearing as well as drinking. It saved her two 
 
252 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 boys ; and by quiet, yet loving and persistent work, she 
 added to it the names of many others who seemed almost 
 beyond the hope of redemption. The play is both humor- 
 ous and pathetic. 
 
 Byrd and Hurd; or, A Fair Exchange. 15 cents. 
 A farcical sketch in one act, by Harold Sander. Six 
 male characters ; one exterior and one interior scene. 
 Time, about forty minutes. For seven years a lawsuit 
 has been pending between Byrd and Hurd for possession 
 of a pond situated between their contiguous farms. They 
 are both arrested in Boston. Byrd has a lunch served, 
 but has no tobacco ; Hurd has, and is hungry. After 
 bitter altercations, Byrd divides his lunch, Hurd his to- 
 bacco. The exchange leads to reconciliation and per- 
 sonal settlement of the lawsuit, to the disgust of Sly, the 
 lawyer. The scenes are quite simple and the "situations" 
 extremely comic. 
 
 The Fruits of the Wine Cup. 15 cents. A temper- 
 ance drama in three acts, by John H. Allen. Six male, 
 four female characters. Time, about one and one-quar- 
 ter hours. An ever popular drama with evenly balanced 
 pathos and mirth, and many thrilling scenes. Arouses 
 enthusiasm and commands applause. But, above all, the 
 dramatic portrayal of the gradual demoralization of 
 character inevitably consequent on the indulgence in 
 strong drinks, and the slow but sure undermining of self- 
 control and moral responsibility, afford a memorable 
 lesson in strong contrast with the blessings enjoyed by 
 a firm adherence to temperate principles. A very highly 
 recommended temperance play. 
 
 Fun in a School Room. 15 cents. A farcical sketch, 
 in one act and one interior scene, by Harry E. Shelland. 
 Four male characters, a Dutch dialect teacher and three 
 pupils, consisting of a young Bowery tough, a Hebrew 
 boy, and a rather good little boy. Time, about forty 
 minutes. The questions and answers given in their re- 
 spective personalities are outrageously funny, including 
 an entirely new version of the discovery of America. 
 The sketch throughout is incredibly absurd. 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 253 
 
 The First Day of the Holidays. A comedy in four 
 acts, by C. A. Pellanus. Six male characters. Costumes, 
 modern; scenery, two Interiors. Plays an hour and a 
 half. An exceptionally brisk and humorous piece, in- 
 tended for male characters only. Price, 15 cents. 
 
 CHARACTERS 
 
 Prof. B. Willdard, a naturalist. A short-sighted old man. 
 
 Job Shirker, a shoemaker. Envious of other men's suc- 
 cess. 
 
 Joseph Shirker, his son. A tramp. 
 
 Henry Cooper, a police officer and a duffer, horn in 
 England. 
 
 J. T5 J ' Yschoolboys. Impertinent and full of high 
 sptftis* 
 
 Greek Costume Plays. For school, or lawn perform- 
 ance. By M. Nataline Crumpton, Mrs. Mary L. Gad- 
 dess, and others. An assemblage of popular entertain- 
 ments, mostly on classical subjects and calling for Greek 
 dresses. All have been popular as independent publica- 
 tions, in which form many are still in print. The follow- 
 ing list of titles will amply suggest the nature of the 
 themes. Price, 25 cents. 
 
 contents 
 
 Antigone. By Sophocles. Five males, three females. 
 
 Ceres. By M. Nataline Crumpton. Two males, twelve 
 females. 
 
 The Convention of the Muses. By Ella Skinner 
 Bates. Nine females. 
 
 Pandora. By M. Nataline Crumpton. Four males, 
 three females. 
 
 Theseus. By M. Nataline Crumpton. Seven males, 
 seven females and supers. 
 
 The Ivy Queen. By Mrs. Mary L. Gaddess, ad libi- 
 tum. 
 
 The Revels of the Queen of May and Her Fair- 
 ies. By Mrs. Mary L. Gaddess. One boy, forty-five 
 girls. 
 
254 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 John Brown's Ten Little Injuns. 15 cents. A 
 tomahawk march and drill for small boys or young men. 
 The march, manual and chorus are all done to the old 
 tune of the same name. Comic. 
 
 Our Youthful Patriots. 15 cents. A patriotic en- 
 tertainment for young people, by J. W. J. Marley. Rep- 
 resents Uncle Sam, Columbia, Peace, and a chorus of 
 soldiers and Red Cross nurses (any even number of 
 boys and girls). Includes a variety of songs, choruses, 
 concerted recitations, etc., and a "Flag Drill." Suitable 
 for school exhibitions and church entertainments. Runs 
 about half an hour. 
 
 Mischievous Bob. 15 cents. A comic drama in one 
 act, for six male characters. Plain room scene. Time, 
 forty minutes. A taking farce for boys, marked by a 
 serious, and even p5,thetic, as well as comic interest. The 
 characters are true to nature, and the moral gilded with 
 genuine humor. Bob should be played by a small boy; 
 the size of the others is unimportant. 
 
 A Pageant of History. By Walter Ben Hare. Fif- 
 teen males, nine females by doubling, and has been given 
 on a large scale with one hundred and thirty-eight men 
 and two hundred and ten women. Eighteen males and 
 twenty females is an average number. Costumes, his- 
 torical ; scenery, either elaborate or none at all, as de- 
 sired. Plays a full evening. A very easy and effective 
 scheme for a pageant illustrating the progress of our 
 race in history, with full directions for economical cos- 
 tuming and simple production. Adapted for production 
 by anyone, anywhere, with good effect. Has been pro- 
 duced repeatedly and is perfectly practical. Price, 25 
 cents. 
 
 outline for programs 
 
 Scene i. Ancient Britain. "The coming of the Cross." 
 Drama in blank verse with hymns and 
 march movements. 
 
 3cENE 2. Medieval England. "Bold Robin Hood." 
 ^omic Opera with Folk Dances, 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 255 
 
 Scene 3. Part i. — "The Landing of the Pilgrims." 
 Tableau with reading. 
 Part 2. — "The White Man's Foot." Dra- 
 matic Indian scene. 
 Part 3. — "A Song of Thanksgiving." Pil- 
 grim song service. 
 Scene 4. Part i. — "The Spirit of Seventy-Six." Tab- 
 leau with song. 
 Part 2. — "A Colonial Garden Party." His- 
 torical characters in the Minuet. Petite 
 Comedy. 
 Scene 5. Part /. — "The Days of '61." Battle scene 
 with music. 
 Part 2. — "Lincoln's Speech at Gettysburg." 
 Scene 6. "America Triumphant." Song and Tableau. 
 
 A Regular Rah ! Rah ! Boy. A comedy in three 
 acts. By Gladys Ruth Bridgham. Fourteen male char- 
 acters, sixteen or seventeen years old. Costumes, mod- 
 ern; scenery, two interiors. Plays an hour and three- 
 quarters. An ingenious and interesting story of football 
 politics, into the plot of which the "movies" enter as a 
 detective agency. Fred Williamson's unexpected talents 
 as a photo-play comedian get him into all kinds of trou- 
 ble. Full of the true college atmosphere, lively, bright 
 and a sure hit. Strongly recommended. Price, 25 cents. 
 
 characters 
 
 Le Roy Briggs, captain of the 
 
 football team 
 Sam Bigelow, center 
 Fred Williamson, quarterback 
 Harold Smith, halfback 
 Philip Ainsworth, sub 
 Dick Colton, sub. 
 Russell Sydney 
 
 Leonard Ferguson \- Juniors. 
 Stephen Reynolds 
 
 Should be played by 
 boys sixteen and 
 seventeen years 
 old. 
 
256 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Clayton King, football coach and instructor in Milford 
 
 Academy. 
 Murphy, Trainer. 
 Mr. Deane, an instructor. 
 Alexander Norton, Manager of the Star Moving Picture 
 
 Theater. 
 Jimmy Colton, Dick's little brother, "a rcgidar rah! rah! 
 
 boy." 
 Extra schoolboys and visitors for acts two and three. 
 
 The Snow Image. By E. Antoinette Luques. These 
 little plays are the work of an experienced teacher, the 
 themes are well selected, treated with the skill, propriety 
 and sympathy acquired through long and close experience 
 with childhood, and are provided with full instructions 
 not only for production on a regular stage but for adap- 
 tation to the conditions of the schoolroom. Strongly rec- 
 ommended. Price, 25 cents. 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 The Snow Image. Two males, four females. 
 
 Hiawatha's Childhood. Thirteen males, fourteen fe- 
 males. 
 
 The Spirit of Memorial Day. Four males, five fe- 
 males. 
 
 The Story of the Poplar Tree. Seven males, fifteen 
 females. 
 
 Tableau and Pantomime Entertainments. By Clara 
 E. Cooper, Bertha Currier Porter, Laura M. Parsons and 
 others. This collection comprises two new and four well- 
 known and popular entertainments of the same class. 
 The moving tableau is steadily gaining in appreciation 
 over the old picture-tableau and this collection offers an 
 excellent choice of such material. Price, 25 cents. 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 In Sleighing Time. Four males, three females, reader 
 and chorus. 
 
 Choosing an Occupation. Six males, five females 
 and reader. 
 
PAGEANTS AND PLAYS 257 
 
 Pictures in the Fire. Four males, four females and 
 supers. 
 
 Living Pictures of the Civil War, ad libitum. 
 A. Ward's Wax Figure Show, ad libitum. 
 Dramatized Readings, ad libitum. 
 
CHAPTER X 
 
 HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, AND CLUBS 
 
 The daily, commonplace activity of any boys' camp is 
 a matter of the greatest importance, for, after all, it is 
 not so likely to be the "big special night," the "visitors' 
 day," or even the Sunday services that are going to make 
 the most lasting impressions for good on the boy as a 
 result of his outing, but rather, nine times out of ten, it 
 will be the effect of the general camp spirit, the organ- 
 ized activity that is the camp itself in action, that will 
 count largest toward the individual boy's development. 
 
 Every camp, therefore, even if it is but a short-term 
 camp, should have a carefully worked out, well-organized 
 plan of activity, a plan that will give every boy, big, little, 
 strong, weak, quiet, or active, an equal chance to develop 
 as an individual unit. This cannot be accomplished in 
 any better way than by the use of a non-competitive 
 honor system with graded awards, constructed in such a 
 way as to stimulate a boy to achieve for himself an honor; 
 first, along the line of his natural interest or ability, 
 whether it be athletics, nature study, or aquatics; then, 
 by using the receiving of that honor as a lever with 
 which to aid him lift himself to some other useful in- 
 terest that heretofore he has felt was impossible for him 
 to attain. Such work encourages a boy to achieve for 
 himself, and in so achieving many new interests are 
 
 258 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 259 
 
 awakened and a self-confidence discovered that is invalu- 
 able, for, as has been so often noted, the boy that does 
 achieve for himself is the boy that develops initiative, 
 and it is only a step from a guided initiative to leader- 
 ship. 
 These honor systems must be made up to fit local con- 
 
 Flag Raising 
 
 ditions, and to fit the leadership obtainable for any given 
 camp. They should be progressive and on a large enough 
 scale so that it will be the next thing to impossible for 
 any camper to win all the honors in any one camping 
 season, except, perhaps, leaders. 
 
 If carefully conducted, the honor system itself will pro- 
 duce a constant supply of excellent camp leaders for the 
 future — leaders trained especially for leadership in the 
 particular camp in which their awards were won, and at 
 the same time the awards will have their bigger benefit 
 in individual growth for each individual boy. 
 
 The spirit of altruism should dominate the whole plan, 
 
26o CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 and the awards should be carefully guarded from becom- 
 ing mere prizes. This system also makes possible an 
 accurate record of individual growth for the camp leader 
 and many times opens an approach for just the kind of 
 help and counsel the camper needs. The tests should 
 cover a broad list of activities, and the more dignity that 
 can be given to the winning of an award the better for 
 the boy. 
 
 The following Honor Systems have been chosen as 
 suggestive, but probably would not be successful in any 
 field except their own. However, they will enable any 
 competent camp leader to construct one for his own use 
 that will do wonders toward making his camp a real suc- 
 cess — a success measured in terms of growth. None of 
 them is mere theory, for all have been, or are now, in 
 actual use and giving results in the most representative 
 of boys' camps. 
 
 The "Personal Attainment" Plan 
 
 Personal Attainment has supplanted the honor system 
 of mere achievement, and affecting only a few boys. 
 The following system, operated at Camp Becket, gives 
 every boy an equal chance in obtaining the much-prized 
 honor emblem, as well as helps the boy attain character. 
 
 The points are determined by qualifying in the follow- 
 ing: 
 
 1. Health. Includes wearing of proper clothing accord- 
 ing to changing temperature and weather conditions; 
 chewing of food; proper posture at the table; cleanliness 
 of body and clothing; participation in games, athletics 
 and aquatics; erect carriage; setting-up exercises; clean- 
 liness in dishwashing, and of dish towels (lo points). 
 
 2. Neatness. Keeping trunk and clothing in neat con- 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 261 
 
 dition ; repair of clothing, care of bed, tent, towels, bath- 
 ing suit, etc. (10 points). 
 
 3. Promptness. Camp duty; getting up in the morn- 
 ing and retiring at night; in time at meals, entertain- 
 ments, chapel, discussion club, swimming period; return 
 
 Setting-up Exercise 
 
 of boat, books, and camp property; on time for tutoring 
 period (10 points). 
 
 4. Cheerfulness. "A smile better than a frown." In 
 doing work, participating in tent inspection, at meals, 
 toward others (10 points). 
 
 5. Manners. Avoidance of slang; proper eating; 
 thoughtfulness toward others, especially younger boys, 
 leaders, and visitors; gentlemanly at all times; control 
 of tongue and temper (10 points). 
 
 6. Morals. Participation in discussion periods; chapel 
 service; elimination of undesirable habits and traits; 
 
262 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 helping another fellow to make good ; lead in evening tent 
 devotion (lo points). 
 
 7. Trustworthiness. Recognizing the seriousness of 
 ''Yes" and "No"; personal property rights; measuring up 
 to given responsibilities (10 points). 
 
 8. Achievement. Learning to swim; to handle a boat; 
 to make a fire and cook a meal ; to develop and print pic- 
 tures; nature study club; first aid and life saving; win- 
 ning an athletic or aquatic event; woodcraft (10 points). 
 
 9. Industry. Finishing a job; woodworking; printing; 
 tutoring; keeping accurate record of spending money; 
 diary of camp life; making something useful for camp 
 (10 points). 
 
 10. Helping Others. Teaching another to swim; to 
 handle a boat; helping a new boy to get acquainted; 
 volunteer service; doing a good turn to somebody every 
 day; participate in entertainment (10 points). 
 
 When fifty points (five points in each section) have 
 been secured, a small white felt triangle is presented. 
 Upon securing sixty points (six points in each section) a 
 small green felt triangle is presented. This triangle is 
 placed over the white triangle, forming a six-pointed 
 star, to be worn above the regular camp triangle. When 
 eighty points have been won, the regular Honor Emblem 
 is awarded, upon approval of the Senior Council, Upon 
 securing ninety or more points, the highest honor, the 
 gold enameled honor emblem button is given. The Honor 
 Pennant is awarded only to those who render special 
 service to the camp. A Personal Attainment Chart is 
 given to each boy at the close of his stay in camp. 
 
 The emblems are given at the Sunday morning church 
 service with impressive ceremony. Each boy's progress 
 is checked up weekly by a card system of reports from 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 263 
 
 tent leaders, thus enabling the director to follow the char- 
 acter building process of each camper with a certain 
 degree of accuracy. 
 
 The Order of the Onaway Square 
 
 This is the honor emblem tests and awards used in 
 the Wisconsin boys' camps. It is one of the most attrac- 
 tive and valuable features of the camp life because of 
 
 The Mountain Camp 
 
 the all-round personal development encouraged by it. Of 
 the tests given below, six in each division must be passed 
 in order to secure the emblem of the first degree of the 
 Order. The first five in each division are required. 
 
 Admission to "The Order of the Onaway Square" is 
 a worthy honor for any camper. At the close of the 
 season every boy will be given a certificate indicating his 
 achievements during the time spent in camp. 
 
264 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Physical 
 
 Swim 100 yards. 
 
 Run 100 yards in thirteen seconds. 
 
 Make a running broad jump of twelve feet. 
 
 Take early morning drill and plunge daily. 
 
 Cleanliness. 
 
 Erect posture. 
 
 Proper eating. 
 
 Care of teeth. 
 
 Participate in one over-night hike. 
 
 Row a boat one mile in eight minutes. 
 
 Make a dive in good form. 
 
 Pass all the practical tests in life-saving. 
 
 Social 
 
 ♦i. Do "good turns" to others. 
 
 *2. Friendliness with campmates. 
 
 *3. Table manners. 
 
 *4. Courtesy toward neighbors and visitors. 
 
 5. Write home at least three times in two weeks. 
 
 *6. Participate in evening entertainment. 
 
 *7. Entertain tent group. 
 
 *8. Teach others in athletics, aquatics, or mental tests. 
 
 *9. Cheerfulness. 
 
 10. Chum with boy from another town. 
 
 11. Serve in some official position in camp. 
 *I2. Play on musical instrument in camp. 
 
 Mental 
 
 1. Pass an examination in boat-handling. 
 
 2. Pass an examination in elementary First Aid to 
 
 Injured. 
 
 In all these tests a grade of good must be secured. 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 265 
 
 3. Answer questions correctly on "From youth into 
 
 Manhood." 
 
 4. Report on campfire talks. 
 
 5. Name and describe twenty-five different kinds of 
 
 birds and trees. 
 
 6. Name and point out fifteen different stars and 
 
 star-groups. 
 
 7. Name and describe ten different kinds of fish. 
 
 8. Pass written examination in life-saving-. 
 
 9. Tie six different standard knots. 
 *io. Cook specified food on hike. 
 
 *ii. Measure height of tree or width of body of water. 
 *12. Compose a song or yell for camp or tent. 
 
 Moral 
 
 *i. Read a few verses of Bible daily and write an- 
 swers to questions. 
 *2. Reverence. 
 *'' Self-control. 
 
 Obedience to those in authority. 
 
 Promptness in responding to bugle calls, signals 
 
 and camp duties. 
 Care of personal and camp property. 
 Neatness in arranging tent and table. 
 Cheerful and? faithful performance of camp 
 duties. 
 *9. Volunteer service for camp. 
 
 10. Attendance at church on Sundays. 
 
 11. Contribute money for some benevolent object. 
 
 12. Save ten per cent of camp spending money. 
 Additional tests for which special awards are made : 
 
 'In all these tests a grade of good must be secured. 
 
266 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Other Honors 
 
 Life-saving crew. 
 
 Learned to swim. 
 
 Taught to swim. 
 
 Scouting. 
 
 Music. 
 
 Photography. 
 
 On newspaper staff. 
 
 Camp school. 
 
 Made souvenirs, etc. 
 
 Awarded banner. 
 
 Comic costume award. 
 
 Athletic and Aquatic Contests 
 
 1. loo-yard dash. 
 
 2. Running broad jump. 
 
 3. Running high jump. 
 
 4. Pole vault. 
 
 5. Shot put. 
 
 6. 25-yard swim. 
 
 7. 25-yard back-swim. 
 
 8. 100-yard swim. 
 
 9. Plain dive. 
 ID. Boat race. 
 
 11. Baseball. , 
 
 12. Tennis. 
 
 13. Quoits. 
 
 Popular Honor Emblem Tests 
 
 These are in use in Eastern camps. Each boy must 
 win 90 points out of a possible 100 to secure the Honor 
 Emblem (name and significance to be local). Leaders 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS; AWARDS, CLUBS 267 
 
 are appointed to take charge of the different tests, to 
 whom the boys will report when they qualify in the 
 tests and receive their points. The final decision in the 
 g-iving of the honor emblem is made at a full meeting of 
 the camp, council, society, club, or whatever it may be 
 called locally. 
 
 Discipline 
 
 1. Doing camp duty promptly, efficiently and cheer- 
 
 fully (5 points). 
 
 2. Participating promptly in preparing tents, baggage 
 
 and beds for inspection (4 points). 
 
 3. Loyalty to captain in all games (5 points). 
 
 Observation 
 
 1. Observe the ways of birds, animals, and people and 
 
 jot down a sketch of them in a notebook (3 
 points). 
 
 2. Take a walk and upon return to the camp write 
 
 upon the following six subjects: 
 
 (a) Nature of byways or paths. 
 
 (b) Different kinds of trees you noticed. 
 
 (c) People you met. 
 
 (d) Peculiar smells of plants. 
 
 (e) Kind of fences you saw. 
 
 (f) Sounds you heard (3 points). 
 
 3. Observe sanitary and hygienic disorder and correct 
 
 the same (5 points). 
 
 4. After the reading aloud of a story write an account 
 
 of it (3 points). 
 
 Woodcraft 
 
 I. Observe the tracks of birds and animals and dis- 
 tinguish them (2 points). 
 
268 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 2. Identify fifteen birds, or fifteen trees, or fifteen 
 
 flowers, or fifteen minerals (2 points). 
 
 3. Tie a square knot; a weaver's knot; a slip knot; a 
 
 flemish coop; a bowline; half timber clove, and 
 boom hitches; stevedore and wall end knots; 
 blackwall and catpaw turn and hitch hook 
 hitches (2 points). 
 
 4. Make a "star" fire and cook a meal upon it for the 
 
 boys of your tent (3 points). 
 
 5. Find the south at any time of day by the sun with 
 
 the aid of a watch (i point). 
 
 6. Estimate the distance across water (i point). 
 
 7. Judge the time of day by the sun (i point). 
 
 8. Read the signs of the weather by the sun, wind 
 
 and clouds (2 points). 
 
 9. Make something useful for the camp (5 points). 
 
 Health 
 
 1. Promptness, erect carriage and earnestness in set- 
 
 ting-up drill (3 points). 
 
 2. Gain made in physical development during the 
 
 time in camp (2 points). 
 
 3. Essay upon the campfire talks on Personal Hygiene 
 
 (3 points). 
 
 4. Care of tent, clothing and baggage, in dry and 
 
 wet weather (3 points). 
 
 5. Cleanliness of person (3 points). 
 
 6. Proper eating at meals (5 points). 
 
 7. Win first place in the athletic or aquatic events 
 
 (2 points). 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 269 
 
 Chivalry 
 
 (Among the laws of the Knights was this: "Chivalry 
 requireth that youth should be trained to perform the 
 most laborious and humble offices with cheerfulness and 
 grace: and to do good unto others.") 
 
 1. Do a good turn to somebody every day (3 points). 
 
 2. Control tongue and temper (5 points). 
 
 3. Participate in some entertainment (2 points). 
 
 4. Secure the approval of the leaders (2 points). 
 
 5. Promptness in attending chapel services (2 points). 
 
 Saving Life 
 
 1. Be able to swim fifty yards and return without 
 
 stopping (i point). 
 
 2. Pass the examinations in Life-saving and First Aid 
 
 Work by written and demonstration work (5 
 points). 
 
 3. Row from wharf to a given point and back in a 
 
 given time (i point). 
 
 Patriotism 
 
 1. Respect the United States flag at raising and colors 
 
 (5 points). 
 
 2. Memorize "America" and "Star Spangled Banner" 
 
 (i point). 
 
 3. Write an essay explaining the plan of governing 
 
 your own town and city (2 points). 
 
 4. Write in your own words what you think citizen- 
 
 ship means (2 points). 
 
 5. Describe upon paper some historic spot or building 
 
 near your home, and its connection with the 
 making of America (i point). 
 
270 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The Honor System of Camp Eberhart 
 
 Every boy who enrolls at camp for one full week shall 
 be entitled to wear the camp emblem. It will always be 
 worn on the left breast of the shirt or sweater. 
 
 There shall be four degrees of the camp emblem, the 
 second, third, and fourth of which may be earned in the 
 following manner : 
 
 The emblem itself shall be the First Degree. 
 
 The Second Degree may be earned by any camper by 
 passing before a camp leader in nine of the twelve re- 
 quirements of the Second Degree. The tests that are 
 successfully passed must be reported to the office in 
 writing by the camp leader. 
 
 The Third Degree may be earned in a like manner by 
 passing in nine of the twelve requirements of the third 
 degree. Winners of the Third Degree will become mem- 
 bers of the Brown Rag Society and will be awarded the 
 Brown Rag. 
 
 The Fourth Degree may be earned in a like manner 
 by passing in nine of the twelve requirements of the 
 fourth degree. Winners of the Fourth Degree will be- 
 come members of the Green Rag Society, and will be 
 awarded the Green Rag, which is the highest honor the 
 camp can bestow. 
 
 The degrees must be earned in order mentioned, ex- 
 cept that any camper may be awarded a Green Rag by 
 a unanimous vote of all members of the Rag Societies at 
 that time in camp, for the saving of human life. 
 
 In addition to the Rag Societies, four medals will be 
 awarded each season under the following conditions : 
 
 One to the leader who, by the vote of the campers, has 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 271 
 
 contributed most to the happiness and welfare of the 
 camp. 
 
 One to the boy who having already won his Brown 
 Rag excels in aquatics; quality and form to be the basis 
 of judgment. 
 
 One to the boy who having already won his Brown Rag 
 excels in athletics ; form to be the governing factor in the 
 chosen events. 
 
 One to the boy who having already won his Brown 
 Rag excels in all-round development — camp spirit, per- 
 sonal life, interest in gaining knowledge, woodcraft, na- 
 ture study, athletics, aquatics, discipline, and posture will 
 be the basis. 
 
 The awarding of the medals will be in the hands of 
 a committee who will determine the winner by a process 
 of elimination. 
 
 Requirements for the Second Degree Test 
 (Pass nine out of twelve) 
 
 Character Test. * Cleanliness, Trustworthiness, Cheer- 
 fulness. 
 
 Physical 
 
 1. To be able to swim fifty yds. 
 
 2. To be able to walk one mile in eleven minutes. 
 
 3. To be able to run ico yds. in thirteen seconds. 
 
 4. To be able to jump 6 ft. in standing broad jump. 
 
 Outing 
 
 1. To catch one-pound fish. 
 
 2. Demonstrate five First-Aid Measures. 
 
 3. Start three consecutive fires with three matches, 
 
 one fire to be in a wet place. 
 
272 CAMP AND OUTING. ACTIVITIES 
 
 4. To identify five different moths, butterflies or other 
 insects, and tell something about them. Or to 
 collect, press, and identify twenty-five wild flow- 
 ers. 
 Social 
 
 1. To contribute some stunt to a camp fire program. 
 
 2. To know by name every boy in Camp. 
 
 Spiritual 
 
 1. To attend morning devotions daily. 
 
 2. To read the book of John through. 
 
 Requirements for the Third Degree 
 (Pass nine out of twelve) 
 
 Character Test. * Promptness, Obedience, Courtesy. 
 
 Physical 
 
 1. To be able to swim 200 yds. 
 
 2. To row a boat one mile in ten minutes. 
 
 3. To hike ten miles with ten pounds of packing in 
 
 one day. 
 
 4. Make five different dives with grade of 75 per cent. 
 
 Outing 
 
 1. To tell correct time of day by sun at least twice a 
 
 day. 
 
 2. To measure height of tree without climbing it. 
 
 3. To tie eight standard knots and name them. 
 
 4. To know and name fifteen different trees. 
 
 Spiritual 
 
 1. To lead evening devotions once. 
 
 2. To become a member of the U and I Fraternity. 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 273 
 
 Requirements for the Fourth Degree 
 (Pass nine out of twelve) 
 
 Character Test. * Unselfishness, Self-control, Rever- 
 ence. 
 
 Physical 
 
 1. To compete in a regular game or tournament. 
 
 2. To make the surf board test. 
 
 3. To pass the U. S. Life Saving Test. 
 
 4. To jump 16 ft. in running broad jump. 
 
 Outing 
 
 1. To catcl] a two-pound fish. 
 
 2. To identify twenty-five wild birds. 
 
 3. To start a fire with a fire drill. 
 
 4. To signal the alphabet by wig-wag, or by the helio- 
 
 graph or Morse code. 
 
 Social 
 
 1. To be chosen a tent captain. 
 
 2. To teach one boy how to swim. 
 
 Spiritual 
 
 1. To secure a new member for the U and I Frater- 
 
 nity. 
 
 2. To lead in prayer at devotions. 
 
 Rules 
 
 1. All tests must be passed while at the camp. 
 
 2. All tests must be passed before one of the Gamp 
 
 Staff, and reported to the ofiice in writing. 
 
 3. Degrees not completed in two years will have to 
 
 be done over again. 
 
 4. Where there is any question, test miist be done over. 
 
274 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 5. Each rag winner will pay one-half, or thirty cents, 
 
 toward cost of rag. 
 
 6. At least one test must be passed in each group of 
 
 each test. 
 
 Alternatives 
 
 The Rag Societies may vote on certain alternatives for 
 campers who are not able to pass in the required units 
 
 On a 200-mile Walk in the Rockies 
 
 for some reason. Special alternatives for each applicant 
 must be determined upon. 
 
 The Honor System of Camp Wawayanda 
 
 Camp Honors 
 
 A camper may secure the honor emblem, the Wawa- 
 yanda "W," by securing 100 points, not less than fifteen 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 275 
 
 from each of the first five groups, and the other twenty- 
 five points may be optional, provided he secures the ap- 
 proval of the camp leaders and meets the requirements of 
 Section F. 
 
 Campers who do not secure sufficient points to win the 
 emblem in one season will have those secured placed to 
 their credit the following season. 
 
 Alaximum 
 
 A, Physical — 40 points Points 
 
 1. Swim fifty yards 5 
 
 2. Win a place in an event in athletic or aquatic 
 
 meet (3 points for first, 2 for second, i 
 for third) 6 
 
 3. Win a place in tennis, quoits, shuffleboard, 
 
 or bowling tournament (3 points for first, 
 2 for second, i for third) 6 
 
 4. Know how to handle a boat properly and row 
 
 a prescribed distance in a given time 6 
 
 5. Attendance at Flag Raising and Morning 
 
 Exercises (one-half point off for each ab- 
 sence) 7 
 •6. Reach the standard given in Seton's Birch 
 Bark Roll in the following: Mile walk, 
 lOO-yard dash, standing broad jump, run- 
 ning broad jump, standing high jump, run- 
 ning high jump, hop-step-and-jump, shot 
 put, throwing baseball, chinning bar (i 
 point for each event) 10 
 
 B. Social — 40 points 
 
 1. Neatness 5 
 
 2. Cleanliness 5 
 
 3. Promptness and proper eating at meals 5 
 
-276 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Maximum 
 Points 
 
 4. Cheerfulness 5 
 
 5. Teach another boy to swim 5 
 
 6. Take part in a camp entertainment 5 
 
 7. Take part in baseball, tennis, quoits, bowling, 
 
 or shuffleboard tournament (i point for 
 each) 5 
 
 8. Know by name fifty boys in camp 5 
 
 C. Educational — 40 points 
 
 1. Pass first aid or summer school examinations 10 
 
 2. Pass life-saving examination 10 
 
 3. Membership in Wantonoit Club 10 
 
 4. Learn to swim 5 
 
 5. Write a record of one day's events in camp ^ 2 
 
 6. Take, develop, print, and mount at least six 
 
 pictures, showing scenes and activities 
 around camp 3 
 
 D. Moral — 40 points 
 
 1. Faithful participation at Bible study and 
 
 Sunday services 10 
 
 2. Learn the books of the Bible 5 
 
 3. Daily Bible readings 10 
 
 4. Cheerfulness and faithfulness in performing 
 
 camp duties 10 
 
 5. Self-control (control of temper, speech, and 
 
 actions) 5 
 
 E. Camp and Woodcraft — 40 points 
 
 I. Know how to select and arrange a camp site, 
 including location, sanitation, water sup- 
 ply, drainage, shelter, etc. 5 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 277 
 
 Maximum 
 Points 
 
 2. Know how to pitch a tent properly and care 
 
 for its equipment 5 
 
 3. Make an accepted improvement to camp 
 
 grounds or equipment 5 
 
 4.- (a) Find the north with a watch in the day, 
 or by stars at night, and 
 (b) Know the sixteen principal points of the 
 compass 4 
 
 5. Tie at least ten knots 5 
 
 6. (a) Build a camp fire with only one match, 
 
 and put it out without using water; and 
 (b) Go on a hiking trip and make a satis- 
 factory map of the country passed 
 through, locating buildings, streams, 
 springs, roads, trails, mountains, and 
 other important features 6 
 
 7. Know an improved method of signaling, 
 
 and be able to send and receive at the 
 rate of fifteen letters per minute 6 
 
 8. Be able to cook satisfactorily over the camp 
 
 fire four of the following: oatmeal or 
 other cereal, bacon and eggs, potatoes, 
 Irish stew, fish, steak or chops, vege- 
 tables, pancakes, biscuits, a "twist" 
 baked on a stick; prepare coffee, tea, 
 or cocoa 4 
 
 F. Church or Association Activity 
 
 Render volunteer service in the local Association or 
 Church during the months following camp, and receive 
 the approval of the Boys' Work Committee, or Pastor 
 
278 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 and Sunday school superintendent, for work performed 
 to January first, when the emblem will be awarded. 
 
 The Camp "Chief Ouray" Idea 
 
 The camp emblem is given to boys who prove them- 
 selves to be good, all-round campers, as shown by their 
 interest in all camp activities, such as Bible study, na- 
 ture study, athletics, mountain climbing, entertainment, 
 personal conduct, the daily routine of work, etc. Pen- 
 nants are awarded in special cases, by the vote of camp- 
 ers and leaders, for unsual service or special interest in 
 certain activities. The winning of an emblem and pen- 
 nant is the ambition of every camper. 
 
 In order to encourage the camper to acquire pluck, 
 energy, self-control, and such other qualities as may char- 
 acterize an ideal camper, the following points must be 
 secured to entitle the camper to wear the Camp "Chief 
 Ouray" emblem: Athletics, Service, Nature Study, Bi- 
 ble Study, Mountain Climbing, Entertainment, Approval 
 of Leaders. This emblem cannot be bought — it must be 
 won. 
 
 The emblem is given on the basis of effort made, rather 
 than on the final result accomplished. 
 
 Camp Wildwood Honors 
 
 At Camp Wildwood the following constitute the basis 
 of award: 
 
 The largest list of wild birds reported. 
 
 The largest number of native trees. 
 . The largest number of constellations. 
 
 The best pieces of manual training. 
 
 The best decorated and neatest tent. 
 
 The best group of photographs illustrative of camp life. 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 279 
 
 The first boy learning to swim at camp. 
 The boy who cannot swim on coming to camp who is 
 most proficient at the end of the summer. 
 
 An All-Year-Round Honor System for Older Boys 
 
 (From 16 to 21 years) 
 
 Purpose 
 
 The purpose of these tests is to help each member to 
 attain an all-around efficiency that will be a help in every 
 phase of his life. The tests, while being difficult enough 
 to require effort on the part of the most skilled, are also 
 attainable by any boy who will apply himself. It is 
 worth while to measure up to any one of these tests, but 
 a really great honor to pass any seven of them. 
 
 Awards 
 
 As soon as any one test is passed successfully, the 
 contestant will be entitled to wear the brown Association 
 emblem with one white segment; when two are passed, 
 the emblem with two white segments; when three are 
 passed, the white triangle; four, the green emblem with 
 one segment; five, with two segments; six, green em- 
 blem with white triangle; when seven are passed, the 
 winner will be awarded the Honor emblem. 
 
 To every contestant winning this emblem will also 
 be awarded a gold Association medal. 
 
 I. Athletic Efficiency Test 
 
 a. High jump: Outdoors, 4 feet; indoors, 4 feet 2 
 
 inches. 
 
 b. Three broad jumps: outdoors, 21 feet; indoors, 20 
 
 feet. 
 
28o CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 c. loo-yard dash: outdoors, 13 seconds; indoors, 14 
 
 seconds. 
 
 d. Pull up: outdoors, 9 times; indoors, 9 times. 
 
 e. Fence vault, 4 feet 6 inches, 
 
 2. Swimming Efficiency Test 
 
 a. Plunge for distance — 25 feet. 
 
 b. Medley swim — 20 yards breast stroke; 20 yards on 
 
 back; 20 yards overhand. 
 
 c. Demonstrate four dives, making grade of 75 per 
 
 cent. 
 
 d. Towing a man of own weight at least 30 feet. 
 
 e. 20-yard swim — 14 3/5 seconds. 
 
 f. Dive and bring object to surface. 
 
 g. Demonstrate breaking holds when rescuing drown- 
 
 ing. 
 
 3. Gymnastic Efficiency Test 
 
 Select four from each group on each piece of ap- 
 paratus and make average grade of 75 per cent. 
 
 A. Mat 
 
 Head stand. 
 
 Hand spring. 
 
 Cart wheel. 
 
 Back somersault. 
 
 Hand stand. 
 
 Neck spring with hands. 
 
 B. Horse 
 
 1. Straddle vault. 
 
 2. Screw mount, left to neck, front scissors, front 
 
 vault to far side. 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 281 
 
 3. Thief vault, with ^ turn R or L. 
 
 4. Wolf vault to back rest, L >4 L, R >^ R, squat 
 
 vault to mat. 
 
 5. Front rest, L ^ R, R >4 L, squat to front rest, 
 
 rear vault L. 
 
 6. Front rest, L full R, R full L, squat vault. 
 
 C. Parallel Bars 
 
 1. Jump, free cross rest, rear vault. 
 
 2. Forward travel in cross riding seat, front vault at 
 
 end bars. 
 
 3. Cross riding seat, shoulder stand, drop back to 
 
 cross riding seat with rear vault. 
 
 4. Jump to free cross rest, R, L over R bar, rear 
 
 vault R. 
 
 5. Upper arm hang, upstart to riding seat, front of 
 
 hands, front vault right. 
 
 6. Upstart rear vault right. 
 
 D. Low Horizontal Bar 
 
 1. Wolf vault. 
 
 2. Squat vault. 
 
 3. Back circle to front rest with short underswing. 
 
 4. Front rest, R >2 L, forward knee circle, R ^4 R, 
 
 dismount to mat. 
 
 5. L 5^ L, R 5^ R, double backward knee, circle to 
 
 back rest, dismount to mat. 
 
 6. Short underswing upstart. 
 
 4. . Outing and Nature Study Efficiency Test 
 
 a. Attend a regular Association hike, walking at least 
 ten miles, carrying a pack of at least ten pounds, 
 including a blanket roll, and sleeping out one 
 
282 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 night under temporary shelter prepared by 
 hiker, and cook one satisfactory meal of meat 
 and potatoes on open fire, all to be done inside 
 of thirty-six hours, 
 b. To identify fifteen trees in the natural woods, both 
 with and without leaves ; or identify and name 
 twenty-five wild birds, or pick, press, and name 
 forty wild flowers. 
 
 5. Social Service Efficiency Test 
 
 a. Secure one new member for the Division. 
 
 b. Serving on a working committee or doing a defi- 
 
 nite prescribed piece of service for the Division, 
 your church, or your Sunday school. 
 
 c. Placing one good boys' book in the Boys' Division 
 
 Library. 
 
 d. Personally conducting your father over the entire 
 
 Association plant. 
 
 6. Bible Study Efficiency Test 
 
 a. Receiving a mark of 75 per cent or above from 
 
 the Association for a regular course of Boys' 
 Bible Study. 
 Or, covering one outline of study prescribed by the 
 Boys' Work Director and satisfactorily review- 
 ing the same. 
 
 b. Reading one standard religious book, to be deter- 
 
 mined upon by the Boys' Work Directors, the 
 same to be properly reviewed to him. 
 
 c. Be an active member of some Sunday school. 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 283 
 
 7. Mental Efficiency Test 
 
 a. To pass your grade at school with mark of 80 per 
 
 cent or above. 
 
 b. Read one book of fiction, one of history, one of 
 
 science, one of exploration, one of poems, one 
 of personal hygiene — books to be prescribed by 
 Boys' Work Director. 
 
 c. Or to pass one course in correspondence school, 
 
 night study, or a course in any night school. 
 
 d. To belong to one educational club of some sort in 
 
 the city, or to construct an acceptable airship 
 model, boat model, or some piece of wood or 
 metal work, executed by yourself. 
 
 8. Personal Efficiency Test 
 
 a. Show a bank balance of $5.00 of money earned by 
 
 work. 
 
 b. Purchase $10.00 worth of personal clothing — 
 
 money all earned by one's self. 
 
 c. Break one bad habit, to be prescribed by parent and 
 
 to be judged by Boys' Work Director or one he 
 may designate. 
 
 d. Pass with grade of 75 per cent for posture and 
 
 personal cleanliness and appearance. 
 c. Be able to be characterized as a booster for every- 
 thing that is good and worth while. 
 
 The Camp Miller System 
 
 In order to win the honor of wearing the Camp Miller 
 emblem the camper must secure 300 points from the fol- 
 lowing table. The highest honor the camp awards its 
 campers is the Camp Miller "M." 
 
284 CAMP AXD OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Points 
 Swim 50 yards 2 
 Swim 100 yards 2 
 Win a place in athletic contest 2 
 Pass Red Cross examination 5 
 Sleep out all night away from camp in a tem- 
 porary tent constructed by the camper 5 
 Take part in campfire entertainment 5 
 Take a photo of a wild animal 5 
 Name and identify ten trees 5 
 Press and mount twenty-five different kinds of 
 
 wild flowers 10 
 
 Mount five different butterflies 5 
 
 Tie ten different knots 5 
 
 Listen to story, then write up in your own words 10 
 
 Light a fire with one match 3 
 
 Find the south with the aid of a watch i 
 
 Identify five different birds 5 
 
 Punctuality at setting-up exercises 5 
 
 Morning plunge (not a swim) 2 
 
 Punctuality at breakfast, dinner and supper , 5 
 
 Punctuality at Bible study 5 
 
 Neat tent 5 
 
 Unknown point 15 
 
 Run 100 yards, 14 seconds ; seniors, 12 2/5 sees. 3 
 
 Pull up 10 times; seniors, 12 times 3 
 
 Broad jump, 6 feet; seniors, 7 feet 5 inches 3 
 
 High jump, 3 feet 6 inches; seniors, 4 ft. 4 in. 3 
 
 At the close of each camp a silver medal will be 
 awarded the boy having the largest number of points. 
 He will be known as the best all-around camper. 
 
 Tent competition is also encouraged by offering special 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 285 
 
 rewards each week to the tent totaling the largest num- 
 ber of points for that period. 
 
 The Kiamesha Emblem 
 
 The coveted Camp Honor Emblem is worn only by 
 those who qualify in the things Kiamesha stands for. 
 It cannot be purchased but must be won. The qualifica- 
 tions are : 
 
 Quarter-mile swim; half-mile row; ability to tramp; 
 overnight camp and cookery ; winning athletic and 
 aquatic points; nature study and woodcraft; useful camp 
 labor; ability to make things; taking part in entertain- 
 ment; good camp spirit; deserve approval of leaders. 
 
 The Honor Pennant, still harder to win, is the highest 
 honor which the camp gives, and is awarded only to 
 emblem winners and to those who render special service 
 to the camp. 
 
 Camp Couchiching Emblems 
 
 These emblems will be awarded to boys who show them- 
 selves to be all-round good campers and who win the 
 required number of points during any two weeks. There 
 will be three grades of emblems, as follows : 
 
 First. A wreath of maple leaves on white ground 
 with a red triangle and white C. C. will be awarded to 
 any boy who wins a total of 360 out of 400, with at least 
 80 in each division. 
 
 Second. A maple leaf with red triangle and white 
 C. C. will be awarded to boys who earn 300 points, at 
 least 65 in each division. 
 
 Third. A red triangle and white C. C. will be awarded 
 to boys who earn 240 points, at least 50 in each division. 
 
286 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Wrestling at Camp Couchiching 
 
 There will be loo points in each of four divisions as 
 follows ; 
 
 First Division — Physical 
 
 Points 
 
 For attendance and good work at physical train- 
 ing classes 25 
 
 For attendance and improvement shown in ath- 
 letics 25 
 
 For attendance and improvement shown in box- 
 ing, wrestling or fencing 25 
 
 For passing the first-class all-round test in ath- 
 letics 25 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 287 
 
 Points 
 For passing the second-class all-round test in 
 
 athletics 25 
 
 For passing the third-class all-round test in 
 
 athletics 25 
 
 Second Division — Physical (Aquatics) 
 
 For attendance and improvement shown in swim- 
 ming 25 
 
 For attendance and improvement shown in diving 25 
 
 For attendance and improvement shown in pad- 
 dling, rowing, or sailing 25 
 
 For passing the first-class all-round test in 
 aquatics • 25 
 
 For passing the second-class all-round test in 
 aquatics 25 
 
 For passing the third-class all-round test in 
 aquatics 25 
 
 Third Division — Educational 
 
 For attendance and test in first aid 25 
 
 For attendance and test in life-saving 25 
 
 For attendance and test in woodcraft or knot- 
 tying 25 
 For attendance and test in signaling, photography, 
 camp craft, or making some useful article for 
 test or for personal use 25 
 
 Fourth Division — Unknown 
 
 The 100 points in this division are given for being an 
 all-round good camper. They will be awarded at a 
 special meeting of the leaders. No emblem will be 
 awarded unless a boy wins the approval of the leaders. 
 
288 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Canoe Tests 
 
 All boys, irrespective of age, size, and past records, 
 must pass the tests before being granted the privileges 
 on the water. 
 
 First Class Test 
 
 PRIVILEGES 
 
 I. General use of canoes 
 and rowboats. 
 
 QUALIFICATIONS 
 
 1. Swim 880 yards. 
 
 2. Swim 150 yards on back. 
 
 3. Swim 50 feet under 
 
 water. 
 
 4. Overturn, right and emp- 
 
 ty canoe in deep water 
 and paddle in. (Two 
 boys may perform 
 this test together.) 
 
 5. Long plunge, remaining 
 
 in the water 35 sec- 
 onds. 
 
 6. Pass life-saving exami- 
 
 nation. 
 
 Second Class Test 
 
 Act as Assistant Instruc- 
 tor in swimming, div- 
 ing, life-saving, and 
 paddling. 
 
 1. Swim 440 yards. . 
 
 2. Swim 75 yards on back. 
 
 3. Swim 50 feet, towing 
 
 boy of same weight. 
 
 4. Overturn canoe and keep 
 
 afloat, observing in- 
 structions. 
 
 5. Long plunge, remaining 
 
 in the water 25 sec- 
 onds. 
 
 6. Life-saving land drill. 
 
 1. To go on a canoe trip. 
 
 2. General use of row- 
 
 boats and canoes in 
 Lake Couchiching in 
 fair weather. 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 289 
 Third Class Test 
 
 QUALIFICATIONS PRIVILEGES 
 
 1. Swim 75 yards. i. To go in a sailboat, row- 
 
 2. Swim 50 feet on back. boat, or canoe, with a 
 
 3. Swim, overturn canoe, leader. 
 
 and keep afloat, ob- 
 serving instructions. 2. To go in a boat alone in- 
 
 4. Hold one's breath under side Sandy Bay. 
 
 water for 15 seconds. 
 
 Fourth Cla^s Test 
 
 I. Swim 50 feet. i. To go in a boat or a 
 
 canoe with a leader in- 
 side Sandy Bay. 
 
 The Erie Plan 
 
 "Order of the Mystic Circle" is a felt emblem, divided 
 into four quadrants, each quadrant having the Greek let- 
 ter standing for one of the four phases of a boy's na- 
 ture — namely, Social, Physical, Mental, and Moral. 
 These quadrants are to be won separately and to be used 
 upon gymnasium shirts or sweater coats. It is necessary 
 to pass the first six tests to gain the quadrant for that 
 group. The second year, those having gained the quad- 
 rants previously will strive to pass the additional tests in 
 order to gain in addition to the felt emblem the bronze 
 button with the Mystic Circle emblem. 
 
 Tests for Admission 
 
 Any six of the ten tests must be passed to win quad- 
 rant for that group. 
 
290 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Social. 
 I. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 4- 
 
 5. 
 6. 
 
 7- 
 
 8. 
 
 9- 
 10. 
 
 Do good turns to others. 
 
 Keep cheerful. 
 
 Friendliness with campmates. 
 
 Courtesy to visitors and neighbors. 
 
 Write home at least three times in two weeks. 
 
 Participate in evening entertainment or stunts. 
 
 Teach others in athletics, aquatics, or mental 
 
 tests. 
 Help with camp duties. 
 
 Be of especial help to a strange boy in camp. 
 Play musical instrument in camp. 
 
 Physical : 
 
 1. Swim 100 yards. 
 
 2. Run 100 yards in thirteen seconds. 
 
 3. Make a running broad jump of 14 feet. 
 
 4. Take early morning drill and plunge at least seven 
 
 times while at camp. 
 
 5. Cleanliness. 
 
 6. Erect posture. 
 
 7. Proper eating. 
 
 8. Care of teeth. 
 
 9. Row boat one mile in eight minutes. 
 ID. Climb specified tree in one minute. 
 
 Mental: 
 
 1. Pass examination in elementary First Aid. 
 
 2. Answer questions correctly on "From Youth into 
 
 Manhood." 
 
 3. Name and point out ten trees. 
 
 4. Tie six standard knots. 
 
 5. Name and recognize twenty plants. 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 291 
 
 6. Measure correctly height of tree and width of 
 
 field. 
 
 7. Name and recognize ten birds. 
 
 8. Report on camp fire talks. 
 
 9. Practical forestry. 
 
 [0. Pass examination in boat handling. 
 
 Moral: 
 I 
 2 
 
 Read Bible daily. 
 Self-control. 
 Obedience to those in authority. 
 Promptness in responding to bugle calls, etc. 
 Care of personal and camp property. 
 Contribution of money to some benevolent object. 
 Neatness in arranging tent. 
 
 Relate some instance at camp fire that has influ- 
 enced your life for good. 
 Save ten per cent of spending money. 
 Reverence. 
 
 Awarding Feathers 
 
 Much has been made in certain camps of awarding 
 various brightly colored feathers for honors, for first, 
 second, and third place in athletic and aquatic meets, for 
 winning of baseball leagues, for proficiency in doing 
 various camp duties, leading in devotions, teaching a new 
 boy to swim, and so forth. Only braves that have won 
 a certain number of feathers are allowed to sit in the 
 inner circle of the camp pow-wow. After a certain num- 
 ber of feathers have been won the brave is supplied with 
 a head-band in which to place his feathers. Some have 
 taken it one step farther and allowed a brave that wins a 
 
292 CAAIP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 head-band to wear also a blanket, and the "blanket 
 braves" become the social committee of the camp. 
 
 Suitable feathers may be secured through any whole- 
 sale millinery supply house, and they can easily be dyed 
 any colors desired. 
 
 The Three Classes of Scouts 
 
 There are three classes of scouts among the Boy Scouts 
 of America — Tenderfoot, Second Class Scout, and First 
 Class Scout. Before a boy can become a Tenderfoot he 
 must qualify for same. A Tenderfoot, therefore, is su- 
 perior to the ordinary boy because of his training. To 
 be a Tenderfoot means to occupy the lowest grade in 
 scouting. A Tenderfoot, on meeting certain require- 
 ments, may become a Second Class Scout, and a Second 
 Class Scout, upon meeting another set of requirements, 
 may become a First Class Scout. The First Class Scout 
 may then qualify for the various merit badges offered 
 for proficiency in scouting. The requirements of the 
 Tenderfoot, Second Class Scout, and First Class Scout 
 are as follows : 
 
 Tenderfoot 
 
 To become a scout a boy must be at least twelve years 
 of age and must pass a test in the following: 
 
 1. Know the scout law, sign, salute, and significance 
 
 of the badge. 
 
 2. Know the composition and history of the national 
 
 flag and the customary forms of respect due 
 to it. 
 
 3. Tie four of the following knots: square or reef, 
 
 sheet-bend, bowline, fisherman's, sheepshank, 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 293 
 
 halter, clove hitch, timber hitch, or two half- 
 hitches. 
 He then takes the scout oath, is enrolled as a Tender- 
 foot, and is entitled to wear the Tenderfoot Badge. 
 
 Second Class Scout 
 
 To become a Second Class Scout a Tenderfoot must 
 pass, to the satisfaction of the recognized local scout 
 authorities, the following tests : 
 
 1. At least one month's service as a Tenderfoot. 
 
 2. Elementary first aid and bandaging; know the 
 
 general directions for first aid for injuries; know 
 treatment for fainting, shock, fractures, bruises, 
 sprains, injuries in which the skin is broken, 
 burns, and scalds; demonstrate how to carry in- 
 jured, and the use of the triangular and roller 
 bandages and tourniquet. 
 
 3. Elementary signaling: Know the semaphore, or 
 
 American Morse or Myer alphabet. 
 
 4. Track half a mile in twenty-five minutes; or, if in 
 
 town, describe satisfactorily the contents of one 
 store window out of four observed for one min- 
 ute each. 
 
 5. Go a mile in twelve minutes at scout's pace — 
 
 about fifty steps running and fifty walking, alter- 
 nately. 
 
 6. Use properly knife or hatchet. 
 
 7. Prove ability to build a fire in the open, using 
 
 not more than two matches. 
 
 8. Cook a quarter of a pound of meat and two pota- 
 
 toes in the open without ordinary kitchen cook- 
 ing utensils. 
 
294 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 9. Earn and deposit at least one dollar in a public 
 
 bank. 
 10. Know the sixteen principal points of the compass. 
 
 First Class Scout 
 
 To become a First Class Scout, the Second Class Scout 
 must pass the following tests: 
 
 1. Swim fifty yards. 
 
 2. Earn and deposit at least two dollars in a public 
 
 bank. 
 
 3. Send and receive a message by semaphore, or 
 
 American Morse, or Myer alphabet, sixteen let- 
 ters per minute. 
 
 4. Make a round trip alone (or with another scout) 
 
 to a point at least seven miles away, going on 
 foot or rowing boat, and write a satisfactory 
 account of the trip and things observed. 
 
 5. Advanced First Aid: Know the methods for — 
 Panic prevention. 
 
 What to do in case of fire and ice, electric and 
 gas accidents. 
 
 How to help in case of runaway horse, mad dog, 
 or snake bite. 
 
 Treatment for dislocations, unconsciousness, poi- 
 soning, fainting, apoplexy, sunstroke, heat ex- 
 haustion, and freezing. 
 
 Know treatment for sunburn, ivy poisoning, bites 
 and stings ; nosebleed, earache, toothache, inflam- 
 mation or grit in eye, cramp or stomach-ache and 
 chills. 
 
 Demonstrate artificial respiration. 
 
 6. Prepare and cook satisfactorily, in the open, with- 
 
 out regular kitchen utensils, two of the follow- 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 295 
 
 ing articles, as may be directed: Eggs, bacon, 
 hunter's stew, fish, fowl, game, pancakes, hoe- 
 cake, biscuit, hardtack or a "twist" baked on a 
 stick. Explain to another boy the methods fol- 
 lowed. 
 
 7. Read a map correctly, and draw, from field notes 
 
 made on the spot, an intelligible rough sketch 
 map, indicating by their proper marks important 
 buildings, roads, trolley lines, main landmarks, 
 principal elevations, etc. Point out a compass 
 direction without the help of the compass. 
 
 8. Use properly an ax for felling or trimming light 
 
 timber; or produce an article of carpentry, or 
 cabinet-making, or metal work, made by himself. 
 Explain the method followed. 
 
 9. Judge distance, size, number, height, and weight 
 
 within 25 per cent. 
 
 10. Describe fully, from observation, ten species of 
 
 trees or plants, including poison ivy, by their 
 bark, leaves, flowers, fruit, or scent; or six spe- 
 cies of wild birds, by their plumage, notes, tracks, 
 or habits ; or six species of native wild animals, 
 by their form, color, call, tracks, or habits; find 
 the North Star, and name and describe at least 
 three constellations of stars. 
 
 11. Furnish satisfactory evidence that he had put into 
 
 practice in his daily life the principles of the 
 scout oath and law. 
 
 12. Enlist a boy drained by himself in the require- 
 
 ments of a Tenderfoot. 
 
 — Reprinted by special permission of 
 ^ "The Boy Scouts of America." 
 
296 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Standard Efficiency Tests for Boys 
 
 For several years an increasing number of Young 
 Men's Christian Associations have been giving physical, 
 educational, and religious tests to boys in their member- 
 ship and awarding points for proficiency. Detailed infor- 
 mation may be secured by writing to Standard Efficiency 
 Test for Boys, 124 East 28th Street, New York. 
 
 The Wantonoit Club 
 
 This club was originated and organized by Professor 
 Henry W. Brown, of Colby College, Waterville, Me., 
 and is now being used in dozens of camps throughout 
 the United States. The club is just what its name pur- 
 ports, an organization of those who want to know things.* 
 It is an outdoor club, a body of nature lovers, and its 
 field is the world. It is simple in its plan and methods, 
 but it is 'vastly important in its purpose, and it is sur- 
 prisingly effective in the way it attains its end. 
 
 The plan presupposes the presence of an enthusiastic 
 naturalist as leader. He need not be a scientist, but he 
 must be a real man. The instruction is personal and 
 direct, in the main ; but hikes, demonstrations, and lec- 
 tures are important. The work must be absolutely volun- 
 tary — extensive rather than intensive--and there must be 
 no suggestion of the schoolroom, its methods, or its at- 
 mosphere. Enthusiasm grows spontaneously in such cir- 
 cumstances, and many a boy has become acquainted with 
 upward of five hundred natural objects in a single sea- 
 son. 
 
 The cut of the certificate will give you some idea of 
 the scope of the club. 
 
 Upon the receipt of a small fee, a copy of the Wanto- 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 297 
 
 noit diploma will be sent to any camp leader, with the 
 right to issue the same. Professor Brown, as national 
 
 VJ 
 
 U 
 
 ^1 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 ^i 
 
 ^i 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 ^¥i 
 
 l^\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 >. 
 
 
 ^ll 
 
 counsellor, stands ready at any time to suggest such ways 
 and means as shall arouse interest in such a club in your 
 camp. Write him if interested. 
 
298 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The following excerpt from a recent story is enlighten- 
 ing: 
 
 The Wantonoit Boys 
 
 "Helloa, Jim, what yer doing?" 
 
 "Sh ! watching that bird." 
 
 "Oh (softly) what is it?" 
 
 "A hermit thrush — there he goes now ! Come out, 
 to-night, and maybe you can hear him sing. He's got a 
 nest about here somewhere. I think it's on the ground. 
 Earned your Wantonoit certificate yet?" 
 
 "No, but I think I'll start in — all the fellows seem to 
 be at it. I've never cared a rap for bugs and birds and 
 such things, anyway." 
 
 "Nor I, either. But after I got started and began to 
 make out my lists and found that I could already name 
 so many more things than I had thought I could, I de- 
 cided to take a brace for two hundred, at least." 
 
 "What do you have to know?" 
 
 "Oh, anything — everything. Around the margin of the 
 diploma are spaces set off for all the different divisions 
 of natural objects: minerals, constellations, stars, and 
 planets, fungi, mosses and lichens, ferns, flowers, trees, 
 molluscs, insects, fishes, reptiles, birds, and mammals, 
 and several others; and you can win your certificate on 
 as few or as many of the subjects as you are interested 
 in. Shorty Jones knows over a hundred flowers, alone. 
 I am going to learn the names of the commonest things 
 under each head; for you see they print the number of 
 the objects you know in the sections on your certificate 
 and — gee ! it's a pretty diploma — green and white, with 
 red capitals and gold seals, and your name on it! I 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 299 
 
 know nearly two hundred things already. Look ! Is that 
 a chipmunk over there, or is it a red?" 
 
 "I don't know. Does everybody have to work for the 
 Wantonoit club in this camp?" 
 
 "Oh, no, but the fellows all do; and besides, there's no 
 work to it, anyway — it's fun. You just learn the names 
 of things the same as you get acquainted with the fellows 
 in camp." 
 
 "Don't you have to study, or recite, or pass examina- 
 tions, or anything?" 
 
 "Not at all. You simply show the Nature Director, 
 when you get around to it, that you can recognize and 
 name at least two hundred natural objects, and the Camp 
 Master gives you the diploma. Haven't you seen the 
 lists on the bulletin board? There are thousands of 
 'Wantonoits' all over the country." 
 
 "How do you find out the names?" 
 
 "Why, you see, the older fellows tell you a lot; and 
 the Nature Director takes bunches of us out on short 
 hikes every day and points out everything to us, and we 
 ask him questions, and we sit down and he talks, and — • 
 why, I learned the names of eighteen ferns yesterday 
 afternoon ! I'm making a collection of 'em — there's a 
 Christmas fern, there's a Cinnamon, there's an Inter- 
 rupted, there's a " 
 
 "Say, could I learn 'em, too?" 
 
 "Aw, it's easy. If you want to know 'em, I'll help 
 you after swim. Say, when I came here to camp, three 
 weeks ago, I thought I didn't know the name of anything; 
 now, seems as if everywhere I turn I see a familiar tree 
 or a flower — and at night we name the stars. Gee, it's 
 great; but won't 'dad' be glad, when I get home!" 
 
 From "A Summer in Camp." 
 
300 CAMP AND OUTIXG ACTIVITIES 
 
 Dip Club 
 
 After the boys had been in camp a few days the lead- 
 ers found that they needed a good deal of sleep and it 
 was very difficult for them to get their eyes open in the 
 morning. A dip ckib was formed, the purpose of which 
 was to inspire every fellow to take a morning dip, and 
 anyone neglecting to do so was obliged to pay a fine 
 of one nickel. The morning dip and the setting-up drill 
 proved to be splendid eye-openers. 
 
 Get There Club 
 
 This club is the result of studies made by the Boys' 
 Work Secretaries of Massachusetts and Rhode Island 
 some years ago, and has been carried on very success- 
 fully in many Associations. Arthur Pierce has used it 
 successfully in his boys' camp at Troy, N. Y. 
 
 The aims of this club are: 
 
 To arouse ambition and give incentive for the future. 
 
 To satisfy their ambition and fill untouched need with 
 a plan for the future. 
 
 To set up a program for life. 
 
 Motto: To be ready for Opportunity. 
 
 If anyone desires a full outline of this club, write 
 State Boys' Work Secretary, Young Men's Christian As- 
 sociation of Massachusetts, Boston, Mass. 
 
 Suggested Clubs 
 The following clubs have been successfully carried on 
 in many summer camps to promote the social and edu- 
 cational sides of the boys' lives: 
 Sketch Club 
 Camera Club 
 
HONOR SYSTEMS, AWARDS, CLUBS 301 
 
 Mineralogy Club 
 
 Natural Science Club 
 
 Junior Naturalists 
 
 Nature Study Club 
 
 Audubon Club 
 
 Weather Bureau Club 
 
 Agassiz Club 
 
 Do the Best You Can Club 
 
 Help the Other Fellow Club 
 
 Work and Win Club 
 
 Signal Practice Club , 
 
 Whittlers' Club. 
 The names of these clubs signify the purpose of their 
 organization and plans can be drawn up to suit the 
 local camp. 
 
CHAPTER XI 
 NATURE EDUCATION 
 
 As Huxley has so well said, "No educational system 
 can have any claim to permanence, unless it recognizes 
 the truth that education has two great ends, to which 
 everything else must be subordinated. One of these 
 is to increase knowledge ; the other is to develop the love 
 of right and the hatred of wrong." 
 
 Of the many tools placed in the hands of the modern 
 camp leader w^ith which to construct positive character, 
 surely wisely handled Nature Education, with its many 
 ramifications, is one of his most powerful instruments. 
 Yet there are many up-to-date boys' camps that are just 
 dabbling with their great opportunity to reach perma- 
 nently the heart of the average boy by means of posi- 
 tive nature study. 
 
 Many camp leaders, not possessing technical biological 
 training, and not being able to secure the ideal nature- 
 study man to accompany them to camp, simply let the 
 opportunity slip by. Happily each year, by the help of 
 the great flood of popular writing on Nature Education 
 topics, more and more camp leaders are coming to realize 
 that after all they themselves are the ideal men to han- 
 dle such work, preparing for it in advance and making 
 it effective and intensely interesting by using the "let's- 
 go-and-see" method, and by providing a line of activity 
 
 302 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 
 
 303 
 
 H 
 
 H^ 
 
 1 
 
 pi 
 
 ^^^m 
 
 m^^^^ 
 
 'J' ^S J^^B 
 
 ^^^^^^^^Ht^^\ ' 
 
 ^^^ 'H 
 
 ^^1 
 
 r^^i^J 
 
 ^^^HB 
 
 L^y» ,^H 
 
 ^HISH[^l 
 
 ^^wf^^^A "^ Wk "^'wtBk 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^^^M^^it^ '"^^^lih^ ^ '^^ i^'^^'^H^^B 
 
 ■HHHI 
 
 %MttmMkmtm^%- .. ^ggjUHJim 
 
 Home of the Least Bittern 
 
 that gives the boy his information, not so much by his 
 ears alone, but by his eyes and hands and feet, and — 
 soul. 
 
 When Nature Education is made science to a boy it 
 loses its real blood and vitality. He has no time for long, 
 
304 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 tedious, scientific classifications, but has a tremendous 
 absorbing power for the beautiful, as he sees it and feels 
 it in woods and stream, fields, marsh, and pasture lot, 
 when intelligently led to observe and to experiment for 
 himself. 
 
 Clifton F. Hodge, in his excellent book on "Nature 
 Study and Life," warns us that "unless the active and 
 creative side is emphasized, a constant danger is that the 
 study will fall to the level of fancy work, which will in- 
 terest the leader but fail entirely to appeal to the most 
 important part of the group — the boys." 
 
 The camp that succeeds in planting deep a real intelli- 
 gent love for nature, a love that demands to know more, 
 to get closer, and to understand more fully, has made 
 a contribution to that boy's life that will enrich and 
 strengthen every passing year. Incidentally it will also 
 set him a standard of recreation that can hardly be 
 secured for him any other way. 
 
 A boy's life is determined largely by his interests, and 
 "to find such an interest in some^worthy nature-love is 
 to discover the fountain of youth." 
 
 "No one can love nature and not love its Author; and, 
 if we can find a nature study that shall insure a sincere 
 love, we shall be laying the surest possible foundation 
 for religious character" for that boy. Experience proves 
 it. Try it yourself. 
 
 The suggestions in this chapter have all been tested 
 out in various camps and have been found helpful. 
 
 How to Create an Interest in Nature Study 
 
 I. How the Honor System Helps Nature Study 
 
 By having a local camp honor, or personal attainment 
 system with suitable awards, that will emphasize nature 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 335 
 
 study and woodcraft. See the various Honor Systems 
 quoted in Chapter X of this book, with special reference 
 to Nature Study. Make the Honor System standardize 
 the nature work for all the campers. 
 
 2. Need of Definite Periods 
 
 By giving a certain period of each day to definite na- 
 ture study work of one kind or another. For ekample : 
 
 a. A nature study talk at camp fire, one each week. 
 
 b. A special class of bird study just after dinner. 
 
 c. A nature ramble every Sunday. 
 
 3. Need of Necessary Leadership 
 
 By having one man — a very choice leader — do nothing 
 else but promote and care for the various nature study 
 activities, awarding of points, and the examining of speci- 
 mens collected by the campers. It is one of the most 
 important pieces of leadership in the entire camp. 
 
 4. A Nature Study Question Box 
 
 Some camps have found a Nature Study Question Box 
 a very helpful and interesting thing. Place a box 
 (locked, of course) with a slot in the top in a convenient 
 place in the camp. Attach a pad of paper and a pencil, 
 and encourage the boys to write out questions concerning 
 the things they have seen or heard and want to know 
 more about. Then once a week at the campfire the box 
 should be opened and the questions answered while all 
 the boys are present. If tactfully handled, this adds 
 greatly to the success of the nature study work. 
 
 5. The Use of Colored Plates 
 
 A very excellent plan in operation in many camps is 
 to display in a prominent place — over the fireplace, in the 
 dining-room, or some such spot — a colored plate of all 
 
3o6 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 birds, flowers, insects, fungi, and small animals common 
 to the locality; then as fast as these are seen wild mark 
 the colored plate with a seal. It is surprising how this 
 will add to the interest. Some camps paste a list of the 
 names of the campers that first report each bird or ani- 
 
 Wee Blackbirds Waiting 
 FOR Worms 
 
 mal as seen. This introduces the competitive element. 
 
 Some camps are fortunate enough to be able to have in 
 camp a variety of stuffed birds and small animals mounted 
 in realistic fashion. These can often be borrowed from 
 a local museum. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 307 
 
 A very large variety of colored plates can be secured 
 from the Perry Mason Co., Boston, or from Charles K. 
 Reed, Worcester, Mass. (send for catalogues), or from 
 the American Audubon Society, New York City, in the 
 way of educational leaflets. 
 
 Two excellent sets of large representative tree pictures 
 are published by A. Flanagan Co., 521 S. Wabash Ave., 
 Chicago, 111., at a trifling cost. 
 
 6. Encouraging Observation 
 
 By offering a prize for the greatest number of natural 
 objects named and described during the camp. 
 
 Many of the best camps now issue a very neat diploma 
 to boys identifying in their natural places one hundred 
 natural objects, and makes every winner of same a 
 member of the Wantonoit Nature Club, allowing the 
 boys to count constellations, planets, and stars, minerals, 
 fungi, mosses and lichens, ferns, wild flowers, trees and 
 shrubs, animals, insects, fish, reptiles, birds, rocks, and 
 fossils, awarding a red seal on the diploma for every ten 
 over the one hundred objects named. This is a very 
 excellent plan, and is giving large numbers of campers 
 an enormous amount of outdoor information. 
 
 7. Making Various Collections 
 
 By making various camp collections of specimens, such 
 as herbarium, a book of pressed waxed leaves, collections 
 of minerals, pressed grasses, pressed ferns, and so forth. 
 A very interesting collection of various chrysalides may 
 be made by putting each in a tiny bottle filled with dena- 
 tured alcohol. This may also be done to advantage with 
 the various fungi, of which there is such a great variety 
 about every camp. 
 
3o8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 One camp has a collection of nearly sixty pieces of 
 wood from different kinds of trees. These are one foot 
 long and as near a uniform diameter as possible. One- 
 half of each stick has the bark left on. The other half is 
 cut on a taper across the stick to show the nature and 
 grain of the wood. These sticks are numbered and in- 
 dexed, and hung on the wall by means of tiny hooks. 
 
 Another camp carefully collects and cares for all the 
 various caterpillars that can be found around the camp. 
 They are fed daily by a committee of boys, and are kept 
 in long rows of jelly glasses on a series of shelves. Each 
 glass has a label, showing upon what food-plant the worm 
 was found, the date, and the general conditions — dry, 
 wet, dark, light, and so forth. As fast as these worms 
 and caterpillars become mature they build their cocoons 
 or chrysalides. These are then packed carefully away 
 under right conditions and kept for the next season, when 
 they are again placed in jelly glasses and allowed to 
 hatch. This little scheme has made a careful observer of 
 many a careless boy, and has opened up to him a whole 
 world of new things that he never dreamed existed. As 
 the butterfly or moth hatches, it is promptly killed in a 
 cyanide bottle, then mounted and added to the camp col- 
 lection in a perfect condition. 
 
 If interested in the raising of worms and caterpillars 
 and conducting a crawlery as a camp activity, you should 
 by all means read carefully Chapter I of "Caterpillars 
 and Their Moths," by Eliot and Soule; also the first 
 seventy-five pages of "Insect Friends and Foes," by Cra- 
 gin. These books give all necessary information and are 
 very suggestive. There is no expense connected with this 
 activity, and it provides worth-while interest for many 
 boys. One camp organized a club to do this work, and 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 309 
 
 they called themselves "The Ancient Order of Entomo- 
 logical Fanatics." 
 
 8. Planting Bird Boxes 
 
 By having boys build bird-houses of various sorts in 
 the winter and taking them to camp w^ith them the next 
 season. One camp has caused a great deal of interest in 
 bird study the year round by offering a ribbon to every 
 boy getting the bird for which the box was constructed 
 to nest in his box. For instance, a wren in a wren box, 
 a robin on a robin's shelf, a phoebe in a phoebe crate, a 
 woodpecker in a hollow log, and so on. This idea may 
 be carried further by having the boys build on the camp 
 premises regular rustic feeding-places for the birds. 
 
 One private camp brought ten times as many birds and 
 more than doubled the varieties to be found on the camp 
 grounds by working out such an arrangement. They re- 
 port seventy-three birds' nests last season in artificial 
 nesting-boxes placed by the boys. These boxes are made 
 of every conceivable thing, from hollov/ limbs to tin 
 cans, holes bored in dead trees, and baskets fastened in 
 living ones. Some very interesting results were obtained 
 by providing various colored yarns and strings and scraps 
 of cloth for the birds to build with. Try it next season. 
 
 You will find the chapter on The Practical Domestica- 
 tion of Our Wild Birds, in "Nature and Life," by Hodge, 
 very suggestive in this connection, also The Food Chart 
 for Common Birds, page 323 of the same volume, is in- 
 valuable if you wish to attempt something of this sort. 
 
 The government issues many interesting bulletins on 
 the care and preservation of wild birds, that may be had 
 free by addressing Department of Agriculture, Washing- 
 
310 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 ton, D. C, also the Superintendent of Documents, Wash- 
 ington. 
 
 Help in constructing various types of bird boxes may 
 be found in the "Field and Forest Handbook" and "Jack 
 of all Trades," by Dan Beard, and in the literature of 
 the National Association of Audubon Societies, New- 
 York City. "Methods of Attracting Birds," by Gilbert 
 H. Trapton, is almost indispensable if work along this 
 line is attempted. 
 
 The following birds nest in artificial houses very com- 
 monly: bluebirds, chickadees, finches, martins, sparrows, 
 swallows, and wrens. If the artificial nest is just right, 
 woodpeckers, nuthatches, and owls may at times accept 
 the proffered home. 
 
 The best boxes are made from hollow limbs, bark, and 
 bored-out stumps. When boards are used, they should be 
 old and weathered, or stained dull grey, brown, or green, 
 as best fits the environment in which they are to be 
 placed. All boxes should have some means of ventila- 
 tion, and some way to clean them out annually; also 
 small drainage holes in the bottom. 
 
 9. The Use of Stereopticons and Reilectoscopes 
 
 By the use of a stereopticon on rainy days and Sun- 
 days. There is no limit to the nature slides that may be 
 rented from various firms at a minimum cost. Probably 
 a better way, and one that is possible for every camp, 
 is the use of a reflectoscope — an inexpensive instrument 
 costing about $35 complete — that reflects a picture from 
 a picture, without going to the expense of renting slides. 
 There are several series of excellent nature study post- 
 cards of birds, flowers, insects, and trees on the market, 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 
 
 311 
 
 that may be secured of Charles K. Reed, Worcester, 
 Mass., at a trifling cost. To these may be added pictures 
 collected from magazines, plates from the multitude of 
 nature books, and even kodak pictures can be used to 
 advantage. 
 
 One camp erected two poles near the regular camp fire 
 
 
 ■ *•. 
 
 wn 
 
 aE^^MM^Kapl^pfe i 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 m ^^'^IS 
 
 iUjM 
 
 ' -^Wm 
 
 g'W t 
 
 11'^-^'^j^, 
 
 Uh^^Hv'- 
 
 ''^W^^tW^^iiiK^ °^ 
 
 1^::./ 
 
 f^ f r^-^/' ' '^" - . ^ ''^m 
 
 '-^&M 
 
 A Nature-Study Ramble 
 
 spot and stretched an opaque curtain between them, using 
 the pictures as one of the camp fire stunts. A good 
 nature leader can easily make rough sketches to illus- 
 trate his talks. 
 
 One camp taught all of its campers to know a great 
 variety of birds, flowers, fungi, insects, and in fact all 
 sorts of natural objects, by flashing them on the screen 
 with a reflectoscope at random and having the boys call 
 out the names, leaving the picture on the screen until the 
 right name was called out. 
 
312 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 10. Value of Nature Rambles 
 
 By conducting regular nature rambles. Sunday after- 
 noon is an ideal time. 
 
 Great fun may be had by going to some certain point 
 in the woods, or on the lake, or in the swamp, as a base, 
 then race to see which camper can return first with, say, 
 twenty-five different leaves or flowers and name them 
 correctly; or who can find and identify on a given trip 
 the largest number of different stones, birds, beetles, or 
 whatever may be decided upon. 
 
 Bird excursions must be conducted more quietly, but 
 may be worked out in the same way. A wise leader can 
 often bring about a most intimate relationship between 
 himself and his boys, by making a practice of going out 
 on a little observation trip into Nature's garden with 
 them, one at a time, and if he is properly prepared this 
 very excursion offers in the most natural way the oppor- 
 tunity for a frank talk on sex hygiene under the most 
 ideal circumstances, using nature as the basis. Such les- 
 sons are never forgotten. 
 
 One leader put in his entire time taking one camper at 
 a time to see, day by day, the developments in a dozen 
 different bird nests he had located, that varied all the 
 way from a ground sparrow to a least bittern — one in a 
 grassy meadow a mile away, the other in the middle of a 
 cat-tail swamp. Before the season was over every boy 
 in camp had located a round of interesting nests and, 
 unknown to others save his pal, was watching them day 
 by day. It often happened that when the little ones 
 finally came he could not keep his secret longer, but 
 would take his best friends to see and wonder at the mir- 
 acle with him. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 313 
 
 11. How to Study the Water Life 
 
 By building an aquarium on the beach or the lake 
 shore, or in the stream, stocking it with water life cap- 
 tured by the boys. After a study of each animal has 
 been made, it should be released. Boys find it very in- 
 teresting to search for frog and fish eggs, then watch 
 them hatch. It is not necessary that the aquarium be 
 built after the latest scientific methods. What the boy 
 wants is an enclosure that is as near the natural condi- 
 tion as possible. 
 
 12. Sugaring for Insects 
 
 Many interesting evenings may be put in sugaring for 
 moths, butterflies, and beetles in the big woods by the 
 following simple process: 
 
 Boil a dish of sugar and water until the syrup is thick, 
 add a quantity of black strap molasses, spice of various 
 sorts, and cider vinegar. Boil down until you have a 
 thick paste. Be sure it does not sugar and crystallize 
 when it cools. 
 
 Apply this dope to the trunks of large trees well back 
 in the woods. The smell of sugar will attract all sorts 
 of insects (including mosquitoes) in large numbers. 
 Late in the evening visit the various trees by approach- 
 ing quietly with a dark lantern. It will be found that the 
 moths will not fly if the light is held steadily fixed on 
 them. It is great fun and often makes possible studying 
 specimens that cannot be caught or seen in any other 
 way. The dope is good for several nights. From May 
 15 to July 15 is the best period. Insist on each member 
 of the party carrying a notebook and making notes on 
 what is seen. Do not be discouraged. Try different lo- 
 cations and different trees. 
 
314 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Boy Campers Watched Beavers Cut This Aspen 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 315 
 
 Nature Study Outlines 
 
 The following outlines are very suggestive of what 
 any intelligent camp leader can prepare on an unlimited 
 number of subjects, all of which will be intensely inter- 
 esting and helpful to boys. The references are standard 
 books, and can be secured at any public or school 
 library. 
 
 The Ant and Its Habits 
 Introduction : 
 
 The ant the most wonderful animal in the world ex- 
 cept man. 
 
 Among the earliest inhabitants of the earth. 
 
 Over 3,000 varieties. 
 
 Ant-hills of Africa fifteen feet high. 
 
 Ants never sleep. 
 
 They always prefer total darkness. 
 
 The ant-hill the highest organized animal home 
 known. 
 
 1. The Queen Ant: 
 
 a. Ruler of the city. 
 
 b. Very large and winged. 
 
 c. The queen the egg producer. 
 
 d. Marriage — Monogamist. 
 
 2. The King Ant: 
 
 A winged male ; does no work, is very ignorant, 
 cannot follow a trail. 
 
 3. The Workers: 
 
 a. An ant city largely unmarried females. 
 
 b. The women do the work in the nest. 
 
 4. The Repletcs: 
 
 a. Furnish the food supply — large abdomen — method 
 
 used in securing food and storing it. 
 
 b. Herding the ant cows and milking them. 
 
 c. Milking — 
 
 (i) Aphids, the ant cows. 
 
 (2) Where found — habits of aphids. 
 
3i6 CAMP AXD OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 (3) The ants' method of obtaining the honey 
 dew. 
 
 d. The penning in of cattle on roots in the ant nest. 
 
 e. The honey carried to the nest for general food 
 
 and stored. 
 
 5. The Pensioners: 
 
 a. The feeding process — queens, workers, young. 
 
 b. The gathering of aphid eggs by the ants. 
 
 c. The domestication of aphids on roots in the ant 
 
 nest. 
 
 d. The young aphids taken back to trees in the 
 
 spring. 
 
 e. Seen by removing a stone covering a nest with 
 
 exposed roots in it. 
 
 6. Experiments on Ants: 
 Antennae — 
 
 a. Four to thirteen noses — one at every joint. 
 
 b. The ant is blind, deaf, dumb. 
 
 c. Nine noses are all its senses. 
 
 1st joint — odor of the home. Loss of nose 
 
 makes all homes alike. 
 2nd joint — odor of relations; tell friends from 
 
 enemies. 
 3rd joint — pathfinder ; hopelessly lost without it. 
 4th joint — recognition of own eggs. 
 5th joint — recognition of own children. 
 
 d. Function of other noses not known. 
 
 e. They hear from the vibrations of their feet. 
 
 7. The Vigor of Ants: 
 
 a. 100 days without food. 
 
 b. Eight days completely submerged in water — not 
 
 drowned. 
 
 c. A queen lived fourteen days without her abdo- 
 
 men. 
 
 d. Forty-one days without a head — still alive. 
 
 8. Memory of Ants: 
 
 a. They love and hate. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 317 
 
 b. A queen removed from her eggs fifty-two days 
 
 — children remembered her, gave her a recep- 
 tion. 
 
 c. Another seventy-three days away from her eggs 
 
 — children did not at first recognize her; at 
 last licked her, fed her, walked around and 
 around her, and finally snuggled up to her. 
 
 d. An ant removed from nest two years returned, 
 
 remembered her relatives. 
 
 9. Intelligence of Ants: 
 
 a. Hate light. 
 
 b. Cover glass with dirt. 
 
 c. As seen in the milking habit. 
 
 d. As seen in the division of labor. 
 
 e. Choice of food — pepper and ground flies. 
 
 f. Choice of homes. 
 
 g. Ideas of cleanliness as seen in the home — 
 
 One apartment for food. 
 
 One for eggs, or nursery. 
 
 One for children. 
 
 One for dirt and refuse. 
 
 One for cattle. 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 Munsey's, Vol. 33, page 235. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin. 
 
 Fish 
 Where found. 
 General characteristics. 
 Why colored as they are — 
 
 Dark on top — protection from birds, etc. 
 
 Light belly — protection from other fish, etc. 
 Reasons for above. 
 
 Life History: 
 
 I. Mating season — 
 
 a. Male changes color. 
 
 b. Female chooses the spawning ground. 
 
3i8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 c. Female chooses her mate. 
 
 (i) Two males often fight for a female. 
 (2) In this case the female chooses her 
 mate from the combatants. 
 
 2. Laying of eggs — 
 
 a. How the place is prepared — fish beds. 
 
 b. The number of eggs laid. 
 
 c. The appearance of the eggs. 
 
 d. They must have oxygen to hatch. 
 
 e. Hatch in from 45 to 150 days — controlled by 
 
 temperature of the water. 
 
 3. Appearance of the young — 
 
 a. Born with large yolk sac. 
 
 b. .Sac lasts forty days. 
 
 c. Young greatly sought after by the old fish. 
 
 d. A very large part born are destroyed. 
 
 e. Grow very rapidly — mature in thirty months. 
 
 4. General characteristics — 
 
 a. The sense of sight and hearing is very acute. 
 
 b. Sense of smell very poorly developed. 
 
 c. They have no taste at all, but depend on the 
 
 eye for the choice of foods. 
 
 5. Fish hatcheries — government and private — 
 
 a. Why employed. 
 
 b. Success of the government hatcheries. 
 
 c. The method used for breeding. 
 
 d. Fish as food for man. 
 
 6. Game fish and food fish — 
 
 a. Fish destroyers. 
 
 b. Methods of fishing. 
 
 c. Fish wardens. 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes/' Cragin. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 319 
 
 Wild Bees of Various Sorts 
 
 The Leaf-cutting Bee. 
 The Burrowing Bee. 
 The Mason Bee, 
 The Carpenter Bee. 
 
 hitroduction: 
 
 Interest in bees. 
 
 Over 5,000 varieties known. 
 
 Value economically. 
 
 1. The Leaf-cutting Bee: 
 
 a. Building her nests of leaves. 
 
 (i) Method. 
 
 (2) Male does not come to the nest. 
 
 (3) Where nest is placed. 
 
 b. The preparing of the bee bread, pollen, and wax. 
 
 c. Laying of the eggs — one in each nest with food. 
 
 d. LaVva feeds on bee-bread and conies out adult. 
 
 e. One bee makes twenty to thirty nests, requiring 
 
 10,000 cuttings. 
 
 2. The Burrowing Bee: 
 
 a. Nest made in the ground. 
 
 b. Lined with a secretion and webbing. 
 
 c. Nests often ten inches deep, known to be twenty- 
 
 eight inches. 
 
 d. One nest has from six to ten eggs; separate 
 
 sections for each egg and food supply. 
 
 e. Not a social bee, but neighborly; often find 1,000 
 
 nests very near together — cornfield. 
 
 f. One known to have brought water to soften 
 
 ground for digging. 
 
 g. Description of the burrow: 
 
 (i) The enlargement. 
 
 (2) Its purpose — male bee guards the nest 
 
 from intruders. 
 
 (3) The arrival of the female— a female rubs 
 
 antenna with male— entry signal. 
 h. The velvet ant a robber of bee nests. 
 
320 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 i. A danger of last resource in protection the fe- 
 male fights with hind legs. 
 j. The parasitic fly — 
 
 (i) How it spoils the bee-bread. 
 
 (2) The result. 
 
 3. Tlie Mason Bee: 
 
 a. Resembles the mud dobber wasp. 
 
 b. Nest built of dirt moistened by saliva. 
 
 c. Dirt carried by the jaws big as a pea; how stones 
 
 are removed. 
 
 d. Choice of a home — method of finding it — 
 
 (i) Between loose stones. 
 
 (2) In rotten logs. 
 
 (3) In old snail shell. 
 
 (4) A hermit in living. 
 
 (5) Under old planks. 
 
 e. Building the nest — 
 
 (i) Shape. 
 
 (2) How built — sawdust, pebbles, etc. 
 
 f. Habits similar to the Burrowing Bee. 
 
 4. The Carpenter Bee: 
 
 a. Similar to the Carpenter Ant. 
 
 b. Home built in solid boards. 
 
 c. Nest built by means of mandibles. 
 
 d. Week to build one nest. 
 
 e. Marvel of industry. 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin. 
 
 Field Wasp 
 Introduction: 
 
 A very large number of species of wasps. 
 Interesting because of their instinct and intellect. 
 
 I. Ammophila: 
 
 a. Where she builds her nest. 
 
 b. Number of nests built in a season— nine to 
 
 twenty. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 321 
 
 c. Number of eggs put into each nest — spider food. 
 
 d. Method of covering nest — rocks, leaves. 
 
 2. Securing Food: 
 
 a. Feeds on caterpillars. 
 
 b. Method of capturing them — stings. 
 
 c. Effect- on the nervous system of the worm. 
 
 d. Hov^ the worm is carried to her nest. 
 
 e. Spot chosen for laying her eggs. 
 
 f. Care used in caring for the covering of the nest 
 
 after it has been filled with eggs and food. 
 
 3. Special Instances of Intellect: 
 
 a. Pounding down the dirt with a very small stone 
 
 held in the jaws. 
 
 b. Marvelous power of observation. 
 
 c. Nests often found in the very center of a large 
 
 cornfield or center of woods. 
 
 d. Will not stock a nest that has been tampered 
 
 with. 
 
 4. Other Wasps: 
 
 a. Use white moths. 
 
 b. Use grasshoppers. 
 
 c. Use spiders and hang them on a twig while the 
 
 nest is being built. 
 
 Helpful References : 
 
 "Peckham's Wasp Book." 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin. 
 
 Moths 
 
 Introduction: 
 
 1. Difference between butterflies and moths. 
 
 2. About 20,000 varieties of moths. 
 
 3. Not so brightly colored as butterflies, but more 
 
 beautiful. 
 
 4. Famous for the protective coloring, as seen in — 
 (a) Oak moths. 
 
322 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 (b) Birch moths. 
 
 (c) Cherry moths. 
 
 5. The scales very long and beautiful. 
 
 1. Life History: 
 
 a. Male and female much alike. 
 
 b. Female lays very large number of eggs. 
 
 c. Longer lived than the butterflies'. 
 
 d. Fly almost entirely at night or in the twilight. 
 
 e. Are greatly attracted to any kind of a light. 
 
 f. Eggs always deposited on the food of the larva. 
 
 g. Pupate in the ground mostly. 
 
 h. Caterpillars are not smooth, but have hairy bod- 
 ies, largely various shades of green. 
 
 2. Interesting Facts Concerning Moths: 
 
 a. How they may be caught at night — 
 
 (i) Sugaring for moths. 
 (2) Catching with a net. 
 
 b. Silkworm moth and its economic value. 
 
 c. Death's-head moth. 
 
 d. The Atlas moth of North India — one foot in 
 
 diameter. 
 
 e. Use of the proboscis. 
 
 f. Compound eyes. 
 
 g. Fertilization of plants. 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 "Holland's Moth Book." 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin. 
 
 Butterflies 
 Introduction: 
 
 1. Of interest because of very bright colors. 
 
 2. Very many species in the tropics. 
 
 3. Difference in the coloring of the outer and inner 
 
 wings and reason. 
 
 4. Structure of the wings causing color. 
 
 5. Cannot fly if the scales are lost — reason, 
 
 6. Use of proboscis. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 323 
 
 7. Six legs — one pair often rudimentary. 
 
 8. In the same philum as man. 
 
 1. Life History. 
 
 a. Male always the brightest colored. 
 
 b. Female always the largest. 
 
 c. Difference between the sexes often very great. 
 
 d. Eggs— 
 
 (i) Where laid — always on food plant. 
 (2) Number and appearance. 
 
 e. Length of life of adults. 
 
 2. Caterpillar Stage: 
 
 a. Appearance — 
 
 (i) Coloring. 
 
 (2) Food. 
 
 (3) Mouth parts. 
 
 (4) Legs — number and value. 
 
 b. Number of molts before adult (seven to twelve). 
 
 c. Building the pupa-hair from body secretion — 
 
 skin 
 
 3. Pupa Stage: 
 
 a. Appearance of the pupa — 
 
 (i) Chrysalis or cocoon — how hung up. 
 
 (2) Cabbage worm — common. 
 
 (3) Milkweed worm — feed and color, method 
 
 of removing skin. 
 
 b. Time required for metamorphosis. 
 
 4. Appearances of the Adult Butterfly: 
 
 a. How it drys its wings. 
 
 b. Mating. 
 
 c. Eggs deposited. 
 
 d. Death. 
 
 e. Period of life very short. 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 '•Holland's Butterfly Book." 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin, 
 
324 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Spiders 
 Introduction: 
 
 Why of interest. 
 Various kinds — 
 
 1. Ballooning Spiders. 
 
 2. Garden Spiders. 
 
 1. Ballooning Spiders: 
 
 a. Rival to man in her attempt to fly. 
 
 b. Why she wishes to fly. 
 
 c. Method of flight — 
 
 (i) Climbs to an altitude. 
 
 (2) Determines the direction of the wind. 
 
 (3) Stands high on hind legs. 
 
 (4) Spins the threads — 
 
 (a) Method employed in spinning. 
 
 (b) Describe spinnerets. 
 
 (c) Material becomes hard in contact 
 
 with air. 
 
 d. How she overcomes gravitation. 
 
 e. How she gets down from her balloon. 
 
 2. Special Cases: 
 
 a. Blown away to sea. 
 
 b. Showers of silk have been known. 
 
 3. The Garden Spider: 
 
 a. Appearance. 
 
 b. Where found. 
 
 c. Describe web and shield — hanging web. 
 
 d. How she works the web into motion. 
 
 e. Method of obtaining food. 
 
 f. Method of storing the food. 
 
 g. The cocoon — 
 
 (i) Appearance. 
 
 (2) Contents — number of eggs — 1,000. 
 
 (3) How built. 
 
 (4) 'How waterproofed. 
 h. Spider dies of old age. 
 i. How she carries her young. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 325 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 "Macook's Nature Book." 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin. 
 
 Color, as Seen in the Animal World 
 
 Two kinds of color seen among animals: 
 
 1. Structural colors — very bright. 
 
 2. Pigmental colors — very dull. 
 
 The test for color: Immerse colored matter in water 
 or oil; if structural, will become dull. 
 
 Coloring matter analogous with uric acid in the human 
 body 
 
 Gotten rid of in the color of furs and feathers. 
 
 Divisions of Animal Coloring: 
 
 1. Protective coloring. 
 
 2. Aggressive coloring. 
 
 3. Alluring coloring. 
 
 4. Warning coloring. 
 
 5. Mimicry — 4 
 
 a. Protective. 
 
 b. Aggressive. 
 
 6. Signal coloring. 
 
 I. Protective Coloring: 
 
 a. Colored for its environment — birch-bark moth. 
 
 b. Transparent animals found in the surface waters 
 
 of the ocean. 
 
 c. Fish — dark on top and light on the belly. 
 
 d. Snakes — mottled — fits its environment. 
 
 e. Ptarmigan — changes feathers with the seasons. 
 
 f. Frogs' skins — environment. 
 
 g. Birch-bark moth and oak moth. 
 h. Leaf insect of South America. 
 
 i. Female — leaf, male — seed (leaves blowing off the 
 
 trees). 
 j. Leaf butterfly of India. 
 k. Walking-stick insect — where found. 
 
326 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 1. Rabbit — white in winter and dun in summer, 
 m. Partridge — color environment. 
 
 2. Aggressive Coloring: 
 
 Valuable in its approach to food: 
 
 a. Polar bear — color of ice. 
 
 b. Tiger stripes — shadows of bamboo. 
 
 c. Leopard spots — shadows of leaves. 
 
 3. Alluring Colors: 
 
 a. Spiders, like bird droppings. 
 
 b. Angular fish. 
 
 c. Lizard of Algiers — like flower, folds up on food. 
 
 d. Snakes, birds, mice. 
 
 4. Warning Colors: 
 
 (Brightly colored animals not good to eat.) 
 
 a. Wasps not eaten by birds. 
 
 b. Ladybugs never molested. 
 
 c. Potato-bug brightly colored — sour. 
 
 d. Tomato worm — never eaten. 
 
 5. Mimicry: 
 
 a. Its value to the animal. 
 
 b. Leaf-cutting ant and tree-hopper. 
 
 c. The bee-fly. 
 
 d. The Monarch and Viceroy butterfly. 
 
 e. Fish hawk and eagle. 
 
 f. Coon-bear. 
 
 6. Signal Coloring: 
 
 a. Color advertises desire for mating. 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin. 
 
 The Mosquito 
 Introduction: 
 
 Why the mosquito is of especial interest to all campers. 
 Where found — Greenland to South Sea Islands. 
 W^hy it is fought so persistently — yellow fever. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 327 
 
 1. General Characteristics: 
 
 a. Five orders found in the United States, from 
 
 very small to very large. 
 
 b. Always breeds in water. 
 
 c. Hatches from an tgg. 
 
 d. Appearance of egg-raft. 
 
 e. How the mosquito produces sound. 
 
 f. Are carried into uninfected countries by railroad 
 
 trains, winds, storms, etc. 
 
 g. Migrate in soft winds. 
 
 h. Habit of hibernation — tall grass, hay field. 
 i. Adult does not necessarily have to have food. 
 j. Reach adult age five or seven days after hatching. 
 
 2. The Life Cycle: 
 
 a. Eggs deposited in the water or on leaves of twigs. 
 
 b. Their shape, size, appearance — 200 to 400 in a 
 
 raft. 
 
 c. If agitated, the eggs will hatch sooner. 
 
 d. Drying or freezing does not destroy eggs. 
 
 3. The Larz'a: 
 
 a. Larva known as a Wriggler. 
 
 b. The Wriggler a true air breather. 
 
 c. Found in nearly all stagnant ponds, rain-water 
 
 pools, marshes, wet tin cans, rubbish, etc. 
 
 d. The food of the larva — protozoa, algae, spores, 
 
 etc. 
 
 e. The value of a ciliated mouth from a food 
 
 standpoint. 
 
 f. The posterior breathing tube. 
 
 ^. Pupcc: 
 
 a. Develops to pupa from wriggler in seven days. 
 
 b. The change of appearance. 
 
 c. The change of the breathing apparatus — funnel 
 
 ears on the anterior end. 
 
 5. The Adult Mosquito: 
 
 a. Pupa splits skin on back side. 
 
 b. Adult mosquito escapes through the slit. 
 
3^8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 6. The Mosquito and Malarial Fever: 
 
 a. How man is infected — affects red corpuscles of 
 
 blood. 
 
 b. Germs enter mosquito's salivary glands from 
 
 stomach — breeding-place. 
 
 c. Enter man through the bite. 
 
 d. Remedies for bites. 
 
 e. Remarks on mosquito bites. 
 
 Helpful References: 
 
 "Holland's Insect Book." 
 
 "Our Wonder World," Vol. 3. 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Cragin. 
 
 Classification of Insects 
 Hexapoda: 
 
 Head, thorax, abdomen. 
 
 Head, four pair of appendages. 
 
 Antennae — three pair mouth parts. 
 Often a metamorphosis. 
 
 Order Aptra (without wings) : 
 Spring tails and snow fleas. 
 
 Order Orthoptera (straight wings) : 
 
 Cockroaches, grasshoppers, crickets, walking-stick in- 
 sects. 
 
 Order Neuroptera (nerve wings) : 
 Termites, white ants, dragon-flies. 
 
 Order Hemptera (two wings) : 
 True bugs, lice, squash bugs. 
 
 Order Dipt era (two wings) : 
 
 Bot flies, mosquitoes, hessian flies. 
 
 Order Lepidoptera (scale wings) : 
 Butterflies, moths. 
 
 Order Coleoptera (shield wings) : 
 All beetles. 
 
 Order Hymenoptera (membranous wings) : 
 Bees, wasps, ants. 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 
 
 329 
 
 Turtle for Dinner 
 
 Interesting Nature Questions 
 
 Following is an exceptionally fine list of questions, 
 covering birds, bird songs, bird nests, bees, animals, fish 
 and reptiles, plants and flowers, the weather, and the 
 animal struggle for existence. They are based on John 
 Burroughs' excellent nature books, and suggest almost 
 an unlimited number of interesting topics for talks or 
 discussions. They can easily be made the means of ac- 
 quainting boys with the very best of nature literature as 
 written by American authors. 
 
 In order to correctly ascertain how little actual Nature 
 information the modern boy has, use these questions as 
 you would a spelling bee about the camp fire early in 
 the camp. The interest aroused will become very keen. 
 
 Birds 
 
 Where does the crow establish winter quarters, and what 
 method does he employ for greater warmth? 
 
330 CAMP AND OUTIXG ACTIVITIES 
 
 Describe the courting of the goldfinches. 
 
 What effect has the settlement and cultivation of the 
 country upon the habits of birds? 
 
 How does the bird of prey vary from other birds in the 
 manner of carrying its captive? 
 
 How does the jay carry the food which he takes away 
 with him and hides ? 
 
 Describe the appearance of a young hawk. 
 
 By what tactics does the marsh hawk secure his prey? 
 
 Describe the song, color, habits, and appearance of the 
 winter wren. 
 
 Give the distinctive differences between the veery thrush 
 and the hermit thrush. 
 
 Give some of the characteristics of the turkey buzzard. 
 
 How does the eyesight of the bird compare with that of 
 the dog, fox, or wolf? 
 
 How does the bird's field of vision compare with man's? 
 
 Which tend to brighter colors, the flocking birds, or their 
 solitary congeners? 
 
 How does the crow pick up food from the water? 
 
 Why is the shrike considered a murderer, and what are 
 the methods employed by it? 
 
 How do bluebirds do their matchmaking? 
 
 Give some characteristics of the loon and tell in what 
 way it represents the wildness and solitariness of 
 nature. 
 
 Why is it that in the fall birds and fowls of all kinds 
 become very fat? 
 
 Bird Songs 
 
 Taking the quality of melody as the test, what birds stand 
 at the head of our list of songsters? 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 331 
 
 Do birds of the same family always have the same song? 
 
 What is the only common bird whose song. the mocking- 
 bird cannot imitate? 
 
 What is the special characteristic of the wing-song of 
 our birds, as opposed to the perch-song? Do all 
 birds sing on the wing? 
 
 Can a bird's song be influenced by imitation? 
 
 Bird Nests 
 
 Why do the first nest builders in spring suffer the most 
 casualties? 
 
 Do young birds ever return to the nest after they have 
 once taken flight? 
 
 What peculiar situation is chosen by the Baltimore oriole 
 for its nest? 
 
 What is the site selected by a woodpecker for his nest, 
 and what is his method of building? 
 
 Describe the nest of the humming bird. 
 
 What bird is the finest architect of any of the ground 
 builders? 
 
 Mention one bird in each of the following classes: 
 
 1. Birds that repair or appropriate the last year's 
 
 nest. 
 
 2. Those that build anew each season. 
 
 3. Those that use no nest at all, but deposit their 
 
 eggs in the sand. 
 
 What bird builds an exquisite nest of moss on the side 
 of some shelving cliff or overhanging rock? 
 
 How differently does a bird construct his nest in a 
 Southern and a Northern climate? 
 
 Bees 
 
 How does the bee deposit the pollen in the hivCj andl what 
 is then done with it? 
 
ZZ2 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Does a bee ever get lost by wandering into strange and 
 unknown parts? 
 
 From what flowers does the bee secure his first supply of 
 honey in the spring? 
 
 How does the honey obtained from the red raspberry 
 blooms differ from that obtained from the clover? 
 
 Is there any difference between the appearance of the 
 wild bee and of his brother in the hive, and is the 
 honey alike? 
 
 What are some of the hardships and dangers to which 
 the bee is exposed? 
 
 How do bees get their bearings and find their way home? 
 
 Why is the mortality of a swarm of bees so great? 
 
 What tactics are employed by the bee hunter to locate 
 the bee tree? 
 
 Describe how the bees make the comb. 
 
 Where do the queen bumblebee and queen hornet seek 
 their winter quarters, and what becomes of the 
 drones and workers? 
 
 Animals 
 
 Of what use is the squirrel's tail to him? 
 
 How differently does a squirrel hold his feet in running 
 up a tree and in running down it? 
 
 Why does the black bear hibernate when the snow comes? 
 
 What provision does the deer mouse make for his winter 
 supply of food? 
 
 Describe some of the interesting things discovered by 
 means of the little tracks made in the snow. 
 
 Describe the interesting features of a coon hunt and 
 tell why it always takes place at night, 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 333 
 
 What is the only fur-bearing animal that has not only 
 held its own but has actually increased in the face of 
 all means for his extermination? 
 
 Name the different kinds of squirrels and the principal 
 characteristics of each. 
 
 Give some instances of the cleverness of the fox in elud- 
 ing his pursuers. 
 
 Has the moisture of a dog's nose anything to do with 
 his sense of smell? 
 
 How does the skunk gratify his epicurean tastes, thereby 
 gaining the dislike of farmers? 
 
 Describe the appearance of the deer mouse 
 
 What are some of the habits and characteristics of the 
 skunk ? 
 
 Name some of the differences in the habits of the hare 
 and of the rabbit. 
 
 What kind of sound does the porcupine make and how 
 does he compare with the woodchuck in appearance? 
 
 In what month is the track of the raccoon first discov- 
 ered in the snow? 
 
 State the difficulties of trapping a fox, and describe how 
 it can be successfully done. 
 
 Fishes and Reptiles 
 
 What kind of stream is the ideal one for trout? 
 
 How do the little fishes protect themselves from the big 
 fishes ? 
 
 What is the color of the flying fish and what does its 
 flight resemble? 
 
 Where do the water frogs pass the winter? 
 
 Describe how the toad goes into the ground in late fall, 
 How far beneath the surface does he sink? 
 
334 CAMP AND OUTIXG ACTIVITIES 
 
 Why is it a difficult matter to locate the tree-toad? 
 Where does the tree-toad make its home? 
 Where does the tree-toad pass the winter? 
 
 Plants and Flowers 
 
 Name some of the curious traits and habits of the early 
 species of everlasting, commonly called the mouse- 
 ear. 
 
 What in Mr. Burroughs's opinion is the most poetic and 
 the best beloved of our wild flowers? 
 
 When do many of our wild flowers, the bloodroot, he- 
 patica, maidenhair fern, etc., make their start toward 
 the season's growth? 
 
 What is a wake-robin? 
 
 What tree is the mose widely useful in the mechanic 
 arts and the most beneficial in the economy of na- 
 ture? 
 
 What is the month of mushrooms and how do they 
 grow? 
 
 The Weather 
 
 What particular activities of ants herald a change in the 
 weather? 
 
 When a redness in the east means wind, how does it 
 dififer from the redness which indicates rain? 
 
 At what time of day do the big storms usually begin? 
 
 What are the critical moments of the day, as regards 
 weather? 
 
 Is the approach of great storms generally heralded by 
 any striking or unusual phenomenon? 
 
 When there is a total absence of clouds and the stars are 
 unusually numerous and bright, is it c^ bad omen a§ 
 regards weather? 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 335 
 
 When the atmosphere is telescopic and distant objects 
 stand out unusually clear and sharp, is the weather 
 likely to remain clear, or is a storm at hand? 
 
 The Struggle for Existence 
 
 Upon what two senses do the dog, fox, wolf, deer, cow, 
 and horse mainly depend? 
 
 What is the question that enters most deeply into the 
 life problem of an animal? 
 
 Give an instance of how nature arms one creature 
 against another, thus giving an evidence of her im- 
 partiality. 
 
 Do animals profit by experience? 
 
 Is there much variation in the traits and intelligence of 
 individual wild animals of the same species? 
 
 What were the agents that developed the wits of the 
 lower animals and how does the amount of wit vary 
 with the sharpness of the struggle? 
 
 Have the birds that subsist upon a great variety of foods, 
 or the birds of neutral coloring, the better chance 
 of surviving? 
 
 What does Mr. Burroughs name as the three most pre- 
 cious resources of life? 
 
 Are dull colors of great protective value to the birds? 
 
 Are all the acts necessary to an animal's life and to the 
 continuance of the species instinctive, or do the crea- 
 tures have to be taiught them? 
 
 Books on Nature That Should Be Accessible to the 
 Boys in Every Camp 
 
 "Our Insect Friends and Foes," Belle S. Cragin. 
 "The Leaf Collector's H^indbogk and Herbarium," 
 C S, Newhall. 
 
33^ 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 "Nature Study and Life," Clifton F. Hodge. 
 
 "Caterpillars and Their Moths," I. M. Eliot. 
 
 "Birds of Village and Field," Florence A. Merriam. 
 
 "Wild Neighbors," Ernest Ingersoll. 
 
 "A Guide to the Trees," Alice Lounsberry. 
 
 "A Guide to the Wild Flowers," Alice Lounsberry. 
 
 
 
 %m 
 
 
 An Exploring Party 
 
 "The Moth Book," W. J. Holland. 
 "The Butterfly Book," W. J. Holland. 
 "Common Minerals and Rocks," William O. Crosby. 
 "Astronomy for Everybody," Simon Newcomb. 
 "Boy Scout Manual." 
 "Mushrooms," G. F. Atkinson. 
 
 "The World's Wonder Book." (In ten volumes.y Vol 
 III is especially fine for boys, 
 
NATURE EDUCATION 337 
 
 Pamphlets and Books That May Be Had for the 
 Asking 
 
 "Directions for Collecting and Preserving Insects," 
 Notton Banks, Government Bulletin No. 67. 
 
 "Directions for Collecting Birds," Robert Ridgway, 
 Government Bulletin No. 39. 
 
 "Directions for Collecting and Preserving Fossils," 
 Charles Schuchert, Government Bulletin No. 39-K. 
 
 "Directions for Collecting Minerals," Wirt Tassin, 
 Government Bulletin No. 39. 
 
 The "Report of Your State Forester" is always a valu- 
 able book for local use, and may be had from the State 
 Capitol by remitting postage to cover carriage. 
 
 Another volume that is almost indispensable is a bound 
 copy of the "Educational Bird Leaflets," issued in a very 
 attractive form by the National American Audubon So- 
 ciety, 1974 Broadway, New York City. 
 
 The "Junior Naturalist Monthly," issued by Cornell 
 University, Ithaca, New York, is helpful. 
 
 The various pocket manuals in color, published by 
 Charles K. Reed, Worcester, Mass., are very accurate 
 and attractive in cost, binding and general make-up. En- 
 courage your leaders to own these little books and carry 
 them for ready reference. 
 
CHAPTER XII 
 
 BIBLE STUDY AND RELIGIOUS 
 ACTIVITIES 
 
 Oh, out in the heart of Natur, 
 
 Surrounded by birds an' flowers, 
 Yew kin git a heap sight higher 
 
 Thun clinibin' up man-made towers ! 
 Yes, thar whar no vice ner meanness 
 
 Ner avarice never trod, 
 Yew kin see all over the lan'scape 
 
 The hand-prints an' foot-prints uv God. 
 Yew kin feel His Spirit so present, 
 
 Thet if yew but close yer eyes, 
 Yew kin almost imagine Him down here 
 
 Er yew up in Paradise. 
 Ah ! Let us go oft'ner tew Natur, 
 
 An' drink in God's works of art, 
 Thet we may live nearer His heaven, 
 
 Thet we may keep Him in our heart ! 
 
 —William M. Vories, 
 Reuben Strawstack's Diary, Camp Tecumseh. 
 
 "Piety many times is neither religious nor moral. Too 
 much Bible study and too many religious meetings can 
 do as much harm as no Bible study and no religious 
 services. 
 
 "Live the religious life. Make it the basis of the en- 
 tire camp program. Always have grace reverently said 
 before each meal, with heads bowed and eyes closed. 
 After breakfast have a chapter of the Scriptures read 
 
 33§ 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 
 
 339 
 
 without comment, and a prayer, closing with all repeating 
 the Lord's Prayer. Before 'taps' at night have a hymn 
 played by the bugler stationed some little distance from 
 the camp. Play the evening hymns, like 'Abide With Me,' 
 'Nearer My God to Thee' ; avoid the 'lively' tunes. Send 
 the boys to sleep with the quiet tune ringing in their 
 
 ii'l 
 
 :^ W' 
 
 
 %^ 
 
 Morning Bible Study Around the Friendship Fire 
 
 ears. Every evening before 'taps,' at the sounding of 
 'tattoo,' each tent group should have tent devotions, con- 
 sisting of reading of a chapter from a selected list of 
 Bible readings and participation in volunteer prayer." — 
 H. W. Gibson. 
 
 CAMP BIBLE STUDY OUTLINES* 
 
 The following outlines were used in Camp Chief Ouray, 
 the boys' camp of the Denver Young Men's Christian 
 
 * Printed by courtesy of the author, Rev. Guy E. Konkel, Pastor Christ 
 Methodist Episcopal Church, Denver, Colo. 
 
340 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Association, with great success. They are exceedingly 
 practical, as well as very suggestive, and may be used 
 either in part or as a whole, as Camp Bible Studies, or 
 Camp Talks at the Camp Fire. 
 
 The Call of the Christ 
 
 FIRST DAY— The Call to Obedience 
 
 The call of Christ as real to-day as when He said 
 "follow me" to men of Galilee. 
 
 Tendency to overlook reality of presence of the "un- 
 seen Christ." 
 
 John 21 : 22 — "Follow thou me." 
 
 John 14:23 — "If a man love me, he will keep my 
 words." 
 
 Make this call personal. Imagine Jesus Christ speak- 
 ing directly to you. 
 
 Easy to shift responsibility to Peter, John, or others. 
 
 To obey the right person, to follow right appeals, evi- 
 dence of manliness, worth, usefulness. 
 
 To be a slave of Jesus Christ is most honorable rela- 
 tion. Contrast with slavery to bad habit or bad com- 
 panions. 
 
 No man is his own master: We are swayed by spirit- 
 ual forces, as field of grain by breezes: either Spirit of 
 God or spirit of Satan controls: either sin or righteous- 
 ness dominates you. 
 
 The Christ leads all forces that make for the uplift of 
 man : "Will you be enlisted as a volunteer," or be found 
 fighting against the King of Glory? 
 
 Obedience is not always humanly easy. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 341 
 
 The will is the last citadel to capitulate. Examples: 
 the will of a child; or own when duty crosses desire. 
 
 To assume the name "Christian" and refuse to obey 
 Christ is mockery. 
 
 Let boys name some definite things Jesus Christ de- 
 mands of His disciples to-day. 
 
 Obedience is the Test of Love 
 
 SECOND DAY— The Call to Purity 
 
 Psalm 24:4. "He that hath clean hands and a pure 
 heart." 
 
 Matthew 5 : 8. "The pure in heart . . . shall see God." 
 
 No spot, blemish of character, suspicion of evil in 
 Jesus of Nazareth. 
 
 No man can follow Him and be unclean. 
 
 To follow Him is to climb to the mountain tops of char- 
 acter, where the sunshine of God's fellowship is unob- 
 structed, and the atmosphere of the life is radiant with 
 purity. 
 
 Holiness, Christlikeness, the one necessity for time and 
 eternity; the passport into the home of God. Rev. 21 : 27: 
 "There shall in no wise enter into it anything that de- 
 fileth." 
 
 Purity in thought. Thought is the parent of the word 
 and deed. Uncleanness, vileness, thinking ill of man, re- 
 bellion against God, impure imagination, are un-Christ- 
 like. 
 
 Purity in word. The unclean, suggestive story; the 
 word of scandal, unkindness. The tongue and lips are 
 mighty agents for good or evil. Can you imagine Jesus 
 being as careless in speech as some of us? 
 
 Purity in life and deed. Let no unclean practice mar 
 your body. The mind and spirit are affected by the con- 
 dition of the body. Physical passions, appetites, and 
 habits atmosphere the soul. 
 
342 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The PAST is unredeemable, but the present and future 
 are ours to shape and use. 
 
 John B. Cough's message : "Young man, keep your 
 record clean !" 
 
 I would be true, for there are those who trust me; 
 
 I would be pure, for there are those who care; 
 I would be strong, for there is much to suffer; 
 I would be brave, for there is much to dare. 
 
 — Howard A. Walter. 
 Purity is the Fruit of Love 
 
 THIRD DAY— The Call to Sacrifice and Self -Denial 
 
 Luke 9:29. "If any man will come after me, let him 
 deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow me." 
 
 Matt. 16:25. "Whosover will save his life shall lose 
 it; and whosoever will lose his life for my sake shall find 
 it." 
 
 I Cor. 13 : 5. "Love seeketh not its own." Do you 
 want to be Christ-like? He thought not of Himself, His 
 own ease or welfare. 
 
 The elimination of selfishness is a tremendous under- 
 taking, whether in business, play, social life, on the street 
 car, at home, or abroad. The animal instinct must be 
 overcome in all cases by the mind of the Spirit. 
 
 Self-effacement is the supreme magnet — nothing draws 
 like sacrifice. 'Tf I be lifted up from the earth I will 
 draw all men unto myself." 
 
 He who gives most of himself is loved most. 
 
 By self-renunciation your life becomes a power indis- 
 pensable to mankind. 
 
 The common good, the desire and welfare of the ma- 
 jority are worthy ideals. 
 
 One can lift only by getting under. The kneeling atti- 
 tude of humility the posture of power. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 343 
 
 The trivial round, the common task, 
 Will furnish all we ought to ask, — 
 Room to deny ourselves, a road 
 To bring us daily nearer God. 
 
 — John Keble. 
 
 Sacrifice is the Language of Love 
 
 FOURTH DAY— The Call to Originality 
 
 Originality is the expression of personality, of self. 
 
 Copybook, stereotyped, carbon-copy folks. 
 
 No two physically, mentally, or spiritually alike, yet we 
 try to speak, act, live alike. 
 
 One in ten thousand expresses himself — and arrives; 
 others are lost in mediocrity. 
 
 Our work should express ourselves. If each man's 
 autograph should have an individuality, so should his 
 ball-playing, farming, preaching, etc. 
 
 Conventionality is the enemy of personality. 
 
 "Everybody's doing it," and "It always has been done 
 this way" are signposts to the graveyard. 
 
 Tradition and convention are the habits of the race. 
 
 Like the habits of an individual, they may be good or 
 bad. Not necessarily either because old. 
 
 Orthodoxy as commonly defined — Identity with belief 
 of the past. 
 
 This may be rankest heresy. 
 
 New definition — the belief demanded by the needs of 
 the day. 
 
 One-time orthodoxies not defended now — in politics: 
 "The divine right of kings" — now, the divine right of the 
 people; in religion: banishing or burning people for doc- 
 trinal differences — now, charity and love that place broth- 
 erhood above mere creed. 
 
344 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Break the constraining habits of your family, com- 
 munity, former life. 
 
 A rut is a narrow grave. 
 
 Make some new contribution, mark out new paths. 
 
 Dreamers, inventors, are the saviors of the race. 
 
 Our Columbuses and Edisons save us from stagnation. 
 
 Imagine: same old tunes, tools, machinery, engines, 
 laws, ideals. 
 
 • Everything new existed first in some man or men. 
 
 Their contribution of themselves gives life its lift. 
 
 Our frontiers are no longer territorial, but industrial, 
 intellectual, religious. 
 
 Make your contribution to God's work as important in 
 its place as that of Moses, David, Paul. 
 
 God created you for a definite place in His plan. 
 
 Success means fulfilment of God's purpose for you. 
 
 Originality is the Incarnation of Love 
 
 FIFTH DAY — The Call to Longsiiffering and Patience 
 Matt. 5 : 39. "Resist not him that is evil." 
 
 John 18:36. 'Tf my kingdom were of this world, then 
 would my servants fight." 
 
 Jesus did resist at times in certain ways. Suggestions 
 from the boys. 
 
 Clearly, the Christian should not fight men but sin. 
 
 Defense of principle, or others, rather than self. 
 
 If the spirit of Jesus prevailed, peace would abound. 
 
 Resistance and so-called "self-defense" usually aggra- 
 vate the strife. 
 
 The big man can overlook what the small man resents. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 345 
 
 We need to endure misunderstanding, false accusation, 
 evil report, hurtful deeds. 
 
 To strike back, or "get even," or retaliate places us in 
 same class as our enemy. Thus make his level ours. 
 
 We need patience with ourselves, others, the progress 
 of God's work. 
 
 What do you think of applying this principle to the 
 relation of nations? If Christ were President of the 
 United States would He recommend this doctrine? 
 
 Is this spirit practicable in industrial disputes? Give 
 examples for and against. 
 
 How Vv'idely may we apply Matt. 5 : 2t^ — "If thy brother 
 have aught against thee" ? 
 
 Do arbitration and conciliation promote love or dis- 
 trust? Which do you believe God wants propagated? 
 
 The Christian's weapon is truth with love. These do 
 not need assistance from Springfields and Krupps. 
 
 It is difficult for a man to read your love in a bayonet 
 or brass knuckles. 
 
 Patience is the Trial of Love 
 
 SIXTH DAY— The Call to Faith 
 
 On the wall of a church, at the electric light switch, 
 were these words — Matt. 11:22: "Have faith in God." 
 
 An inspiration to pastor and people in many a trying 
 hour. 
 
 Faith is the enlargement of life, man's consolation in 
 the limitations of his present existence. 
 
 Faith is the telescope of the spiritual eye, bringing 
 eternity near, making this life and the next to blend to- 
 gether. 
 
 By faith the past, present, and future are welded. 
 
 Faith gives eternal, unchanging values to the common, 
 everyday experiences. 
 
346 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Faith supplements, corrects, makes real sight. He who 
 lives by sight alone is most pitiable. 
 
 By faith God becomes present, the sacrifice of Jesus 
 Christ personal, the life of heaven real. 
 
 The possibilities of faith Christ's challenge to aspiring 
 souls, Mark 9:23: "All things are possible to him that 
 believeth." 
 
 Faith is the dreaming of the soul. Youth is the age 
 of dreams. When we cease to dream we cease to grow. 
 Then set in decay and death. 
 
 Our golden age is before us; blessed is he that reaches 
 for it before he can grasp it. 
 
 Faith i« the Vision of Love 
 
 SEVENTH DAY— The Call to Steadfastness 
 
 Luke 9:51: "He steadfastly set his face to go to 
 Jerusalem." 
 
 What awaited Him at Jerusalem ? Did He know? Did 
 He need to go? Would you have gone? Is there any 
 place in the Master's company for a coward? Define 
 bravery. Does your heart warm as you think of Him 
 "steadfastly setting His face" toward death? Will you 
 join His band? 
 
 Read Luke 9:57-62: "No man . . . looking back is 
 fit for the kingdom of God." 
 
 Phil. 3: 13: "Forgetting the things which are behind." 
 And sometimes refusing to see those which are before. 
 
 Not thwarted or si'detracked by friends, relatives, ene- 
 mies, difficulties, apparent defeat. 
 
 Stick-to-it-iveness and perseverance are good words to 
 build into character. Despite his looks, the bulldog has a 
 multitude of friends. The mule cannot be joked out of 
 our admiration. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 347 
 
 The succession of blows crushes the rock. One nickel 
 will not build a bank, but enough nickels will. 
 
 "Failure" must be erased from your vocabulary. 
 
 Your full strength developed and brought out only by 
 continued effort. 
 
 Spasms are neither popular nor wholesome. 
 
 Mediocre ability and the long, steady pull, versus 
 flashy genius. "No genius like hard work," said a man 
 who knew. 
 
 Steadfastness is the Backbone of Love 
 
 EIGHTH DAY— The Call to Mastery and Self -Control 
 
 Phil. 4: 13: "I can do all things through Christ who 
 strengtheneth me." 
 
 John 15:5. "Without me ye can do nothing." 
 
 We are our greatest hindrances. Frequently disap- 
 pointed with ourselves. 
 
 My best is my desire, but when did I attain it? 
 
 The helplessness of our human nature heartbreaking. 
 
 Each has within himself potential victory, but Christ 
 alone can command the forces. Each knows the struggle 
 and defeat described by Paul in Romans vii. 
 
 You may also join him in the shout of victory. 
 
 Sense of mastery one of the best fruits of our faith. 
 
 As a strong friend helps a weak one in time of stress, 
 so Christ, the indwelling Friend, assists us. 
 
 Be strong! We are not here to play, to dream, to drift. 
 We have hard work to do, and loads to lift. 
 Shun not the struggle : fac* it. 'Tts God's gift. 
 Be strong! Be strong! 
 
348 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Be strong ! It matters not how deep intrenched the 
 
 wrong; 
 How hard the battle goes; the day, how long. 
 Faint not, fight on ! To-morrow comes the song. 
 Be strong ! Be strong ! 
 
 — Maltbie D. Babcock. 
 
 Mastery is the Result of Love 
 
 NINTH DAY— The Call to Service 
 
 Matt. 20 : 26-28 : "Not to be ministered unto, but to 
 give." 
 
 Rom. i: 14: "1 am debtor." 
 
 Acts 10:38: "Who went about doing good." 
 
 In estimating life, that is lost which is kept, and that 
 is saved which is spent for worthy causes. The most 
 real and sacred stewardship that of life itself. 
 
 "What doth it profit a man to gain the whole world, 
 and forfeit his life?" 
 
 God placed His Spirit in you for service. 
 
 You are too big to be an idler in the Kingdom. 
 
 Only the wornout have a right to loaf. 
 
 What do we mean by "Church Service?" A mis- 
 nomer. 
 
 Should a farm hand sit around and sing the praises 
 of his employer, and actually do as little as the average 
 Christian, would he hold his job long? 
 
 Social service is Christianity in action; some of the 
 Master's ideals being realized. 
 
 Personal work saves souls and rejoices heaven. 
 
 "Helping the other fellow" is Christian doctrine. 
 
 Jesus inspired others to be and do their best; He made 
 of untrained, unlettered men the wonder and miracle of 
 the world: should we strive for less? 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 349 
 
 Work and joy are wedded — "what God hath joined 
 together let no man put asunder." You will be happy in 
 your faith when you put it to work for God. 
 
 If you only would, what couldn't you young men do! 
 Christ has a big job on His hands; He must have men: 
 Can He count on you? 
 
 There's a fight to be fought and a victory won; 
 There's a cause to be gained and a race to be run; 
 We must each lend a hand in the good work begun; 
 We can, by God's grace, if we will. 
 
 —Mrs. C. H. Morris. 
 
 I am only one, but I am one; 
 
 I cannot do everything, but I can do something; 
 
 What I can do, I ought to do; 
 
 And, by the help of God, I will do. 
 
 Service is the Purpose of Love 
 
 TENTH DAY — The Call to Christlikeness Complete 
 
 We are His ambassadors, agents, representatives, sam- 
 ples of what He can do for us and others, and through 
 us for others. 
 
 We are all willing for Christ to do something for us ; 
 but are we willing that He shall do all for us ? 
 
 He desired the Father to be glorified in Him; are we 
 that He might be glorified in us? 
 
 Because the pastor had not yet arrived at the church 
 a little girl remarked that Jesus was not yet there. What 
 a tribute to the character of the pastor ! 
 
 If we are Christians we are like Him. His presence, 
 spirit, character in us can give this likeness; He imparts 
 it with Himself. Cannot be assumed. 
 
 This age is increasingly spiritual. Men of all classes 
 and callings recognize the spiritual basis of all life. 
 
 The unseen, the spiritual, is becoming the most real in 
 thinking and living. 
 
350 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 We young men have high ambitions. Can we have one 
 higher than the subject of this lesson? 
 
 I wish for you, in the grace of God, learning, wealth, 
 influence, honor, the acme of happiness; but above all I 
 crave for you that likeness to my Master that will make 
 you a savior among men. Christ is for you. I covet you 
 for Christ. 
 
 Christlikeness is the Culmination of Love 
 
 The Christian Life 
 
 The Ten Commandments in Modern Life 
 
 General Introduction: 
 
 The Ten Commandments were given to the Hebrew 
 people through Moses. 
 
 They embody the ideas and ideals of the great system 
 of legislation under which the nation lived. 
 
 They were given long ago to a shepherd people, but 
 they remain the laws of the true life to-day. Though 
 conditions are changed, the spirit still holds. 
 
 FIRST DAY — Commandments i and 2 
 "No other gods" 
 
 1. In what way do these apply to our day? 
 
 If God were speaking audibly to our twentieth cen- 
 tury civilization, would He need to give the first and sec- 
 ond commandments? 
 
 2. What is a god or deity? 
 
 Not necessarily something bowed down to, prayed to; 
 but the ruling power, dominating desire of the life; 
 what one likes best, wants most, awards first place. 
 
 Worship not observance of forms, postures, or customs. 
 These may be only mockery, cant, sham. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 351 
 
 Worship is relation, position of life toward whatever 
 object. The miser and his gold. Society, youth, and 
 pleasure. Man and his business. 
 
 How is man's love for his family demonstrated. 
 
 That to which a man's life is devoted is his god. 
 
 3. Some gods of modern life. (Let the boys make 
 suggestions.) 
 
 Mammon, riches, property, success in vocation ; con- 
 venience, ease, pleasure; self, self-interest, self-will. 
 
 4. Why God should be first — Jesus Christ became the 
 *'Lord" of our lives. 
 
 The commandment is not the arbitrary demand of a 
 jealous God, but inspired by righteous purpose — 
 
 a. For sake of yourself. 
 
 The scope, reach, breadth of your life depend upon 
 your Leader. Its stream will not rise higher than 
 its source. If He is your Master, your ideals will 
 center in His throne. And your ideals make or 
 unmake you. "No man can be a man without 
 Him." 
 
 b. For the sake of others. 
 
 Everywhere in Nature like produces like. There is 
 an unconscious, irrepressible aroma of influence 
 arising from each life. The perfume scents the 
 air around the open flask. 
 
 Personal influence is either food or poison to others. 
 The commandment speaks of "visiting the iniquity" 
 and "showing mercy." Not only our offspring, but 
 our comrades are blessed or cursed by our lives. 
 If God rules in us. His influence will radiate from 
 us; and His is the touch of blessing and life. 
 
 c. When men center on God, all is well. 
 
 Godless Israel was cursed; obedient Israel, blessed. 
 So individually, nationally, to-day. We were crea- 
 ted for Him. Under His mastery we find our real 
 selves; we fit into His plan; and the will of God 
 is done in us "as it is in heaven." 
 
352 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 SECOND DAY — Commandments 3 and 4 
 "The Name of the Lord Thy God" 
 
 1. Blasphemy is a most common vice. 
 
 The acme of foolishness. Has not the excuse of profit. 
 Lowers in self-respect, and the respect of others. Much 
 used thoughtlessly; but "For every idle word." 
 
 Evidence of lack of self-control, of disregard for hear- 
 ers, of foulness of heart, for, "out of the abundance of 
 the heart the mouth speaketh." If it isn't in your heart it 
 won't rise to your lips. 
 
 A rebuke administered once to a blasphemer: ''Who 
 gave you permission to spit in my ear !" 
 
 2. We are Sons of God; we bear His name. 
 
 We may dishonor it by bearing the Name unworthily. 
 
 Many call themselves Christians who have no right to 
 the name. Surely they break this commandment. Alex- 
 ander the Great to cowardly soldier with the same name : 
 "Quit being a coward, or change your name!" 
 
 *'Not everyone that says, Lord, Lord, but he that 
 doeth." 
 
 We might dishonor or bear unworthily the family 
 name. 
 
 Get the significance of — "He leadeth me . . . for His 
 Name's sake." 
 
 3. God is the High, Holy, Unknown. 
 Reverence, fear, love are worthy attitudes of soul. 
 
 Jews would not speak the name JEHOVAH. Our 
 older English versions of the Bible follow that custom. 
 
 Intimate use of the Name of Deity is right if it is 
 right. 
 
 Reverence is a most beautiful trait of character. Let 
 us carefully cultivate this attitude toward God. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 353 
 
 "The Sabbath Day" 
 
 Is regard for the day growing less? 
 
 Should the day be as sacred now as in olden times? 
 
 Should God be more, or less, in our thought than for- 
 merly? 
 
 Must Sabbath observance and regard necessarily follow 
 the same forms? 
 
 God commands for our good: 
 
 1. Scientifically demonstrated that man needs rest, and 
 
 just this much. Man and beast can do more 
 work in six days than in seven. 
 
 Much modern toil on the Sabbath is unnecesary. 
 
 "Six days shalt thou labor and do all thy work." 
 
 What w^ork really must be done on the Sabbath? 
 
 What service can Christians render them who must 
 toil on the Sabbath to serve us? 
 
 2. Mental and spiritual needs are urgent. 
 
 Does the average man minister to these needs dur- 
 ing the week? 
 
 Their value demands that the order be reversed, 
 giving them six, instead of one, of the seven. 
 
 Yet few devote any considerable portion of the 
 Sabbath even to the inner life. 
 
 What is the difference between a "holyday" and a 
 "holiday"? 
 
 Which should the modern Sabbath be? 
 
 3. Good ways to observed the day. (Ask the boys to 
 
 make suggestions.) 
 Rest, relaxation, change of employment, entering 
 new fields of thought to discover the truth of 
 God; Sunday school, public worship, private de- 
 votion; reading, wTiting, conversing on worthy 
 topics; getting God's messages from the out-of- 
 
354 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 doors; visiting the sick or discouraged; works of 
 necessity or charity that could not well be done 
 on other days. 
 
 THIRD DAY — Commandments 5, 6 and / 
 
 "Honor thy father and thy mother" 
 The true man, gentleman, evidenced by. God attaches 
 great importance to. Men despise the unfilial. 
 
 The Bible is filled with admonitions supporting this 
 commandment. 
 
 "That thy days may be long." 
 
 ''Honor" means Love, appreciation for, kindness to, 
 obedience, protection. 
 
 What duties have parents to children? 
 
 "Shalt not kill" 
 
 The sacredness of human life. 
 
 Is killing ever justifiable? 
 
 Does this commandment apply to the taking of other 
 than human life? What do you say of the killing of 
 harmless or useful creatures? 
 
 How does modern society kill? Does the command- 
 ment apply to the following: 
 
 1. War. Deaths caused by our Civil War nearly 
 
 500,000. Is killing any less murder because done 
 at long range and in the smoke of battle? When 
 the Socialist, on the basis of the brotherhood 
 of man, cries against war, is it time for the fol- 
 lower of Jesus of Nazareth to consent to war? 
 
 2. Industrial negligence and greed. 
 
 Over 15,000 killed each year in American work 
 accidents. 
 
 Poor ventilation, fire-traps, lack of safety appli- 
 ances, long hours, starvation wages, overwork. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 355 
 
 Does God approve the hoarding of money at the 
 expense of suffering and death? 
 
 Are competition and profits responsible for a large 
 percentage of our industrial murders? 
 
 3. The Liquor Business. 
 
 Responsible for more deaths than war. Every six 
 minutes a man goes to a drunkard's grave. 
 Every year 60,000 girls to graves of shame. 
 
 Is the drinker alone responsible for his fate? 
 
 Is it fair, right, and just to charge the man who 
 sold, and the man who gave permission to sell, 
 with the death due to alcoholism, or the murder 
 committed by a person under the influence of 
 drink? 
 
 Alcohol kills man's self-respect, ability, chances 
 for success, finer sensibilities — in short, his body, 
 mind, and spirit. 
 
 ''Thou shalt not commit adultery'' 
 The home God's first institution. 
 
 The relation of husband and wife most sacred. 
 
 Insecurity in the home life a menace to all life. There- 
 fore, he who wrecks a home strikes at the roots of every 
 noble, uplifting influence. 
 
 Divorce rate alarmingly high in our country. In 191 1 
 over 78,000. 
 
 What are the Scriptural grounds for divorce? Are 
 there other true grounds? 
 
 Do you think the laws of our State are in harmony 
 with the law and will of God? 
 
 Remarriage after divorce may be adultery. 
 
 Sacredness of the sex powers. Sex-life is God-given, 
 
 Diversion or destruction of forbidden by this com- 
 mandment. 
 
356 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Self-abuse is suicidal and a crime against the race. 
 
 Jesus made the commandment apply to the impure 
 thought. Sin has origin in the heart. The clean thought 
 blossoms into the clean deed and life. Whether you are 
 man or devil depends largely upon your mastery of sex- 
 passion or its mastery of you. 
 
 FOURTH DAY— Commandments S, p, lo 
 
 "Thou shalt not steal" 
 
 Theft is taking from another without adequate return 
 anything of value. 
 
 Small thefts fundamentally as bad and wrong as large 
 ones. The Holy Spirit makes this truth clear to us. A 
 lad cheated a merchant out of a small sum, and after 
 conversion had no 'peace untij he made the wrong right. 
 
 Common forms of theft — too small wages, inadequate 
 service for wages received; short weights; exorbitant 
 prices; crushing legitimate competition; adulterated 
 food; shoddy goods. 
 
 Besides money, one might steal — time, reputation, in- 
 fluence, peace, joy, opportunity, merited attainment of 
 another. 
 
 "Thou shalt not bear false witness" 
 
 Society depends upon the integrity of its members. 
 Truthfulness, trustworthiness, are bases of business, gov- 
 ernment, society, friendship — all human relations. 
 
 In everyday life, as well as on the witness stand, our 
 report of the neighbor must be true. 
 
 The oath should not be needed to guard our lips. 
 
 Any untrue report, remark, gesture, action, or silence 
 is ''bearing false witness." 
 
 "Thou shalt not covet" 
 
 Active or potential desire for another's possessions. 
 
 The most common sin; least guarded against; most 
 seldom confessed; source of nearly all others. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 357 
 
 The Bible condemns most severely. 
 
 The opposite of charity, benevolence, large-heartedness, 
 altruism. 
 
 It leads to harm of neighbor, or self, or of both. 
 
 Helpful emulation inspiring; covetousness debasing. 
 
 I Cor. 12:31: Covet earnestly the best gifts. 
 
 The Beatitudes and Christian Character 
 
 General Introduction 
 
 Spoken by Jesus; probably on the Horns of Hattan, 
 near the Sea of Galilee; to the disciples and the multi- 
 tude; a part of the "Sermon on the Mount." 
 
 Jesus' Inaugural Address or Platform; the Beatitudes 
 are the gist of His utterances. 
 
 "The Christianity of Jesus Christ: Is it ours?" 
 
 The Beatitudes are the door into "The School of 
 Christ." 
 
 The nearer we approach the religions of Jesus the bet- 
 ter Christians we are. 
 
 What the name Christian means. 
 
 *'Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ 
 Jesus." 
 
 The Beatitudes give the characteristics of the Christian 
 character. 
 
 FIFTH DAY— Beatitudes i and 2 
 
 "The Poor in Spirit" 
 
 Humble, recognizing dependence upon God; realizing 
 own worthlessness, helplessness. 
 
 The darky said it meant to be "hard up" in spirit. Our 
 poverty will be made rich by the wealth of the kingdom 
 of heaven. 
 
358 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Psalm 51:17; 34:18; Prov. 16:19; Isaiah 57:15; 
 (£\2\ Matt. 18:4; Luke 18:14. 
 
 "The Meek." (Transposed with the second by some 
 ancient authorities.) 
 
 "Of gentle and long-suffering disposition, of peaceable 
 temper, submissive, compliant, yielding, not haughty or 
 proud, unostentatious, modest, humble." 
 
 This is not the world's winner. The forward, brazen, 
 egotistical seem to capture the world's prizes. 
 
 The eyes of the world do not see the real values. 
 
 Jesus, meekest of men, now governs all men. 
 
 Because He humbled Himself, "God also hath highly 
 exalted Him." 
 
 Only the meek get the victory of the Wilderness Temp- 
 tation. 
 
 Numbers 12:3; Deut. 34:10; Psalm 149:4; Isaiah 
 29: 19; I Peter 3: 4. 
 
 SIXTH DAY— Beatitudes 3 and 4 
 
 "They that Mourn" 
 
 For and with others. Sympathy is blessed. 
 
 Because of the scourge of sin and its products. 
 
 For our own shortcomings. 
 
 That soul is hopeless that cannot weep. 
 
 There is no room for comfort till sorrow smites: Then 
 the comfort of God exceeds the suffering. 
 
 "The oil of joy for mourning" is the promise. 
 
 Weeping becomes a joy if God wipes away the tears. 
 
 Isaiah 60 : 20 ; 61 : 1-3 ; Rev. 21 : 4. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 359 
 
 "That Hunger and Thirst" 
 
 Some of our quests not answered: wealth, honor, 
 fame. But those who "hunger and thirst after righteous- 
 ness shall be filled." 
 
 *'Wish" versus "want." Hunger and thirst are keenest 
 demands. 
 
 "Filled" — satisfied; made complete; saturated. Saint 
 Augustine exclaimed, "O that thou wouldst enter into 
 my heart and inebriate it!" 
 
 The supreme attainment: "A crown of righteousness" 
 — meaning spiritual and entire conformity to the Law of 
 God. 
 
 Psalm 23 : 5 ; Malachi 3 : 10; John 4: 14; Romans 15 : 29. 
 
 SEVENTH DAY— Beatitudes 5 and 6 
 "The Merciful" 
 A most beautiful grace, and almost least evidenced. 
 
 We demand of others, and often fail to show to them. 
 Read the parable of the unmerciful steward. 
 
 We shall never regret being kind, gentle, merciful. 
 
 Better err on the side of mercy, even to being '"easy." 
 
 How would we fare without the mercy of man and 
 God? 
 
 "With what judgment ye judge." "Judgment without 
 mercy that hath showed no mercy." 
 
 Xot only that we might obtain, but because we have 
 obtained from God through Jesus Christ. 
 
 II Sam. 22 : 26 ; Psalm 41:1; Prov. 3:3, 4 ; Eph. 4 : 32. 
 
 "The Pure in Heart" 
 
 Universal conception of God — purity. 
 
 Pure in heart, loved of men. 
 
 After all, only needed qualification for tternal fellow- 
 ship with Him. He lives in such. 
 
36o CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 "In heart." The inner Hfe more important than the 
 outer, for it is the source. If the heart is right, all is 
 right. Pharisees emphasized outward purity. 
 
 Remember that God sees your heart-life. 
 
 Job 42 : 5, 6 ; Psalm 15:1, 2 ; 24 : 3, 4 ; Hebrews 12 : 14. 
 
 EIGHTH DAY— Beatitudes 7 and 8 
 
 "The Peacemakers" 
 
 Some seem to read "peacebreakers." Smallest business 
 in the world. 
 
 The gossip, scandal-monger, strife-stirrer are hell's ac- 
 credited representatives. 
 
 Most enmities have ludicrously small origins. 
 
 We should promote peace between individuals, nations, 
 churches, man and God. 
 
 We young folks stand for good fellowship. 
 We are disciples of the "Prince of Peace." 
 
 What a tribute ! Children of God because peace- 
 makers. 
 
 If we are children of God, we should act like it. 
 Prov. 12:20; Mark 9:50; Rom. 12:18; James 3:18. 
 "The Persecuted" 
 The day of the Christian's abuse about gone. 
 
 You need not apologize for being a Christian; rather 
 for not being one, or a better one. 
 
 Yet there still will be some persecution. A goodly fel- 
 lowship — prophets, apostles, the Master. 
 
 Notice: "Falsely" and "For my sake." 
 
 What difference between "persecution" and "prosecu- 
 tion" ? 
 
 Persecution arises because the Master's is not the 
 world's platform; His teachings cross our sinful natures; 
 the evil hates the pure, good, Godlike. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 361 
 
 "Rejoice," exult; "leap." Bear, overcome in His 
 Spirit. 
 
 I Kings 19:2; Jer. 20:2; Dan. 6:16; Heb. 11; Rev. 
 1:9. 
 
 Ideals for the Christian Chwrch 
 NINTH DAY— General Introduction 
 
 1. What is the Christian Church? 
 
 Not any one denomination, sect, or party. These are 
 human organizations. 
 
 Just as we are members of a family, or of society, so 
 they are members of the Christian Church. 
 
 The true "catholic" or universal church composed of all 
 true children of God. 
 
 Yet the "visible" church is God's representative on 
 earth. The institution that carries forward His work. 
 
 2. Through All the Ages God Has Wondrously Used 
 
 the Church. 
 The originator and encourager of all reforms. 
 Can you imagine a city without church buildings? 
 
 To-day the church plays large part in awakening the 
 nations to progress and power. 
 
 Sometimes it has been ultra-conseryative; had narrow, 
 bad men in control. Yet — 
 
 It has been the largest factor for good in the world. 
 
 Its preservation through the ages an evidence that it is 
 of God. 
 
 3. Relation of Men to the Church. 
 
 The interests of men and the church the same. 
 
 The church raised up and preserved for human service. 
 Certainly men should join and work in it. 
 
 Most good people are within; most of the bad without. 
 
362 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 4. What Church Should You Join? 
 
 The church of your parents; the home should not be 
 divided. Unity in religion makes best possible. 
 
 The church whose doctrines and government you most 
 completely agree with. Temperaments differ. 
 
 The church you can attend and work in regularly. 
 Preferably, all other things being equal, the church near- 
 est your home. 
 
 The church in which you believe you can get and give 
 the most good. 
 
 5. Hozv Can You Unite with a ChurcJif 
 
 Consult parents, closest friends, pastor. Prepare your- 
 self by careful study of doctrine, the meaning of the 
 Christian life, and the church's rules and ideals. 
 
 Most churches receive on confesion of faith in Jesus 
 Christ and a declaration of purpose to live for Him. 
 Baptism always required. 
 
 6. A Christian Without the Church? 
 
 A human being without a home? A scholar without 
 the school? A mechanic without shop training? A Ma- 
 son without fellowship in the Lodge ? 
 
 Most of us need all the help we can get; cannot have 
 standards and ideals too high ; need to be tied to every 
 good influence possible. 
 
 Are Sunday school, Young People's Society, Young 
 Men's Christian Association or lodge, enough? 
 
 These are not substitutes, but feeders — auxiliaries. 
 The church has great work to do, and purposes to do it. 
 She must have red-blooded men to help her. She will 
 get the men. Will you be one? 
 
 May the study of these ideals stir your blood. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 363 
 
 TENTH DAY— Ideals i and 2 
 
 1. The Elimination of the Human Elements and Bias. 
 Possession of the true spirit of the Founder, His ideals 
 
 and power. 
 
 In which the Holy Spirit moves as complete master. 
 
 Through the eyes of God to have : A vision of sin, 
 its curse and cure; of the reach of the gospel — world- 
 wide, covering all sin, the one "salt" and "light" of the 
 world; of the value of a human soul; of the reality and 
 power of the spiritual ; of the presence and help of Al- 
 mighty God; of our absolute dependence upon the Holy 
 Spirit for success in all good living and work. 
 
 The Commandments and Beatitudes exemplified in 
 Christians. 
 
 Sharper demarcation between the world and Chris- 
 tians. 
 
 2. An Inspired, Progressing, Uplifted Humanity. 
 Ideal short of race-salvation is unworthy. 
 
 It is easy for the race to halt in its march. 
 
 Constant goad, push, lift, leaven, lever required. 
 
 Church must provide these in itself. 
 
 Every member must realize best in himself, and then 
 contribute that for the common good. 
 
 The spirit of "otherness" characterizing our religion 
 alone will save the world. 
 
 Christ positively dependent upon altruistic service. 
 
 Selfishness, the worst of sins, defeats God. 
 
 ELEVENTH DAY— Ideals 3 and 4 
 
 3. The Winning Appeal to Every Earnest Man. 
 
 Many good fellgws outside the church; ngt altogether 
 their fault, 
 
364 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The fifteen million young men in the United States 
 could mine and smelt the ore, make the rails, cut the 
 ties, and lay a railroad track from New York to San 
 Francisco in twelve hours. 
 
 What couldn't they do if lined up for the Christ! 
 
 There are 3,000,000 less men than women in the 
 churches of our country. 
 
 Seventy per cent of the boys in the adolescent period 
 are lost to the Sunday school. 
 
 Two out of every ten go wrong. 
 
 Surely every Christian must discover the winning ap- 
 peal, and then by voice and life capture our manhood for 
 Christ and the church. 
 
 4. Closer Fellowship Among Christians. 
 The divisions among Christians a scandal. 
 The Master prayed that we might be one. 
 The differences usually deal with non-essentials. 
 
 Nearness to Christ, and heart and hand to the task, 
 are best antidotes. 
 
 With your eye on the job before us you will see less 
 of your brother's peculiarities. 
 
 The spiritual oneness is noticeable in our day. Willing- 
 ness to unite forces in common work is growing. 
 
 Organic union actually accomplished in places. 
 
 Sentiment moving toward other consolidations. 
 
 Mission fields, Canada, and United States leading. 
 
 The enemy will not be completely routed until we 
 march with solid front. 
 
 TWELFTH DAY— Ideal 5 
 5. Breaking Down the Iniquities of Owr Day% 
 A militant church needed, 
 
- RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 365 
 
 Common conception of imbecility of. 
 
 Stalwart religion alone adequate. 
 
 The Christian is a soldier of the Lord. Joshua was 
 such. Do we measure up? Weapons: "Sword of the 
 Spirit, which is the Word of God"; love for the Truth, 
 for man, for God. 
 
 Our ideal : "Thy kingdom come, thy will be done, on 
 earth as it is in heaven." 
 
 Whoever believes this and will come with inactivity, 
 laziness, folded hands, and faint heart, is not ready for 
 the Kingdom. 
 
 Let the boys suggest some evils to be banished. 
 
 War: Deaths caused by our Civil War nearly 500,000. 
 Each year nearly two-thirds of the revenue of our Gov- 
 ernment goes to pay or prepare for war. War settles no 
 questions. Intellect, not the rifle, must ultimately adjust 
 differences. The gun-man is a menace to civilization. 
 In war, might is right. 
 
 What do you think of arbitration? Of disarmament? 
 Is the peace of a community safe when every man car- 
 ries a gun and has an arsenal in his home? 
 
 Some rulers sign their war proclamations — "By the 
 grace of God." Do you think the God of the Christ ap- 
 proves? 
 
 Men are brothers. Why should the common man fight 
 the rulers' battles? 
 
 Child Labor: One in forty of our total population is 
 a child toiler. One in twenty of the children in the 
 United States is a wage earner. There are 2,500,000 
 under sixteen years of age in our factories; 25,000 in 
 coal mines ; 80,000 in textile factories ; 7,500 in glass fac- 
 tories ; 12,000 in tobacco factories, making cigars at eight 
 cents per thousand.. 
 
 The United States Census Report shows that in the 
 last ten years child labor has increased 200 per cent. We 
 take a man from a job and put his child in his place, 
 
366 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Charlotte Perkins Oilman puts it : 
 
 No fledgling feeds the father bird! 
 
 No chicken feeds the hen ! 
 No kitten mouses for the cat — 
 
 This story is for men. 
 
 We are the wisest, strongest race — 
 
 Loud may our praise be sung ! 
 The only animal alive 
 
 That lives upon its young. 
 
 What think you Christ would say about Child Labor? 
 Political Corruption: Oraft instead of service. 
 The best solution to elect men of integrity and char- 
 acter. 
 
 The clean man must interest himself in politics and 
 accept office as an opportunity to serve. 
 
 Industrial Conditions: The average wage is pitifully 
 small. Two million or more unemployed men. Strikes 
 and their results. 
 
 Over 15,000 are killed each year in American work 
 accidents, and some 500,000 men are injured. From 75 
 per cent to 90 per cent of these preventable. 
 
 Total number of casualties sufficient to carry on at the 
 same time two such wars as our Civil War and the 
 Russo-Japanese War. 
 
 Thirty-one and four-tenths per cent of the girls under 
 sixteen in the silk-weaving industry of Pennsylvania cost 
 their employers less than $2 per week. 
 
 The Liquor Traffic: Has dominated politics, business, 
 and the judgments of our citizenship. 
 
 Attacks the home, the vocation, the youth, the school, 
 the church. 
 
 Breeds disease, brings disgrace, fosters crime. 
 
 More is expended by one-third of the people for drinl^ 
 than by all the people for clothing. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 367 
 
 The money spent for drink would pay all the expenses 
 of the Government and give an old-age pension of $20 a 
 month to all persons over 60 years of age. 
 
 Nearly two hundred times as much is spent for liquor 
 as is given by all churches for foreign missions. 
 
 Twice as much for liquor as for bread. 
 
 Can you imagine Christ as a bartender, a saloon- 
 keeper, or renting His property for a saloon, or voting to 
 perpetuate such a business? 
 
 Lake Scenes in the Life of Jesus* 
 
 The following five studies in the life of Christ are ex- 
 ceedingly suggestive and practical : 
 
 Studies i to 5 : Five Stories Told by the Lake Shore 
 
 STUDY I. A Story About Soil— Maitt. 13: 1-9. 
 
 What general facts about Jesus can you find in verses 
 
 1-3? 
 
 What did Jesus do? 
 
 What is a parable? 
 
 Name the different things mentioned in this story. 
 
 For the purpose of the story, which was most impor- 
 tant? 
 
 What do the four conditions of soil represent? 
 
 Which one would best represent most of us? 
 
 Pass Word: Character. "As a boy thinketh in his 
 heart, so is he." 
 
 STUDY 2. A Story About Weeds—Matt. 13:24-30. 
 
 What were tares? 
 
 Whom did they represent? 
 
 When were they discovered by the servants? 
 
 Who was to blame for the weeds? 
 
 What are weeds? 
 
 * Printed by courtesy of the author, W. ^. Wones, Director Wisconsin State 
 ^amps. 
 
368 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Pass Word: Sincerity. "Make me what they think I 
 am." 
 
 STUDY J. A Story About Some Leaven — Matt. 13:33. 
 
 What is the difference between yeast and leaven? 
 What did the woman do with the leaven? 
 What was the result? 
 What is the kingdom of heaven? 
 
 Pass Word : Influence. "He that is wise winneth 
 souls." 
 
 STUDY 4. A Story About a Buried Treasure— UdLii. 
 13 : 44- 
 
 How did the man happen to find it? 
 
 How did he feel? 
 
 What did he do? 
 
 Was that a square deal ? 
 
 What does the treasure represent? 
 
 Pass Word: Value. "The law of thy mouth is better 
 unto me than thousands of gold and silver." 
 
 STUDY 5. A Story About a Fish A^ef— Matt. 13:47-50. 
 
 What is the difference between the Kingdom of Heaven 
 in this story and in the story of the weeds? 
 
 In the final reckoning what two kinds of fish were there 
 in the net? 
 
 What constitutes a good fish? 
 
 Pass Word: Usefulness. Not only good, but good for 
 something." 
 
 STUDY 6. A Storm on the Lafe^— Mark 4:35-41- 
 
 When did this happen? 
 
 How did they happen to be there? 
 
 What had Jesus done just after starting? Why? 
 
 What happened on the way across the lake? 
 
 How did the disciples feel? 
 
 What di4 they say? 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 3^9 
 
 What did Jesus do? 
 Then what did He say? 
 In our lives what does a storm represent? 
 What is a temptation? 
 
 What assurance can we take for ourselves from ,the 
 story? 
 
 Pass Word: Temptation. "He is able to help them 
 that are tempted." 
 
 STUDY 7. A Call for Fishermen— huke 5:1-11. 
 
 Where was Jesus? Why was the crowd there? How 
 did Jesus get a pulpit? After the talk what did He do? 
 Why ? 
 
 What was Peter's reply? 
 
 What was the result of doing as Jesus directed? 
 
 Then what did Peter say? Why? 
 
 What was Jesus' reply? 
 
 What was the call? 
 
 What does it mean to catch men? 
 
 What happened when they landed? 
 
 What does it mean to forsake all? 
 
 Pass Word: Service. "Unto every boy his work." 
 
 STUDY 8. A Big Picnic— John 6:1-15; Com. Matt. 
 14: 13-21; Mark 6:30-44; Luke 9: 10-17. 
 
 What had happened just before this? Mark 6: 12, 25. 
 What different names were given to the lake? 
 Why were Jesus and His disciples there? 
 Why Such a crowd there? 
 What did Jesus do? Luke 9:11. 
 
 Toward evening what did the disciples say? Luke 
 9: 12. 
 
 What did Jesus say? 
 
 What was Andrew's reply? 
 
 Describe the plan for feeding the crov^^d. 
 
 Then what did Jesus say? 
 
 What did the crowd do? 
 
 What did Jesus do? Why? 
 
370 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Pass Word: Organization. "He sent them out two 
 and two." 
 
 STUDY p. Two Men Walk on the Water— Md^ii. 14: 22- 
 33. 
 
 In the first few verses where was Jesus? Why? 
 
 Where were the disciples? Why? 
 
 Did Jesus know a storm was approaching? 
 
 When did He go to the disciples? 
 
 How did the disciples feel before He came? After 
 thev saw Him? 
 
 What did they do? 
 
 What did Jesus say? 
 
 What did Peter do? 
 
 Did Peter expect to walk? 
 
 What then happened to Peter? Why? 
 
 What did Peter say? What did Jesus do and say? 
 
 Pass Word: Faith. "All things are possible to him 
 that believeth." 
 
 STUDY 10. A Crazy Man on the Lake Shore— Msivk 
 5 • 1-20. • . 
 
 Describe the condition of the man. 
 
 What did he do and say when he saw Jesus? 
 
 What did Jesus say to him? 
 
 Why did the people come out? 
 
 What did they see? 
 
 How did they feel toward Jesus? 
 
 How did the man feel toward Jesus? 
 
 What was his request? 
 
 What was Jesus' reply? 
 
 What was the result? 
 
 Pass Word: Power. "1 can do all things through 
 Christ who strengtheneth me." 
 
 STUDY II. Fisherman's Luck— ]ohr\ 31 ; 1-17, 
 Who went on this fishing trip? 
 Where did they go? Why? 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 371 
 
 Why did they go fishing? 
 
 Was that a good thing to do under the circumstances? 
 
 What luck did they have at first? 
 
 About daylight what happened? 
 
 Tell about the conversation. 
 ^ Then what luck? 
 
 ■ In the meantime, what had Jesus done? 
 K What happened when they reached the shore? 
 K After breakfast what took place? 
 m' What was Jesus' question to Peter? 
 P What was Peter's reply and then Jesus' response? 
 
 Why was the question three times repeated? 
 
 Why ask Peter this question? 
 
 Pass Word: Devotion. "If ye love me, ye will keep 
 my commandments." 
 
 STUDY 12. Examination 
 
 Give the pass word for each lesson, lesson subject be- 
 ing given, or vice versa. 
 
 What ideas concerning Jesus have you received from 
 these studies? 
 
 Which study was the most interesting? Why? 
 
 What suggestions for your own benefit have you re- 
 ceived from these studies? 
 
 Daily Readings in the Great Guide Book for Boy 
 Scouts'^ 
 
 These daily readings have proved to be favorites espe- 
 cially with the scouts in camps. 
 
 Tenderfoot 
 /. "Know the scout's laws and signs, and salute." 
 
 1. Matt. 22:35-40. Of all laws, what two are most 
 
 important? Why? 
 
 2. Matt. 16:1-4. What did He mean by the "signs 
 
 of the times"? 
 
 * Printed by courtesy of the author, W. H. Wones, Director Wisconsin State 
 Camps. 
 
372 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 3. Luke 1 : 21-23. What did the people learn by this 
 
 man's signs? 
 
 4. Phil. 4:21-23. Salute whom? Who were they? 
 
 //. "Know the composition of the national flag and the 
 right way to fly it." 
 
 5. Psalm 20. Notice especially verse 5. What is 
 
 suggested here as the right way to fly the flag? 
 
 6. Num. 1 : 52 — 2 : 3. Of what flag would they have to 
 
 know the composition ? 
 
 ///. "Knot tying." 
 
 7. Matt. 4: 18-22. Who were tying knots? W^hat 
 
 kind? 
 
 The Scout's Oath 
 
 /. "To do my duty to God and my country." 
 
 8. Daniel 6: i-io. Why could and why could not 
 
 Daniel's enemies find fault with him? 
 
 //. "To help other people at all times." 
 
 9. Matt. 12:9-13. When is it lawful to do good? 
 
 10. Luke 10:35-37. What, according to this story, 
 
 constitutes a good neighbor? 
 
 11. Acts 10: 34-48. Notice especially verse 38. What 
 
 is the summary of Jesus' life here given? 
 
 ///. "To obey the Scout Law." 
 
 12. Joshua 1 : 7-9. Why should we obey the Law ? 
 
 Second Class Scout 
 
 /. "Have at least one month's service as a Tenderfoot." 
 
 13. Joshua 1 : 1-5. What had Joshua done in prepara- 
 
 tion for his new honors ? 
 
 14. I Samuel 17:33-37. How had David prepared as 
 
 a tenderfoot? 
 
 //. "Elementary first aid and bandaging." 
 
 15. Luke 10:30-34. Who rendered first aid? Why? 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 373 
 
 ///. ''Signaling/' 
 
 16. I Samuel 20:17-22, 35-42. Who did the signal- 
 
 ing? Why? 
 
 IV. ''Tracking/' 
 
 17. Ex. 14:8-10. Why did he track them? 
 
 V. "Go a mile in twelve minutes at 'scout's pace.'" 
 
 18. II Samuel 18:24-33. What news did those scouts 
 
 bring? 
 
 19. Acts 3:1-10. Why did this man go at "scout's 
 
 pace" ? 
 
 VI. "Lay and light a fire, not using more than two 
 
 matches." 
 
 20. I Kings 18:21-39. Here is a fire-lighting con- 
 
 test without matches. Why did Elijah win? 
 
 21. Acts 28: 1-6. What ideas do you get of Paul be- 
 
 cause he kept the fire burning? 
 
 VII. "Cook a quarter of a pound of meat and two pota- 
 
 toes 7vithout cooking utensils other than the 
 regulation billy." 
 
 22. John 21 : 9-13. Why did Jesus make this fire and 
 
 why did He use some fish just caught? 
 
 VIII. "Have at least twenty- five cents in a savings 
 
 bank." 
 
 23. Luke 19: 12-26. Why was this man (verse 20) to 
 
 blame ? 
 
 IX. "Know the sixteen principal points of the compass." 
 
 24. Acts 27:12-26; 28:12-13. What indications here 
 
 that they knew the points of the compass? 
 
 First Class Scout 
 
 /. "Swim fifty yards." 
 
 25. Acts 27:40-44. What indications here that Paul 
 
 could swim fifty yards? 
 
 //. "Must have fifty cents at least in the savings bank." 
 
 26. Matt. 25 : 14-29. The smallest amount named here 
 
374 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 is more than fifty cents (nearly $3,000). The 
 reward of the first two seems to have been the 
 same. Why ? 
 
 ///. ''Signaling." 
 
 27. Jer. 6:1. How and what were they told to sig- 
 
 nal? 
 
 28. Daniel 5 : 1-31. What was the signal here and 
 
 stated in one sentence? "^hat did it mean? 
 
 29. Ezk. 33:1-9. What would be the result if the 
 
 watchman should fail to give the signal? 
 
 IV. "Go on foot or row a boat alone to a point seven 
 
 miles away and return again; or, if conveyed by 
 any vehicle or animal, go to a distance of fifteen 
 miles and back, and zvrite a short report of it." 
 
 30. Num. 13: 17-33. Briefly, what was Caleb's report, 
 
 and why did his so differ from others? See 
 also Chap. 14: 6-10. 
 
 31. Acts 8:26-40. Here Philip walks, runs and rides. 
 
 Another man wrote the report. Why did Philip 
 make the trip and what was accomplished by it? 
 
 V. "Describe or show proper means for saving life in 
 
 case of two of the following accidents: fire, 
 drowning, runaway carriage, sezver gas, ice-, 
 breaking, or bandage an injured patient or re- 
 vive apparently drowned person." 
 
 32. Matt. 14:22-33. Why did Peter need help and 
 
 why could Jesus help him? 
 
 VI. "Cook satisfactorily tzvo out of the following dishes, 
 
 as may be directed: Porridge, bacon, hiinte/s 
 stew; or skin and cook a rabbit, or pluck and 
 cook a bird. Also make a damper of half a 
 pound of flour, or a twist baked on a thick stick." 
 
 33. I Kings 17:8-16. Why did the meal and oil last 
 
 so long? 
 
 34. II Kings 4:38-41. What saved these men from 
 
 being poisoned? 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 375 
 
 VII. ''Read a map correctly, and draw an intelligent 
 
 rough sketch map. Point out a compass direc- 
 tion without the help of a compass." 
 
 35. Acts 27: 1-8. Of what part of the world could 
 
 Luke (the writer) have probably drawn a rough 
 sketch map? 
 
 VIII. "Use an ax for felling or trimming light timber; 
 
 or as an alternative produce an article of car- 
 pentry or joinery or metal work made by himr- 
 self satisfactorily." 
 
 36. II Kings 6: 1-7. Why did Elisha not get excited 
 
 about the ax head? 
 
 IX. "Judge distance, size, numbers and Jieight within 
 
 25 per cent error." 
 
 37. Luke 14:25-35. What were these two examples 
 
 of careful judging used to illustrate? 
 
 38. Mark 6:30-44. Here are at least four careful 
 
 estimates of numbers. Why was it important to 
 make these? 
 
 X. "Bring a tenderfoot trained by himself in the points 
 
 required for a tenderfoot." 
 
 39. Num. 27: 18-23. What was one reason for 
 
 Joshua's great success in his personal life and 
 work ? 
 
 40. John 1 : 40-42. What did Andrew do for Peter 
 
 before bringing him to Jesus? 
 
 The Scout Law 
 
 /. "A scout's honor is to be trusted." 
 
 41. I Samuel 19: 1-7. At first thought, Jonathan 
 
 might seem disloyal. Why was he not, and what 
 shows his high sense of honor? 
 
 //. "A scout is loyal to his country, his officers, his 
 parents, and his employers." 
 
 42. Esther 4: 13-17. How loyal was Esther? 
 
 43. Luke 2 : 48-52. How does Jesus show loyalty to 
 
 God and His parents? 
 
376 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 ///. "A scout's duty is to he useful and to help others." 
 
 44. Mark 2: i, 2. What five things did these four men 
 
 do to help their friend? 
 
 IV. ''A scout is a friend to all, and a brother to every 
 
 other scout, no matter to what social class the 
 other belongs." 
 
 45. Acts 9: 17-19. What did Ananias have to do be- 
 
 fore he could say "Brother Saul"? 
 
 46. John 9 : 35-38. What had happened to this man 
 
 just before Jesus here found him, and why did 
 He find him? 
 
 47. Luke 14: 12-14. What did Jesus mean to teach 
 
 this man? 
 
 48. Luke 18 : 9-14. What w^as wrong with this Phari- 
 
 see? 
 
 49. Luke 7:36-50. In disposition, what was the dif- 
 
 ference between Jesus and this man Simon? 
 
 50. Mark 9 : 33-37. What advice does Jesus give to 
 
 help a person to avoid being a snob? 
 
 V. ''A scout is courteous." 
 
 51. Luke 18: 15-17. Who were not courteous, and 
 
 why? 
 
 VI. "A scout is a friend to animals." 
 
 52. Luke 15:1-7. What here shows a man's great 
 
 friendship for an animal? 
 
 53. Psalm 84: 1-4. How was interest in birds shown? 
 
 54. John 10: 1-16. What three things here mentioned 
 
 show an oriental shepherd's love for his sheep? 
 
 55. I Samuel 17: 12-16. Name one thing that pre- 
 
 pared David for future greatness. 
 
 VII. "A scout obeys orders of his parents, patrol leader, 
 
 or scout master without question." 
 
 56. John 2 : 1-8. What was the cause of success of 
 
 this wedding feast? 
 
 57. Jonah 3: i-io. Great failure and success came to 
 
 Jonah when? 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 377 
 
 VIII. "A scout smiles and whistles under all circum- 
 
 stances." 
 
 58. Phil. 4: io-20. What does Paul say that shows he 
 
 could whistle under all circumstances? 
 
 59. Frov. 15:13-19. What makes a person appear 
 
 most cheerful? 
 
 60. II Cor. 9:6-11. How should we give? Why? 
 
 61. Acts 16: 25-34. Great good was done in the prison 
 . that night. Why ? 
 
 IX. "A scout is thrifty:' 
 
 62. John 6:12-14. Jesus could easily provide plenty 
 
 of bread. Why did He want them to save the 
 
 pieces? 
 
 The Scout Master 
 
 6^. Matt. 23:8-12. What is the value of having this 
 one supreme Scout Master? 
 
 The U and I Fraternity 
 
 The U and I Fraternity is a scheme to make practical 
 and possible more definite personal work by the camp 
 leaders with the campers, by making greater use of the 
 friendships formed while in the camp. The compact is a 
 very personal affair, and at the same time gives the boy 
 a very definite program of work for the other fellow 
 while in camp and after returning home. Its great value 
 will be readily seen after a careful reading of the com- 
 pact. The compact is printed in duplicate, each party 
 keeping a copy and the pin given without charge. It 
 will be readily seen that the pin will attract attention 
 from the other campers that will no doubt lead to ques- 
 tioning about it, and thus the approach and point of con- 
 tact. Special notice should be given to the "Suggestions 
 to Bear in Mind When Securing a New Member." 
 
 U and I pins may be secured from the Boys' Division, 
 
378 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Young Men's Christian Association, South Bend, Indi- 
 ana, at very nominal cost. 
 Following is the compact: 
 
 The U and I Fraternity 
 
 Realizing that there is a tremendous need for more 
 positive Christian ideals among the men and boys of our 
 city, in business, in school, in shops, and in factories, and 
 
 Realizing that the best and happiest life is the one 
 used, not all for self but for the betterment of others, and 
 
 Realizing that every individual has a tremendous in- 
 fluence, if he but desires to properly invest it, 
 
 / do this day make a solemn compact with U that from 
 this time 
 
 1. / will acknowledge Jesus Christ as my own personal 
 
 Savior. 
 
 2. I will be a more earnest seeker after Truth. 
 
 3. / will be more friendly to all mankind as Christ was 
 
 friendly. 
 
 4. / will do my utmost to advance in true Christian 
 
 manhood. 
 
 5. I will stand everywhere and at all times for a single 
 
 standard of purity. 
 
 6. / will make my amusement program "only those 
 
 pleasures that re-create." 
 
 7. / will each week do at least one definite piece of 
 
 friendly service for a fellow-man. 
 
 8. / will get at least one other individual to make this 
 
 same solemn compact with me, as / have with 
 U. 
 
 This compact I make with U is a solemn compact, 
 any violation of which on the part of either of us we will 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 379 
 
 consider a shameful thing, and utterly unworthy of a 
 gentleman, and I 
 
 Further agree that I will for at least one year wear 
 my pin as a public acknowledgment to every other mem- 
 ber of this fraternity that I am living every day, to the 
 best of my ability, up to the terms of this compact, in 
 spirit and in truth, and 
 
 I further agree that of my own will and accord, if my 
 daily living is not consistent with this sacred bond be- 
 tween us, I will remove my pin. 
 
 I Do Hereby Sign 
 This Compact 
 
 Between 
 
 U, 
 
 Name 
 
 and 
 
 I, 
 
 Name 
 
 God Witnessing Us This 
 
 Day of , J9.... 
 
 "I can do all things through Christ who strengthenath me." 
 
 Suggestions 
 
 To Bear in Mind When Securing New Members 
 
 1. Be thoughtful in the selection of your man. 
 
 2. That the primary object is to secure non-professing 
 
 Christians for membership. 
 
38o 
 
 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 3. That the plan should never be presented to a group 
 
 but always to an individual. 
 
 4. The compact should never be read to an individual 
 
 until reasonably certain he will sign it. 
 
 5. No one should be allowed to sign until he has given 
 
 the matter careful consideration. 
 
 6. That it is your sacred obligation to secure at least 
 
 one new member. 
 
 Sunday Morning Service 
 
 A Sunday Baseball Game 
 
 In order to observe the Sabbath appropriately in a 
 boys' camp it is not necessary, as some suppose, to make 
 the day a sanctimonious, unnatural, scared-to-move, or 
 don't-you-dare-laugh sort of a day. God can be wor- 
 shiped more to His liking with merry hearts and joyous 
 lives than we have been wont to suppose. It is more 
 fatal to have no activity than not to have the right sort 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 381 
 
 of activity. There should most certainly be the hour of 
 thoughtful, forceful devotion and inspiration, the quiet 
 hour of reading and friendly comfort, but there can also 
 be an hour of genial fun with an objective to it. 
 
 The Bible baseball game is a first-rate Sunday activity, 
 and is one that the boys, big and little, will enter into 
 with satisfaction. There are two ways to play the game, 
 but in both there are a few things of importance that 
 are in common. 
 
 Divide the camp — leaders and all — into two groups on 
 Saturday, and choose the portion of the Bible to be used 
 for the game, making it definite chapters or books, or the 
 story of definite lives, events, and so forth. Have the 
 captain of each side prepare a set of questions on the 
 ground to be covered and submit them to the umpire, who 
 will study them to see they are fair, to the point, and 
 clear in meaning, throwing out all technical or catchy 
 questions. 
 
 Each side should then arrange their players in a bat- 
 ting order in order to save time, for the one essential 
 next to preparation is snap and life. The game must 
 not be allowed to drag an instant. 
 
 The first way is as follows : Place all the players of 
 each side in a line — sitting, somewhere in the woods or 
 on the lake shore. Choose a stump for the home-plate 
 and allow the umpire to sit between the two groups. 
 The first man up stands, and the captain of the opposing 
 side asks him a question. He is given ten seconds to 
 state his answer. If he fails, he is out, and three outs 
 changes the inning, when the captain of the other side 
 rises and asks his question. 
 
 In case the question is answered to the. satisfaction of 
 the umpire, it is declared a run. If three men go down 
 
382 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 on one question, the question must be changed, and the 
 captain of the opposing team cannot open his inning with 
 the same question that his three men went down on. 
 
 The game proceeds until nine or twelve innings have 
 been played. It is sure of success if you can get all the 
 campers to read the passages to be used. For instance, 
 make all questions on the life of Christ, as found in 
 John, or the story of the creation, as found in Genesis. 
 Many boys will surprise you, and leader after leader will 
 often go down in defeat. 
 
 The second way makes a more complicated game. A 
 small diamond is marked off and bases placed. The 
 questions are given out, as in the other game, only that 
 a complete answer does not count a run but only a base. 
 Each following player making a base automatically 
 crowds the player ahead of him to the next base until one 
 player is forced home. In case of three failures before 
 a player is forced home, the inning closes with no score. 
 This game develops team work, but care must be taken 
 to make the questions simple and to keep the game snappy. 
 I have known campers to be willing to play such a game 
 a half day at a time. It has many good results. 
 
 A Sunday Sing 
 
 The thing that made the greatest impression on the 
 lives of the boys of one camp was a simple Sunday even- 
 ing service conducted on the lake. Just at twilight all the 
 camp embarked in the boats and pulled out into the lake, 
 where all. the boats were fastened together by passing a 
 rope through the ring at the bow and drawing them all 
 into a great circle. Anchors were all dropped over to 
 hinder drifting,. and then, with the leadership of a grapha- 
 phone, a mouth organ, or any instrument, the simplest and 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 383 
 
 oldest hymns are sung, the water and the starry night 
 adding wonderfully to the spirit of fellowship. The sing- 
 ing is followed with a short-pointed talk, the telling of a 
 good story, a prayer, and then the boats are cut adrift 
 and all pull for camp, which is always marked by a lighted 
 shore lantern. It is an excellent way to close a Sunday. 
 
 Sunday Evening Service Afloat 
 
 Where there is no lake or river, a mountain-top is just 
 as good. The Denver boys hike many miles once a year, 
 from their camp to Grand Lake, a mountain gem, usually 
 reaching it by twilight. Having their meeting on the 
 water, they return to the shore, camp all night, and re- 
 turn to camp the following day. Many boys will testify 
 that this trip was the best of the camp, because of the 
 lake sing and meeting. 
 
 A Sunday Debating Club 
 
 As with all sorts of religious activity for boys, it must 
 be wisely handled and carefully planned for, or it will 
 lose largely its real benefit and fail to. be a genuine in- 
 spiration to the boy. These debates make excellent activ- 
 ity for a Sunday afternoon or evening. 
 
 Hold the club out under the trees and do not make 
 attendance compulsory. Conduct them in a reverent way, 
 
384 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 and the leader in charge should always at the close of the 
 debate sum up the argument and apply it. If so con- 
 ducted, nothing but good can come from a frank discus- 
 sion of the following topics: 
 
 Resolved: That it requires greater faith to believe the 
 promises made to Abraham than those made to Noah. 
 Gen. 5 : 28 through 25 : 8. 
 
 Resolved: That there was more good than bad in the 
 life of Jacob. Gen. 25:19 — 49. 
 
 Resolved: That Jacob's desire for reconciliation with 
 Esau was prompted by fear rather than love. Gen. 
 32:1-23. 
 
 Resolved: That Joseph's advancement in Egypt was 
 due more to his native qualities than his unusual oppor- 
 tunities. Gen. 2>7 — 47- 
 
 Resolved: That Joshua was a greater general than 
 Gideon. Ex. 17:3-13; Num. 13:17 — 14:10, and 27:18- 
 22,; Deut. 31 : 14-23; Josh, i — 24. 
 
 Resolved: That David was a more admirable charac- 
 ter than Moses. 
 
 Resolved: That Samuel was of more value to the na- 
 tion than any of the judges preceding him. Judges, 
 I Sam. I — 25. 
 
 Resolved: That David's grief for Absalom was an 
 indication of weakness rather than of strength. II Sam. 
 18—19:8. 
 
 Resolved: That the good influence of Solomon's 
 words was greater than the evil influence of his life. 
 I Kings I — 11; Prov., Eccles., S. of Sol. 
 
 Resolved: That Elijah was a greater prophet than 
 Elisha. I Kings 17; II Kings 13:25. 
 
 Resolved: That Elisha's punishment of Gehazi was 
 more severe than his offense warranted. II Kings 
 5 ••15-27. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 385 
 
 Resolved: That Isaiah was the greatest of Hebrew- 
 poets. 
 
 Resolved: That Daniel was an abler statesman than 
 Nehemiah. Dan. Xeh. 
 
 Resolved: That Nicodemus came to Jesus by night 
 because he feared to seek Him openly. John 3:1-21; 
 7-45-53; 19:38-42. 
 
 Resolved: That the miracles of Jesus exerted a 
 greater influence than His parables. INIatt. Mark. Luke. 
 John. 
 
 Resolved: That Judas was a better man than Pilate. 
 
 Resolved: That there was more to be commended 
 than condemned in the life of Peter. Mark; Acts. 
 
 Resolved: That Paul was of greater service than 
 Peter to the early church. Acts 8 — 28:31. 
 
 Resolved: That Paul accomplished more through his 
 writings than by his missionary journeys. Acts 8 — 
 28:31; Romans through Hebrews. 
 
 Resolved: That Paul was the greatest missionary of 
 the Christian church. 
 
 Resolved: That the principles on which our govern- 
 ment is founded can be traced back to the life of Christ. 
 
 Suggestive Topics for Camp Talks 
 
 Cooperation, or Helping Others. 
 Fellowship, or Getting Together. 
 Honor, or Winning Out. 
 Determination — He can who thinks he can. 
 Obedience, or True Liberty. 
 Control, or Self Mastery. 
 Achievement, or the Joy of Doing. 
 Forgiveness, or Pardonable Forgetting. 
 
386 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Unselfishness, or Worth While Sacrifice. 
 
 Purity, or Thought Determines Action. 
 
 Decision, or Christian Ideals. 
 
 Truthfulness, or Our Word as Good as Our Bond. 
 
 Work, or the Dignity oi Labor. 
 
 Cheerfulness, or the Value of a Smile. 
 
 Promptness, or Doing It Now. 
 
 Patience, or the Waiting Virtue. 
 
 Courage, or Daring the Right. 
 
 — H. W. Gibson. 
 
 For Bible texts for the above use good Concordance 
 or Topical Bible. The People's Bible Dictionary is also 
 very helpful. 
 
 Suggestive Camp Bible Studies and References 
 
 Sparrows. Luke 2:6, 7; Matt. 6:26; Matt. 10:29-31. 
 
 The Spring. Isa. 41 : 18; Psa. i : 3. 
 
 Mount Hermon. Mark 9 : 2-9. 
 
 The Wind. Luke 8 : 22-25. 
 
 The Vine. John 15:1-17. 
 
 The Clouds. Ex. 16: 10; Isa. 44:22; Psa. 36:5. 
 
 The Oxen. Psa. 144: 14; Matt. 11:28-30; Ex. 23:4. 
 
 The Harvest. Matt. 9:37, 38; Eccles. 11:6. 
 
 The Hills. Luke 6: 12; Matt. 6: 6-15. 
 
 The Storms. Matt. 8:23-27. 
 
 The Stars. Gen. i : 16-19. 
 
 A Night on the Lake. Mark 6:45-56. 
 
 A Day's Fishing. John 21 : 1-14. 
 
 A Night on a Mountain. Luke 9 : 28-36. 
 
 The Camp Fire. John 21 : 15-17. 
 
 The Water. Job 24: 18; John 4: 14. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 387 
 
 A Voyage. Acts 27: 1-13. 
 
 In a Cave. Psa. 142: 1-7. 
 
 A Burning Bush. Ex. 3 : 1-6. 
 
 The Thunderstorm. Psa. 29: i-ii. 
 
 Weeds. Matt. 13 : 24-36. 
 
 The Trees. Matt. 7: 16-20; Prov. 3: 18. 
 
 The Rocks. Matt. 7 : 24-27. 
 
 The Wind. Ezk. 37:9; John 3:8; Acts 2 : 2. 
 
 The Well. II Peter 2: 17. 
 
 The Threshing. Isa. 21 : 10; Jer. 51 : 33. 
 
 Food. Matt. 12:34-36; Luke 6:45; Phil. 4:8. 
 
 The Tents. Gen. 4:20; Isa. 4:6; Isa. 40:22. 
 
 The Sun. Psalm 84:11. 
 
 The Sheep. Matt. 25 : 32, 33. 
 
 The Grass. Psa. 90:5, 6; Psa. 103:15; I Pet. 1:24. 
 
 The River. Isa. 32:2; Jno. 1:16. 
 
 The Rain. Psa. 68 : 9 ; Psa. 84 : 6 ; Ezk. 34 : 26. 
 
 Night. Romans 13:12. 
 
 The Bee. Judges 14:8; Psa. 118: 12; Isa. 7: 18. 
 
 The Caterpillar. Psa. 78 : 46 ; Isa. 33 : 4. 
 
 The Beetle. Lev. 11:22. 
 
 The Fish Worm. Job 25:6; Micah 7:17. 
 
 The Fly. Ex. 8 : 22 ; Ezk. 10:1; Isa. 7 : 18. 
 
 The Grasshopper. Lev. 1 1 : 22 ; Judges 6:5; Job 39 : 20. 
 
 The Moth. Job 4: 19; Job 27: 18; Isa. 50:9. 
 
 The Spider. Job 8: 14; Prov. 30:28. 
 
 The Birds. Matt. 10:29-31; Luke 12:24. 
 
 The Ant. Prov. 6:6-8; Prov. 30:25. 
 
 The above may be elaborated as extensively as de- 
 sired. The following elaborated lessons are merely sug- 
 gestive of what may be done with such topics. 
 
388. CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Tent Life — Gen. 4:20; Acts 18:3 
 (Meeting place, in one of the tents) 
 
 1. Inventor and manufacturer. 
 
 a. Invented by Jabal. Gen. 4 : 20. 
 
 b. Made by Paul. Acts 18:3. 
 
 2. Materials used — goats' hair, skins, cloth, canvas, 
 
 boughs of trees. 
 
 3. An advance party. Deut. i : 33. 
 
 4. How and where tents were pitched. 
 
 a. Stakes and cords. Isa. 54:2. 
 
 b. In order. Num. i : 52. 
 
 c. Under trees. Gen. 18:1, 4. 
 
 d. Near water. Gen. 13: 10, 12; 26: 17, 18. 
 
 e. On house tops. II Sam. 16:22. 
 
 5. How used. 
 
 a. As dwellings. Gen. 12:8. 
 
 b. For worship. Ex. 33 : 8, 10. 
 
 c. By shepherds. Jer. 6:3. 
 
 d. For cattle. II Chron. 14:15. 
 'e. For w^ar. I Sam. 4: 10. 
 
 6. Lessons. 
 
 a. A place of pleasure. Psa. 16: II. 
 
 b. A place of shelter. Isa. 4:6. 
 
 c. A place of rest. Matt. 11:28. 
 
 The Ant— Prov. 6:6-8; Prov. 30:25 
 (Place of meeting, around, an ant hill) 
 
 1. Industrious. 
 
 2. Prudent. Provide for future. Matt. 6:19, 20. 
 
 3. Systematic. Their labor in building nest is well 
 
 divided, various bodies of them undertaking 
 various parts of the work. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 389 
 
 4. Economical. In carefully destroying the germ por- 
 
 tion of the seeds of corn which they lay up for 
 the future. 
 
 5. Orderly. Live in large communities, orderly man- 
 
 ner in which they dwell together. 
 
 The Stars — Gen. i : 16-19 
 (Place of meeting, out under the stars) 
 *'And He made the stars also." Gen. i : 16. 
 
 1. The stars came near being left out of the story — 
 
 a. So small compared to sun and moon. 
 
 b. Stars the common folks — the "alsos." 
 
 2. Their great importance, even if small — 
 
 a. Dangers of a black night. 
 
 b. The value of North Star. 
 
 c. Each star a part of a great whole. 
 
 d. Millions of stars in the milky way. 
 
 e. Lumber supply from ordinary trees — not 
 
 California redwoods. 
 
 f. Springs make the ocean. 
 
 3. Marvelous power in small things — 
 
 a. Tugboats pull great ships to harbor. 
 
 b. Safety in tiny eye of lighthouse. 
 
 c. Power of tiny seeds growing to crack cliffs. 
 
 Lesson : 
 
 1. Quality, not size, to be desired. 
 
 2. The lowdy Christ^His work. 
 
 3. Parable of the talents. 
 
 Our Food— Matt. 12:34-36; Phil. 4:8; Luke 6:45 
 
 {Place of meeting, around a campfire after supper] 
 
 "Tell me what you eat, I'll tell you what you are." 
 
390 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 I. Three selves to feed — • 
 
 a. Stomach^ 
 
 b. Mind IHow related 
 
 c. Spirit J 
 
 A. Stomach 
 
 I. Effects of food 
 
 a. Reasons for strength. 
 
 b. Reasons for indigestion. 
 
 c. Reasons for starvation. 
 
 B. Mind 
 
 I. Effects of thoughts 
 
 a. Reasons for brains 
 
 b. Reasons for "indigestion." 
 
 c. Reasons for "starvation.'* 
 
 C. Spirit 
 
 I. Effects of ambition 
 
 a. Reasons for power. 
 
 b. Reasons for "indigestion." 
 
 c. Reasons for ''starvation." 
 
 Lessons: 
 
 1. National characteristics determined by what people 
 
 "eat," mentally, morally, spiritually. 
 
 2. Birds colored by food they eat. 
 
 3. Story of Great Stone Face. 
 
 4. A study of Christ's "food." 
 
 Rocks — Matt. 7 : 24-27 
 (Hold meeting on or near big rock) 
 A plan of humanity in rocks: 
 
 1. Valuable Rocks — successful character. 
 
 2. Valueless Rocks — a failure in character. 
 
 I. Valuable Rocks — 
 
 a. Solid, sound, hard, lasting. 
 
 b. Gems — all have to be "ground." 
 
 c. Must be able to stand severe tests. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 39i 
 
 2. Valueless Rocks — 
 
 a. Black and smutty — good only to burn. 
 
 b. White with black spots. 
 
 c. Sound with decayed spots. 
 
 d. Yellow stands for coward. 
 
 e. Red has always stood for sin. 
 
 f. Queer shaped — cut by winds of prejudice 
 
 and ignorance. 
 
 g. Disintegrating rocks — where found and 
 
 cause; value. 
 h. Ores — all have to be burned to get value. 
 
 But (Psalm 118:22, 23) every stone has possibilities 
 in it, if it will submit to the hand of a Master Builder. 
 
 Trees — Matt. 7:16-20; Prov. 3:18 
 
 {Hold session in the woods where "all sorts and condi- 
 tions of trees'' may be viezved) 
 
 Trees much like men, and teach many lessons. 
 God taught such lessons in trees and nature so the 
 primitive peoples could see. 
 
 They were God's parables to His people. 
 
 1. Things that make a perfect tree — 
 
 a. Room, air, light, 
 
 b. Roots, water, sunshine, soil, 
 
 c. Wind, and change of seasons, 
 
 d. Pruning and cultivation. 
 
 (All the above true of a boy) 
 
 2. Trees that stand on every side as warnings — 
 
 a. Crooked, weak trees. 
 
 b. Hollow trees. 
 
 c. Insect-infected trees. 
 
 d. Fungus-covered trees. 
 
 e. Girdled trees — sap cut off. 
 
 3. Trees that stand on every side as inspirations — 
 
 a. Straight and symmetrical. 
 
 b. Shelter for birds. 
 
392 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 c. Perfect fruit. 
 
 d. Persistent trees. 
 
 e. Well-rooted trees. 
 
 Lesson : 
 
 The wonderful results of grafting by a Master Gar- 
 dener. 
 
 *'By their fruits ye shall know them.'* 
 
 Jesus in the Mountains * 
 
 This course has been used in many camps located in 
 the hills or mountains the country over. 'To relate Christ 
 to the daily sights, sounds, and acts of the average boy 
 is to make Him real, and this is surely an act well worth 
 cultivation." The above explains the practical value of 
 the following little studies: 
 
 Lesson I 
 
 Jesus at home in the mountains. Luke 2: 39, 40, 51, 52. 
 Nazareth a mountain town. Luke 4 : 29. 
 
 1. Name other mountainous countries besides Pales- 
 
 tine. (Greece, Switzerland, Japan, Colorado.) 
 
 2. What kind of men are the mountain dwellers? 
 
 (Strong, simple, frank, rough, active, free.) 
 
 3. What facts of Jesus' boyhood are told in these 
 
 verses? (Obedience, all-round growth, popu- 
 larity.) 
 
 4. What is the best foundation for popularity? 
 
 Advantages of the mountains: 
 Nearness to God's world. 
 Nearness to God's sky. 
 Nearness to God Himself. 
 Distance from temptations. 
 
 * Prepared by Lester McLain for the Boys* Camp of the Colorado Springs 
 Young Men's Christian Association. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 393 
 
 Distance from evil associations. 
 Distance from my old self. 
 
 5. Can I grow as Jesus did, during- this mountain va- 
 cation, in body, mind, and spirit? 
 
 Password: "I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills 
 from whence cometh my help." 
 
 Lesson II 
 Jesus tempted on a mountain. TvTatthew 4: i-ii. 
 
 1. What was the first wrong thing Jesus was tempted 
 
 to do? 
 
 (To use his strength selfishly.) 
 
 2. What was the second? 
 
 (To show off for popularity.) 
 
 3. What was the third? 
 
 (To forget His Father.) 
 
 4. How early did Jesus make up His mind not to live 
 
 for Himself? 
 
 5. Does He ask as much of us? 
 
 Password: 'Tf any man would come after me let him 
 deny himself." 
 
 Lesson HI 
 
 Jesus choosing friends in the mountains. Luke 6:12- 
 19; Mark 3: 13, 14. 
 
 Importance of this choice of friends, His assbciates, 
 defenders, pupils, representatives, successors. 
 
 Importance of our choice of friends: the sure test of 
 character, the making of character. 
 
 1. How did Jesus make ready to choose His friends? 
 
 Luke 6: 12. 
 
 2. Does God approve of my friends? 
 
 3. What was Jesus' purpose in choosing friends? 
 
 4. Am I helping or hurting my friends?_ 
 
394 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 5. Can I count myself a friend of Jesus? 
 
 Password: "Ye are my friends if ye do whatsoever I 
 command you." 
 
 Lesson IV 
 
 Jesus teaching in the mountains. Luke 6:20-49. 
 
 Luke has condensed the sermon on the mount. 
 
 Find out what Jesus teaches on — 
 
 1. How to be happy, verses 20-26. 
 
 (Not by seeking money, comfort, fun for my sake, 
 but by willingness to give up anything for His 
 sake.) 
 
 2. How to treat others, verses 27, 28. 
 
 (Kindly, patiently, mercifully, charitably, gener- 
 ously.) 
 
 3. How to treat yourself, verses 39-46. 
 
 (Know yourself, watch yourself, correct yourself.) 
 
 4. How to treat Jesus Christ. 
 (Obediently.) 
 
 Password: "Lord, teach us." 
 
 Lesson V 
 Jesus resting in the mountains. Mark 6 : 30-44. 
 
 1. Why did Jesus need a vacation? Mark 6:31. 
 
 2. Did He take a vacation from religion and God? 
 
 3. Did He stop helping men? 
 
 4. How can a fellow use his summer vacation? 
 (First, to keep close to God; second, to help the 
 
 other fellow.) 
 
 Password: "Do all to the glory of God." 
 
 Lesson VI 
 Jesus confessed in the mountains. Matt. 16: 13-20. 
 Jesus has gone away from the crowds into the moun- 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 395 
 
 talnous country northwest of the lake, near the source of 
 the Jordan. 
 
 1. Who did people generally think Jesus was? 
 
 2. Who spoke up for disciples? 
 
 3. What did he call Jesus? 
 
 4. How do you think he knew? 
 
 5. In what respect was Peter like a rock? 
 
 Lessons on Confessing Christ: 
 
 Peter was regardless of others' opinions, sincere, un- 
 hesitating, firm. 
 
 6. Is this my opportunity to confess Christ? 
 
 Password: "He that confesseth me before men, him 
 will I also confess before my Father which is in heaven." 
 
 Lesson VII 
 Jesus meeting God in the mountains. Luke 9 : 28-36. 
 
 1. Who were Jesus' most intimate friends? 
 
 2. For what purpose did He go to the mountains? 
 
 "Jesus was always praying when He heard from 
 home." 
 
 3. How was Jesus different from other men ? 
 
 4. What gives Him a right to teach us — 
 
 of God's will? (He obeyed it.) 
 
 of God's character, love. (He lived it.) ' 
 
 of God's home for us. (He came from it.) 
 
 5. Could God say of me now, "My beloved son"? 
 Password: "Now we are the sons of God." 
 
 Lesson VIII 
 
 Jesus suffering on the Mount of Olives, Mark 
 14: 26-42. 
 
 Describe the mountain. 
 
396 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 1. What men does Jesus ask to share His struggles? 
 
 2. Should a friend share his hard times, or only his 
 
 good times, with his friends? 
 
 3. Who promised to stand by Jesus? 
 
 4. What would it mean for a boy to stand by Jesus 
 
 Christ? 
 
 5. What did Peter fail to do that Jesus asked of him? 
 
 6. What do you think made Jesus suffer so? 
 
 7. What can we do when something hard comes to us 
 which we do not understand? 
 
 Password: 'Thy will be done." 
 
 Lesson IX 
 
 Jesus betrayed and deserted on the Mount of Olives. 
 Mark 14:43-50. 
 
 Faithlessness in little things leads to faithlessness in 
 larger things. They slept when He asked for sympathy. 
 
 I. Who betrayed Jesus? 
 
 How did he do it? 
 
 What for? 
 
 Which of His friends stood for Jesus? 
 
 How can we be disloyal to Him? 
 
 Password: "Though we are faithless he abideth faith- 
 ful/' 
 
 Lesson X 
 
 Jesus put to death on the Mount of the Skull. Mark 
 15:22-39. 
 
 1. Who caused Jesus to be put to death? 
 
 2. Who else was executed at the same time? 
 
 3. Who mocked Him? 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 397 
 
 4. When religious people, like the priests, do wrong, 
 
 shall we blame religion? 
 
 5. Who saw the real character of Jesus when He was . 
 
 dying? 
 
 6. For whom did Jesus Christ die? 
 
 Password: "Greater love hath no man than this that a 
 man lay down his life for his friends." 
 
 Lesson XI 
 Jesus says good-bye on a mountain. Matt. 28:16-20. 
 
 1. How did Jesus, having died, come to be on earth 
 
 again ? 
 
 2. For how long was He on earth after His death? 
 
 3. Where did he say good-bye? 
 
 4. What does "good-bye" mean? (God be with you.) 
 
 His command (vs. 19) means "Go and make 
 friends for me." 
 
 5. How can a fellow introduce his friends to Jesus 
 
 Christ and tc His Father? 
 
 Password: "Lo, I am with you always, even to the end 
 of the world." 
 
 Tent Devotion Topics 
 
 To be led by the boys themselves. 
 
 A Great Keeper. Psalm 121 : 1-8. 
 
 Addition. I Peter 2:1-11. 
 
 All Together. I Cor. 12:1-31. 
 
 Avoid It. Eph. 5 : 1-20. 
 
 Beginnings. John i : 1-14. 
 
 Body, Mind and Spirit. Romans 12 : 1-21. 
 
 Brotherhood That is Real. I Cor. 13 : 1-13. 
 
 Christ in All Things. Col. i : 1-23. jf 
 
 Christ's Prayer. John 17:1-26, 
 
398 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Courage. Joshua i : 1-18. 
 Fight the Good Fight. I Tim. 5:11-20. 
 ■ Flesh and Fruit. Gal. 5 : 16-25. 
 Foundations. Luke 6 : 46-49. 
 Gain and Loss. Phil. 3:1-21. 
 Help the Other Fellow. Gal. 6: 1-12, 
 How to Pray. Luke 11 : 1-13. 
 Hypocrites. Luke 6 : 39-45. 
 I Can Do. Phil. 4 : 8-20. 
 Important Introductions. John i : 29-49. 
 Moral — But. Matt. 19:16-29. 
 Record of Faithful. Heb. 11:1-40. 
 Remember Jesus Christ. II Tim. 2:1-15. 
 Right Minority. Numbers 13 : 1-35. 
 Special Prayer. Eph. 3 : 14-20. 
 Talents. Matt. 25 : 14-44. 
 Temptation — Why? James 1:1-20. 
 The Race. Heb. 12:1-13. 
 Wisdom. Prov. 3:1-35. 
 What to Do. Eph. 5: 1-21. 
 Whole Armor. Eph. 6: 10-26. 
 
 — Arthur N. Cotton. 
 
 Camp Hymnals 
 
 Every camp should have some sort of hymnal, and for 
 most camps the book should be small and inexpensive. 
 The following books have proved satisfactory: "The 
 Boys' Hymnal" (10 cents); "The Billy Sunday Song 
 Book"; "Church Hymns and Gospel Songs"; "Winona 
 Hymns." 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 399 
 
 Reference Books for Camp Bible Studies 
 
 "Trees and Plants Mentioned in the Bible," Groser. 
 "Animals of the Bible," H. C. Hart. 
 "Domestic Animals of the Bible," J. G. Wood. 
 "Birds of the Bible," J. G. Wood. 
 "Parables from Nature," M. S. Gatty. 
 "Lessons from Life," H. Macmillan. 
 "Christ in Everyday Life," Dean Bosworth. 
 "Paul in Everyday Life," John Douglas Adam. 
 "The Manhood of the Master," Harry Emerson Fos- 
 dick. 
 
 Stories That Have a Religious Value 
 
 Taking advantage of the boys' natural love for a good 
 story, it has proven highly satisfactory in many camps 
 to now and then substitute a story for a regular religious 
 service. It is best to have it told, provided you have a 
 man who can tell it well; otherwise read it. Do not risk 
 the point and real value by poor telling. Following are 
 some that will insure interest and prove helpful : 
 
 "The Story of the Other Wise Man," Henry Van Dyke. 
 
 "The Blue Flower," Henry Van Dyke. 
 
 "The Source," Henry Van Dyke (From "The Blue 
 Flower"). 
 
 "The Lost Word," Henry Van Dyke. 
 
 "Spy Rock," Henry Van Dyke (From "The Blue 
 Flower"). 
 
 "The First Christmas Tree," Henry Van Dyke. 
 
 "The Reward of Virtue," Henry Van Dyke (From 
 "The Ruling Passion"). 
 
 "A Year of Nobility," Henry Van Dyke (From "The 
 Ruling Passion"). 
 
400 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 "The Lost Boy," Henry Van Dyke. 
 
 "Servants of the King,*' Robert Speer. (Short stories.) 
 
 "Remember Jesus Christ," Robert Speer. 
 
 "Story of Dan McDonald," G. W. Hinckley. 
 
 "How Men Found the Great Spirit," H. M. Burr. 
 (From "Around the Fire.") 
 
 "The Reformation of Juke," F. H. Cheley. (From 
 "Told by the Campfire.") 
 
 Suggestive Thoughts for Camp Talks from Clip- 
 pings 
 
 A Refresh ixNG Spring 
 
 Tramping through the woods on a hot day we gladly 
 climb until we are weary and out of breath that we may 
 obtain a drink from a spring at its very source, where 
 the pure water gushes out from the rock. The waters 
 of the stream below may be muddy because they are 
 mixed with the soil over which they flow; but at the 
 source we know they are pure. Yet how many there are 
 who judge the Water of Life by its muddy current as it 
 flows through the imperfect lives of Christians, and are 
 discouraged from seeking its pure source in Christ in 
 order that they may find refreshment. It is some trouble 
 to climb, it is some trouble to study the Bible, and make 
 an effort to apply its words, but that is the only way to 
 get the pure Water of Life. — Foreword. 
 
 Christ and Nature 
 
 Jesus, with the sick crowding for His healing, and the 
 ignorant needing His teaching, with His enemies seeking 
 to entrap Him and His mighty mission pressing upon His 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 401 
 
 heart, still had time and thought for the beautiful world 
 of nature round Him. He noticed the lilies of the field, 
 the birds in their carefree life, the ripening of the har- 
 vests, and the winds that swept over sea and shore. He 
 lived largely out of doors, and gathered His parables and 
 illustrations from the natural things about Him. Surely 
 we need not be so busy as to hasten to our daily toil with 
 no thought for the beauty of the morning, and turn to our 
 rest at night without a glance at the starry sky in its 
 wonder and glory. Nature is a marvelous teacher for 
 those who will listen, a wondrous healer for tired souls 
 and bodies that yield to her soothing touch. 
 
 An Unequal Match 
 
 Acts 11:1-18. Peter puts a conundrum; can you an- 
 swer it? "What was I that I should withstand God?'* 
 Peter knew that confession was better than cowardice, 
 and that submission was better than stubbornness — he had 
 tried both. Still, there are shallow-pated souls who can 
 make an arc light, who will strut as if they had created 
 the sun. Build up a brick pile and blow about it as if 
 they had piled up the mighty mountain ranges. A skeptic 
 got on a high rock and shook his fist in the face of 
 heaven and said: "I defy God." He kept his mouth 
 open a little too long — a little gnat came along and lodged 
 in his windpipe and choked him to death. He had met 
 his match at last. I am afraid the scientists will over- 
 turn religion — I am also afraid they will build a tall 
 ladder and blow out the sun. There is little hope for 
 the fellow who has not sense enough to get into a cyclone 
 cellar — he may think it is fearless to expose himself, The 
 world spells it fool, — Bull's Notes, 
 
402 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Unrestrained and Rudderless 
 
 Read Colossians 3:8-11. 
 
 James suggests the reckless, untamed tongue is like a 
 runaway horse or a rudderless ship. Neither can make 
 the hell of havoc created by careless conversation. Look 
 at: 
 
 The Egotistic Tongue, disgusting everyone by directing 
 every subject to himself. 
 
 The Sarcastic Tongue, tearing the flesh like the fangs 
 of a hyena. 
 
 The Tainted Tongue, polluting the atmosphere by its 
 sulphurous smoke, and running over the soil like a stream 
 of lava, leaving ashes in its wake. 
 
 The Boasting Tongue — hear him prattle about "putting 
 over one of the biggest deals in the country" — then going 
 home to press his pants between the mattresses. 
 
 The Lying Tongue, which means death to organized 
 society and destruction of domestic and commercial con- 
 fidence. 
 
 Get down on your knees and pray God for Christ's con- 
 trol of this center of power. — Bull's Notes. 
 
 What Mother Thinks 
 
 "Say, fellers, let me tell yer, 
 
 I'd be happy as a clam 
 If I only was the feller 
 
 That my mother thinks I am. 
 She thinks I am a wonder 
 
 And knows her little lad 
 Could never mix with nothin* 
 
 That's ugly, mean or bad. 
 And lots o' times I sit and think 
 
 How nice 'twould be, gee whiz, 
 If a feller was the feller 
 
 That his mother thinks he is." 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 403 
 
 Ideas of Gods 
 
 There was one great difference between the gods o£ 
 the old Greek world and the Hebrew idea of God. The 
 Greek gods were idlers. They sat on Olympus, sipped 
 nectar, drank ambrosia, indulged themselves in all kinds 
 of human passions to such an extent that the Greeks in 
 later times were ashamed of their gods. The Hebrew 
 idea of God was that the Hebrew God was a worker. In 
 Genesis the story is told of how God labored six days 
 and rested the seventh, "and God made man in His own 
 image." God himself worked and he considered that 
 man should work. Have you ever thought that Jesus 
 was a carpenter? He did not have a classical education, 
 but worked with His hands. — Exchange. 
 
 The Law and the Life 
 
 Romans 2:13. See if you can't get more of God's 
 law from your head into your habits. Not only read but 
 rehearse these revelations. I would like to see Sinai on 
 the streets and the Beatitudes humanly bound. They look 
 all right in leather, but we want them in life. They read 
 well on paper, but they revolutionize things in practice. 
 We make of each day a kind of scriptural sandwich. We 
 read the Scriptures in the morning, then again at night, 
 and sandwich the sins of the day between the two. The 
 top and bottom are all right, but I am afraid we make 
 them cover up too much. How about the middle? 
 
 Not what we eat but what we digest builds the body. 
 Not what we learn but what we live makes the life. "He 
 that heareth these sayings of mine and doeth them is 
 like a man who builded his house upon a rock." — Bull's 
 Notes. 
 
404 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 Other People's Faults 
 
 Romans 2 : 1-3. We are pretty familiar with them. 
 The last boy in camp we get acquainted with is the one 
 under our own hats. Paul's proposition is that it is a 
 sight easier to make a good judgment than to make good. 
 Before we hunt up the heathen, suppose we start at home. 
 Now, to judge another man is a presumption of piety on 
 your part. It is an assumption of appointment by God. 
 It withdraws attention from your own defects. It keeps 
 you too busy to attend to your own business — and while 
 condemning others you have been damning yourself. In 
 Jamaica all the yards are wonderfully clean — each man 
 sweeps in front of his own door. Every judgment im- 
 plies a knowledge of the right. Kindly step in the scales 
 — or shut up. "Who art thou that judgest another man?" 
 — Bull's Notes. 
 
 Only a Seed 
 
 Nature has many wondrous treasures, but all her great 
 storehouse holds no gems so valuable as the seeds which 
 perpetuate all vegetable life. The great forests, the 
 grasses that carpet the earth, the flowers in their endless 
 variety, the fruits and grains that spread man's table, 
 spring each and all from the seeds that drop into the 
 earth. So prolific are they, so sure to find lodgment and 
 growth somewhere, that the disappearance of any plant 
 species is said to be one of the rarest of phenomena. And 
 no less marvelous than the endless production of the 
 seeds are the means by which they are distributed every- 
 where. The winds scatter them in all directions, the 
 birds of the air carry them in their flight, every stream 
 bears them on its bosom — tiny, countless seeds, each 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 405 
 
 bearing with it that strange secret that no microscope 
 can reveal, no scientist explain, no man create — life. 
 
 The thought gives new meaning and new promise to 
 the saying of our Lord when He spoke of the growth of 
 His spiritual kingdom, "The seed is the word of God." 
 The gospel of His love is more than a creed or a philos- 
 ophy. It has within it the potency of life, and like the 
 seed it is scattered everywhere. Every ship carries it, 
 every new invention spreads it, even its enemies bear it 
 to the ends of the earth, and the humblest life that is in 
 any way striving toward the truth and right is sowing it 
 broadcast. He who takes care of the seed in all His 
 kingdoms will see to it that this. shall yet cover the earth 
 with glory and beauty. — Foreword. 
 
 Straight and Strong 
 
 Rom. 9:1, 2. Straight and Strong is the opening sen- 
 tence, 'T lie not." We are a nation of liars. Sometimes 
 chaste in body and wanton in words. A little list of liars: 
 
 The boasting liar, who overstates his accumulations, 
 his ability, his acquaintances, his activities. Celebrated 
 people. "Oh, yes, I know them intimately." Liar ! He 
 has only a chance introduction. He conducted a meeting 
 where he got a frost, and reports it like a Pentecostal 
 fire. Glorious ! Speak straight. Say you only have so 
 much, or you scarcely know the great man, or the service 
 was a drag. 
 
 The malicious liar, who tells an unkind thing — plus the 
 poison of his own personality. 
 
 The cowardly liar, who, from fear of reproof, will stand 
 from under a responsibility. Tell the truth and take it 
 like a man. 
 
4o6 . CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 The petty prevaricator, who explains that he failed to 
 keep an engagement because he was ill, or out of town, or 
 thought it was Tuesday when it was Wednesday. Say, 
 *T am sorry, but I simply forgot it." It takes the power 
 of the Triune God to make a liar truthful. Chastity in 
 conversation, brethren. "All liars shall have their part 
 in the lake that burneth with fire." — Bull's Notes. 
 
 Your Face Value 
 
 Matt. 16:13 — I?- 13- Your face value is your letter 
 of credit. As Jesus prayed and held conversation with 
 heaven it was reflected in His face. The transfigured 
 face can only come from the transformed life. God 
 writes an exceedingly legible hand, and every man is a 
 living epistle. It is impossible for a man to spend his 
 time in the pit and feed the mind on trash, and then come 
 out looking like he had been in paradise with the seraphs. 
 Yet a bulb may be buried in the mud and be fed from 
 God's sources of life, and soon the world will see the fair 
 form and face of the lily; and the delicate, curled lips 
 will say, *T have been with God in secret." We have no 
 right to ask the world to take us at anything other than 
 our face value. Companionship with Christ gives a clear, 
 clean countenance. "Ye are living epistles, known and 
 read of all men." — Bull's Notes. 
 
 His Medals of Honor 
 
 Col. 1 : 24-29. His medals of honor were the scars 
 gotten in their service. Every rebuff was a badge of 
 honor, the lictor's lash He took as cheerfully as other 
 men take laurels. The dungeon was a distinction and 
 every inconvenience an inspiration. And yet we call our- 
 
kELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 407 
 
 selves "Soldiers of Christ" ! Pretty, painted soldiers, 
 who have not done enough fighting to get the paint 
 scratched off. Honor bright, can you show a scar, got- 
 ten in an actual engagement? I don't mean a flesh 
 wound; but a spirit stab while serving the Savior. I 
 have gotten one "cussing" that I accepted as proudly as 
 a coronation. Well, I had rather bear a battered shield 
 than one that was suspiciously shiny. One speaks of the 
 field of glory — the other of a glass case. "So persecuted 
 they the prophets which were before you." — Bull's Notes. 
 
 Contact 
 
 Electricians tell us that full power can only flow along 
 the wire under two conditions — perfect insulation and 
 unbroken contact. Insulation is separation from what 
 hinders, contact means close union. The conveyance of 
 heavenly power to the soul calls for the same conditions 
 — separation from things that hinder and distract and 
 close union with God. There can be no strong Christian 
 life without both insulation and contact. — Exchange. 
 
 Convinced 
 
 A learned professor was asked to determine scien- 
 tifically whether or not alcohol was injurious to the sys- 
 tem. He tried it on a kitten. The instinct of the animal 
 rebelled against the experiment. The professor poured a 
 little of the liquor, mixed with milk, down the kitten's 
 throat each day. After ten days the kitten stopped play- 
 ing. It stopped growing, it took no interest in keeping 
 its fur clean like the other kittens, it lost all energy in 
 getting after mice, it showed no dislike for dogs. It 
 would neither work nor play, all energy and enterprise 
 
4o8 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 were lost. It was just a little, dirty, drunken animal. I 
 wonder why the professor made the experiment? He 
 could have seen the same thing hanging around any sa- 
 loon. Why degrade a perfectly good kitten? — Bull's 
 Notes. 
 
 How About You? 
 
 There is a story of an old elder in a church of Scot- 
 land that he was sure to settle himself comfortably when 
 the sermon began, and sleep all through the service unless 
 a stranger occupied the pulpit. In the latter case he was 
 observed to be wide awake. When questioned in regard 
 to his peculiar habit, he explained that with his "own 
 meenister the doctrine was sure to be sound, ye ken," 
 but with anyone else it was necessary to stay awake and 
 watch for heresies. Wide awake to watch for flaws, but 
 not particularly interested in pure and simple worship is, 
 alas, a style of church-going not confined to Scotland. — 
 Exchange. 
 
 A Good Job 
 
 The other day a policeman arrested a suspicious-look- 
 ing old woman. He saw her stoop and pick up some- 
 thing. He thought it was a pocketbook, and he watched 
 her put it in her apron. Coming up, he asked: "Well, 
 what is that you have in your apron?" The old woman 
 replied: "I was just picking up some pieces of broken 
 bottle; I thought the glass might cut the children's feet." 
 You may know of a more angelic job than that of pick- 
 ing out of the path of the little ones bottles and every- 
 thing else that would hurt them. I know of nothing 
 bigger. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 409 
 
 Magnets 
 
 We are magnets, whether \vc will it or not, and draw 
 out that which is best or worst in those with whom we 
 have to do according to that in ourselves which attracts 
 it. We bring to the surface the most earnest thought, 
 the happiest mood, the kindest judgments, or we call out 
 envy, bitterness, and uncharitableness by our presence 
 and our manner. We may not be consciously trying to 
 do either, but something within us calls to the like within 
 others. — Exchange. 
 
 Friendship 
 
 The friendship that keeps a ledger and is always bal- 
 ancing accounts is not friendship at all. The fear that 
 one may give more to his brother than he receives from 
 him, that must have every favor returned as though it 
 were a loan, every gift, visit, invitation, even expression 
 of affection, paid back in kind — that may be a pleasant 
 business proposition, but it has no claim to be called 
 friendship. — Foreword. 
 
 Stories 
 
 What are you going to do with your grain — grip it, 
 like the Egyptian mummy which was discovered with the 
 possibilities of a harvest clenched in its poor withered 
 palm? Select some spot in the Sunday school or church 
 or Association activities, or somewhere in God's world, 
 and stay right by it until it blooms. For Christ's sake 
 cultivate somewhere. 
 
 A hound started out to trail a stag; he crossed the 
 trail of a fox and became side-tracked; a rabbit jumped 
 up in front of him and he forgot all about the fox — it 
 was the rabbit for him. When the hunter finally got up 
 
410 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 to the hound he was barking at a hole in the ground — 
 he had treed a field mouse. Many a man has started out 
 on a royal career and compromised on a rat. — Clipping. 
 
 Skill 
 
 I am impressed with what can be done under a "master 
 touch." There was an auction on, and among other 
 things, an old, weather-beaten fiddle was put up. "How 
 much for the fiddle?" the auctioneer cried. The bidding 
 stopped at a few dollars, and it was about to be knocked 
 down. Paganini w^alked in, took the instrument, tuned it 
 — then, such playing! He made it laugh, and sob, and 
 plead until every soul was stirred, and tears were flow- 
 ing. The bidding was resumed — recklessly it jumped to 
 hundreds — thousands. What changed that dingy-looking 
 instrument to a priceless possession? A master's touch. 
 Jesus is going to take poor battered humanity and tune 
 it and get heavenly harmony out of it. He bid for it 
 on the cross, and bought it. — Bull's Notes. 
 
 The Bible 
 
 A white man, traveling through a country where the 
 natives had some years before been cannibals, found one 
 of them reading a Bible. The traveler, himself an un- 
 believer, sneered at the occupation. "That will do you 
 no good," he said. "It never did us any; we are giving 
 it up." The islander stared at him in surprise. "If it 
 does you no good in your own land it is surely of use to 
 you here," he said, "for if it had not been for this book 
 you would have been cooked and eaten before this." 
 There are not a few scoffers at Christianity who forget 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 4" 
 
 that their personal safety and their liberty of speech are 
 the gift of that which they revile. 
 
 An Oriental Sherlock 
 
 A story from the daily press illustrating the automatic 
 action of sin. A tourist in Egypt had his purse stolen 
 one night. The Sheik guide said, "I will get it for you." 
 Mark his shrewd steps — 
 
 He called the camp before him and asked who had the 
 money. All denied having it. 
 
 Then he made them go alone and think solemnly for 
 an hour. Same result of denial. Only the guilty man 
 was getting more restless all the while. 
 
 He then had a mule placed in a tent and ordered each 
 man in the company to go in there alone, close the flap 
 and pull the mule's tail, telling them the mule would bray 
 as the guilty man pulled. One by one they filed in and 
 out — no sound from the mule. 
 
 "Now," said the Sheik, "let each man approach and 
 put his palms on my cheeks. I will pick the thief." 
 
 They had not proceeded long before the old Sheik 
 cried: "Behold the guilty man!" He was right, and the 
 convicted man confessed. How did he know? Before 
 they went in with the donkey the Sheik had daubed the 
 donkey's tail with some aromatic oil. Every honest man 
 pulled the tail and his hands were fragrant. The thief 
 was afraid to touch the tail — his hands were different. 
 Only a trembling hand — or a finger-print — that is enough. 
 "Be sure your sin will find you out." — Bull's Notes. 
 
 A Legend 
 
 Around the Mosque of St. Sophia cling many legends 
 connected with the old days before its capture. One, 
 
412 CAMP AND OUTIA'G ACTIVITIES 
 
 recounted even by the Turks themselves, tells of two 
 monumental candles, built into the apse of the mosque, 
 which are supernaturally lighted on every high Christian 
 festival. When they shall have burned down into their 
 sockets the Moslem rule will be over, and the worship of 
 the Christ will be heard within the old walls once more. 
 There seems to be a strange faith in believer and unbe- 
 liever alike that the church dedicated to the Christian's 
 Lord will eventually return to him. — Foreword. 
 
 Habit 
 
 There is a story of a smith of the Middle Ages, who 
 was taken prisoner and confined in a dungeon. Because 
 of the knowledge his craft had taught him he carefully 
 examined the heavy links that bound him, expecting 
 somewhere to find a flaw that would show a weak place 
 which could soon be made to yield. But presently he 
 dropped his hands hopelessly. Certain marks told him 
 that the chain was of his own making, and it had always 
 been his boast that one of his workmanship could not be 
 broken. There are truly no chains so hard to break as 
 those of our own forging, but they are not hopeless. The 
 worst possible habits will yield to human resolution and 
 strength from above. — Foreword. 
 
 Our Best Defense 
 
 The best protection against covetousness is content- 
 ment. Somewhere I read a fable. The dove complained 
 to its maker that it had not been fairly dealt with. "Why 
 have I not the gorgeous plumage of the peacock?" The 
 maker said, *T will grant your desire on one condition." 
 "Name your proposition," eagerly said the dove. "It is 
 that you part with your gentleness and lovable qualities 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 413 
 
 which for so long have been the admiration of the world." 
 The dove debated the matter — then declined. "No," he 
 said, "I would not part with the gentle graces for all 
 the rainbow plumage of the peacock." 
 
 Then why complain? This is divine philosophy in 
 fable. Fill your heart so full of gratitude for the things 
 you have that you will not covet the things you have not, 
 but be content. — Bull's Notes. 
 
 Weakness 
 
 To be weak is to be miserable, and not infrequently it 
 is to be wicked also, as far as results are concerned. 
 All over the world, in legislative councils and misman- 
 aged homes, weakness is working ruin to countless pre- 
 cious interests, and bringing about more sorrow and trou- 
 ble than all the plottings of the resolutely evil. What is 
 the use of seeing the right if one has not the courage to 
 stand for it? What is the good of bemoaning the wrong, 
 if one makes no efforts to stop it? There are times when 
 weakness is a crime. It was the purpose of wickedness 
 that brought Christ before the Roman judgment seat, but 
 it was weakness, washing its hands and proclaiming Him 
 innocent, that sent Him to the cross. And the names of 
 the Sanhedrin are forgotten, but that of Pilate is branded 
 forever. — Exchange. 
 
 The Frankenstein 
 
 The old story of the Frankenstein — a creature con- 
 structed by a medical student from bones in the dissecting 
 room, and brought to life by electricity, which finally 
 became the master and tyrant of its creator — is the story 
 of many a carefully built up industry. Good and useful 
 in its beginning, the business has become bigger than the 
 
414 CAMP AND OUTIXG ACTIVITIES 
 
 man and dominates him completely. Whoever is wearing 
 out unnecessarily is surely allowing himself to rust out 
 also. He has lost the sense of proportion. — Clipping. 
 
 The Tank 
 
 Matt. 15:1-28. We are fairly told the necessity of 
 keeping the heart clean, for it is a great reservoir, from 
 v^hich pipe lines run into homes and offices, and every- 
 where we go. When the stream that runs from my house 
 goes out into the world I do not want the people to have 
 to boil and filter the water before it is fit to use. The 
 supply from some lives is full of germs. Turn on the 
 tongue faucet from some tanks and the stream of talk is 
 full of smallpox germs. The heart is pitted. Turn on 
 the feet plug and the stream will head for a saloon. 
 The heart has scarlet fever germs. If you don't believe 
 it, look at the fellow's nose. No man who tanks up can 
 keep a clean tank. Turn on the faucet of the fingers, 
 and they begin to itch for the cards or the dice — the 
 heart has the gambler's itch. The issues of life coming 
 straight from the heart cannot be cured by polishing up 
 the plug. Go back to the reservoir and ask Christ to 
 cleanse it — now turn on all the streams of influence and 
 they will be pure and refreshing. "Create in me a clean 
 heart, O God !"— Bull's Notes. 
 
 Bible Oratorical Contest 
 
 A good way to help promote the study of the Bible and 
 get the boys interested in its contents, is to arrange for 
 a contest in which four or five contestants recite, or give 
 as readings, selections from the Bible. If well done, it 
 will prove most entertaining and many of the boys will 
 be surprised that the Bible is such an interesting book. 
 
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES 
 
 415 
 
 A Character Monument 
 
 Building a Monument 
 
 Camp Hall used a series of discussions * on such quali- 
 ties as Obedience, Control, Honesty, Work, Cheerfulness, 
 Love, Courage, Honor, Purity, Truthfulness, Decision, 
 
 ♦"Qualities that Win," by H. W. Gibson, State Boys' Work Secretary, Mass. 
 &nd R. I, 
 
4i6 CAMP AND OUTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 etc., taking each as the topic for an entire day. The 
 consideration of these qualities as necessary in the build- 
 ing of Christian manhood suggested the idea of building 
 a monument as an object lesson in character building. 
 The monument was built of stones and cement. Upon 
 each stone was painted an essential quality and also a 
 Bible text. The following program was used: 
 
 Doxology. 
 
 Introduction. 
 
 Address. 
 
 Placing of symbols and records. 
 
 Prayer. 
 
 Singing of "America." 
 
 Benediction. 
 This same idea was carried out at Camp Belknap by 
 getting the boys to build a Rock Pulpit. 
 
 Bible Stories 
 
 "The Bible Hero Classics" may be used to advantage in 
 camp. There are twenty books in the series as follows : 
 
 Abraham David, the Shepherd Boy. 
 
 Jacob David, the King 
 
 Joseph Solomon 
 
 Moses Jesus, Matthew's Portrait 
 
 Joshua ' Jesus, Mark's Portrait 
 
 Samuel Jesus, Luke's Portrait 
 
 Elijah-Elisha Jesus, John's Portrait 
 
 Samson-Gideon The Two Johns 
 
 Ruth-Esther Peter 
 
 Daniel Paul 
 
INDEX OF GAMES AND STUNTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Aeroplane Ride 189 
 
 All Run 33 
 
 Ambushing 75 
 
 Animal Blind Man's Buff. . 103 
 
 Aquatic Stunts 149 
 
 Archery 1 89 
 
 Attack on Camp (i) 75 
 
 Attack on Camp (2) 76 
 
 Auction (i) 2 
 
 Auction (2) 3 
 
 Ball-Passing Games and Di- 
 versions 35 
 
 Ball Tossing Game 34 
 
 Balloon Blowing 108 
 
 Balloon Volley Ball 107 
 
 Bang the Bear 34 
 
 Barnyard Convention 6 
 
 Barrel Boxing 76 
 
 Baseball Game 133 
 
 Bean Bag Tag 37 
 
 Bean Bake 202 
 
 Bear and His Master 33 
 
 Bear Fight 104 
 
 Belmont Park 104 
 
 Black Baby 39 
 
 Blindfolded Boxing Match. 106 
 
 Boston 106 
 
 Botanical Puzzle 107 
 
 Brick Skittles 37 
 
 Building a Log Cabin 190 
 
 Bull 132 
 
 Bull Fight 40 
 
 Bull in the Ring 106 
 
 417 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Burning a Dummy 5 
 
 Camp Adventures 187 
 
 Camp Circus 198 
 
 Camp Fire Band 4 
 
 Camp Fire Tag 17 
 
 Camp Minstrel Shows 11 
 
 Camp Take-Offs 18 
 
 Can-Can 41 
 
 Cat and Mouse 109 
 
 Catch the Fox 78 
 
 Celebrities 108 
 
 Centipede Race 43 
 
 Chain Tug-of-War 46 
 
 Chewing Gum Contest. ... 108 
 
 Chinese Wall 42 
 
 Clown Stunts 200 
 
 Club Snatch 43 
 
 Club the Monkey 120 
 
 Cock Fighting (i) 108 
 
 Cock Fighting (2) 109 
 
 College Night 202 
 
 Compass Game 78 
 
 Coon Hunt 189 
 
 Corner Ball 45 
 
 Com Roasts 27 
 
 Cowboys, or Cattle Rus- 
 tling 77 
 
 Cross Country Runs 90 
 
 Day and Night 46 
 
 Deeds of Bravery 7 
 
 Deer- Hunting 78 
 
 Deer Stalking 82 
 
 Den of Wild Beasts 8i 
 
4i8 
 
 INDEX 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Digging Up and Burying 
 
 the Camp Ghost 7 
 
 Ditch Tug-of - War 1 09 
 
 Dog Fight no 
 
 Dressing Race 47 
 
 Dutch Pins 38 
 
 Eskimo Race no 
 
 Fagots 47 
 
 FalHng vStars in 
 
 Far and Near 82 
 
 Finding Places 84 
 
 Find the Flag 83 
 
 Find the Whistler 48 
 
 First Aid Spelling Down. . . no 
 
 Fish Net 48 
 
 Five-Straw-Puzzle 136 
 
 Flag Game 84 
 
 Foot Pushing Contest no 
 
 Fortress 48 
 
 Fours 38 
 
 Fox Trail 51 
 
 Front Duty 85 
 
 Frost Fishing 188 
 
 Game of Boy Scout 134 
 
 Game of Goose 53 
 
 Game of Hearts 138 
 
 Game of Hockey 138 
 
 Game of Renegade 94 
 
 Ghost Minstrel 12 
 
 "Goddess lola" 206 
 
 Grab the Hat n i 
 
 Graduation in Pumpkin Cen- 
 ter School 8 
 
 Guessing the Spot ,. . . 1 1 1 
 
 Ham - Ham - Chicken - Ham - 
 Bacon 55 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Hanging 137 
 
 Hat Ball 54 
 
 Hawk-Eye Test 55 
 
 Hidden Birds 114 
 
 Hidden Flowers 115 
 
 Hidden Object 114 
 
 Hide the Switch 56 
 
 Historical Events for 
 
 Stunts 207 
 
 Hit the Whistler n2 
 
 Hog Tying n2 
 
 Hot Hand or Hot Cockles ..113 
 How Many Feet Can You 
 
 Dive? 136 
 
 Hunters 54 
 
 Hunt the Coon 112 
 
 Huntsman 113 
 
 Illuminated Canoe Parade. 154 
 
 Indian Battle 9 
 
 Indian Hunt 86 
 
 Indian Saddlebags 56 
 
 Indoor Meet 116 
 
 Indoor Races 116 
 
 "Jack's Alive!" 9 
 
 Jump the Shot 57 
 
 Kite Contest 209 
 
 Knapsack Race 57 
 
 Knights, or Horseback 
 Wrestling 57 
 
 Lame Fox and Chicken. ... 58 
 
 Land Tilting 120 
 
 Last Camp Fire 10 
 
 Last Couple Out 58 
 
 Leap-Frog Race 58 
 
 Leg Wrestle 120 
 
 Life Saving Test 153 
 
INDEX 
 
 419 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lion Hunt 88 
 
 Making Fire Without 
 
 Matches 209 
 
 Message to Garcia 86 
 
 Missing Words 23 
 
 Mock Trial 10 
 
 Monkey Tag (i) 59 
 
 Monkey Tag (2) 121 
 
 Moonlight Excursions 82 
 
 Mount Ball 59 
 
 Nail Driving Contest. ... .122 
 
 Not I, Sir 122 
 
 Nut Race 121 
 
 Object Hunting . .^ 89 
 
 Observation (i) . .' 88 
 
 Observation (2) 123 
 
 Observation Race 60 
 
 One Tree Away 88 
 
 Paper Balloons 4 
 
 Paper Race 123 
 
 Pass and Toss Relay (Dou- 
 ble Line) 61 
 
 Pass Ball 123 
 
 Pat and Rub 13 
 
 Peanut Hunt 215 
 
 Peg Placing 63 
 
 Pet Show 216 
 
 Pillow Fights 14 
 
 Playing Detective 216 
 
 Poison 63 
 
 Pole Boxing 14 
 
 Prisoner's Base (i) 64 
 
 Prisoner's Base (2) 64 
 
 Protecting the Medicine 
 
 Scalp 90 
 
 Puzzle 140 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Question Match 24 
 
 Quoits 207 
 
 Rabbit Hunt (i and 2) . . . . 92 
 
 Rat Hunt 124 
 
 Relay Race for Mail 216 
 
 Roadside Whist 91 
 
 Robbers and Soldiers 93 
 
 Rolling Target 67 
 
 Rounders 66 
 
 Running the Gauntlet 217 
 
 Scouts' War Dance 20 
 
 Sculptor 127 
 
 Seeing and Remembering. . 126 
 
 Sense Testing Night 217 
 
 Shadowgraphs 217 
 
 Shadowing 96 
 
 Sham Battles 95 
 
 Shoe the Horse 128 
 
 Shoot Out 68 
 
 Shooting 69 
 
 Shoot the Chutes 145 
 
 Shot Put 142 
 
 Shuffleboard 218 
 
 Skin the Snake 125 
 
 Skunk 124 
 
 Special Tent Supper 30 
 
 Spelling 96 
 
 Spider 125 
 
 Spider and Fly 96 
 
 Sportsman 127 
 
 Spot Your Staves 97 
 
 Spud 69 
 
 Staff Run 70 
 
 Stalking 94 
 
 Story Telling Contest 17 
 
 Struggle 127 
 
 Stunts for the Timid 218 
 
 Suggested Games 131 
 
420 
 
 INDEX 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Sunday Baseball Game 380 
 
 Sunday Debating Club 383 
 
 Surgical Operation 16 
 
 Swatting Flies 125 
 
 Sweet Potato Bake 30 
 
 Sword Duel 126 
 
 Target Shooting 219 
 
 Testing the Sense of Smell. . 129 
 
 Three Deep 70 
 
 Three Matches 139 
 
 Tom Directions 98 
 
 Trail of the Slippery Rail. . 148 
 
 Traitor 98 
 
 Treasure Hunt (i) 220 
 
 Treasure Hunt (2) 221 
 
 Treasure Hunt for Eats. . . 31 
 
 Tree House 223 
 
 Tugs of War 128 
 
 Twisted Fish 129 
 
 PAGE 
 
 United States Mail 130 
 
 Use of Barrels 146 
 
 Use of Tubs 146 
 
 War Game (i) 99 
 
 War Game (2) loi 
 
 Watch Your Step 131 
 
 Water Baseball 149 
 
 Water Basket Ball 149 
 
 Whale 147 
 
 Wheelbarrow Race 71 
 
 Whip Tag 71 
 
 Whistling Contest 130 
 
 Wolf and Sheep 98 
 
 Woods Dinner 204 
 
 Wool Collecting 99 
 
 Wrist Pushing 131 
 
 Yale Lock Tag 71 
 
 H- 2 88 
 
 -4 
 

 ^ •*"• ^ O -„« 
 
 
 
■" A° \. •■' *V .. %. *•"»' A? 
 
 ^'l°x> 
 
 " "^^ ^ " \^ •. '^ *'•" ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 TIT r-^ ^^ ^0^ 
 
 HECKMAN |±n ^Ho^ 
 
 ,^ AUG 88 v^ .^^:i^^. ^^. .Af , 
 
 
Pi! 
 
 nh 
 
 
 ■m 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 ■ 
 
 > 
 
 Tmthhi^^^^^^I 
 
 ll 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iii^lit^tiHrniM;! 
 
 [mlm--: